《妙音声明论》显示巴利原文
Saddanītippakaraṇaṃ
十五、元音组第五类结尾的纯元音词根显示巴利原文
15. Saravaggapañcakantika suddhassaradhātu
自此以下,依 k 音等开头的类别区分:
诸词根及由词根所生的种种形态。
于附有注释的圣典、胜者教示中,随力所能;
我审察其理趣,略加解说。
显示巴利原文 Ito paraṃ tu sarato, kakārantādibhedato; Dhātuyo dhātunipphanna-rūpāni vividhāni ca. Sāṭṭhakathe piṭakamhi, jinapāṭhe yathābalaṃ; Nayaṃ upaparikkhitvā, samāsena kathessa’haṃ.
“i”表“行”。凡词根有“行”义者,亦有“智”义,亦有“转起”“到达”义。其中,“行”有两种:身行与智行。身行即威仪路之行;智行即智的生起。因此,随其用法,“gacchati”一词亦有“了知”义、“转起”义、“到达”义;以身行而言,亦指“行”;以智行而言,亦指“行”。例如,“速行”等中,威仪路之行称为“行”;而“具慧者”等中,则为智行。如是,一切有“行”义之词根,皆应随其用法而取其义。显示巴利原文
I gatiyaṃ. Yesaṃ dhātūnaṃ gatiattho, buddhipi tesaṃ attho. Pavattipāpuṇānipi. Tatra gamanaṃ duvidhaṃ kāyagamanaṃ ñāṇagamanañca. Tesu kāyagamanaṃ nāma iriyāpathagamanaṃ, ñāṇagamanaṃ nāma ñāṇuppatti, tasmā payogānurūpena ‘‘gacchatī’’ti padassa ‘‘jānātī’’tipi attho bhavati, ‘‘pavattatī’’tipi attho bhavati, ‘‘pāpuṇātī’’tipi attho bhavati, iriyāpathagamanena gacchatītipi attho bhavati, ñāṇagamanena gacchatītipi attho bhavati. Tathā hi ‘‘sīghaṃ gacchatī’’tiādīsu iriyāpathagamanaṃ ‘‘gamana’’nti vuccati. Sundaraṃ nibbānaṃ gato. ‘‘Gatimā’’tiādīsu pana ñāṇagamanaṃ. Evaṃ sabbesampi gatyatthānaṃ dhātūnaṃ yathāpayogaṃ attho gahetabbo.
此词根有下列诸形:iti, eti, udeti。使役形为 udāyati,义为“使升起”,插入音为 d。upeti, samupeti, veti, apeti, aveti, anveti, sameti, abhisameti, samayo, abhisamayo, īdi, udi, ekodi, paṇḍito, ito, udito, upeto, samupeto, anvito, apeto, sameto, etabbo, paccetabbo, paṭiyamāno, paṭicco, ento, adhippeto, adhippāyo, paccayo;其余诸形可类推。依 itā、ita 等,随宜亦有阴性、中性之形。paccetuṃ, upetuṃ, samupetuṃ, anvetuṃ, sametuṃ, abhisametuṃ, icca, paṭicca, samecca, abhisamecca, apecca, upecca, paṭimukhaṃ。显示巴利原文
Tassimāni rūpāni bhavanti – iti, eti, udeti. Kārite ‘‘udāyatī’’ti rūpaṃ bhavati. Uṭṭhāpetīti hi attho, dukāro āgamo. Upeti, samupeti, veti, apeti, aveti, anveti, sameti, abhisameti, samayo, abhisamayo, īdi, udi, ekodi, paṇḍito, ito, udito, upeto, samupeto, anvito, apeto, sameto, etabbo, paccetabbo, paṭiyamāno, paṭicco, ento, adhippeto, adhippāyo, paccayo, aññānipi yojetabbāni. ‘‘Itā, ita’’ntiādinā yathārahaṃ itthinapuṃsakavasenapi. Paccetuṃ, upetuṃ, samupetuṃ, anvetuṃ, sametuṃ, abhisametuṃ, icca, paṭicca, samecca, abhisamecca, apecca, upecca, paṭimukhaṃ itvā, itvāna, upetvā, upetvāna, upetuna, aññānipi buddhavacanānurūpato yojetabbāni.
“iti iti”一词虽是动词,但在诸经中并未出现。
巴利原文中,确实可见“Itāyaṃ kodharūpena”这样的语句。
显示巴利原文 Itiiti kriyāsaddo, suttantesu na dissati; Idamettha na vattabbaṃ, dassanāyeva me ruto. ‘‘Itāyaṃ kodharūpena’’, iti pāḷi hi dissati; Aṅguttaranikāyamhi, munināhacca bhāsitā;
这是世尊在《增支部》中呵责忿怒时所说:显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā aṅguttaranikāye kodhaṃ nindantena –
“这洞窟中的死神,以忿怒之形而来;”
应以调伏、以慧、以精进、以正见,断除它。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Itāyaṃ kodharūpena, maccuveso guhāsayo; Taṃ damena samucchinde, paññāvīriyena diṭṭhiyā’’ti.
此处,itāyaṃ 是 iti ayaṃ 的连音。iti 意为“这样……而行、而转起”。而此处经句的逐词含义是——世间凡夫大众所称的那个“忿怒”过失,从真实义上说,不应仅仅称为忿怒。那么,应当称之为什么呢?应当说:那住于名为身体的窟穴中的正是死王,它依仗忿怒之力,摧伏并流转于众生相续之中。希求利益者,应以调伏、以慧、以精进、以正见,断除那个应称为“死王”的、对众多人造成无益的忿怒。显示巴利原文
Tatra itāyanti iti ayanti chedo. Itiiti ca gacchati pavattatīti attho. Ayaṃ panettha suttapadattho – yo doso loke ‘‘kodho’’ti lokiyamahājanena vuccati, nāyaṃ atthato kodhoti vattabbo. Kinti pana vattabbo, eso hi sarīrasaṅkhātaguhāsayo maccurājā eva kodhavasena pamaddanto sattasantāne gacchatīti vattabbo. Taṃ evarūpaṃ ‘‘maccurājā’’ti vattabbaṃ bahuno janassa anatthakaraṃ kodhaṃ hitakāmo damena paññāya vīriyena diṭṭhiyā ca chindeyyāti.
而 eti 这个词,意为“来”。在“etī”一词中,前缀 ā 因连音规则而被遮蔽,并不明显,犹如被乌云笼罩的满月。正如其连音拆解是 ā + eti,其中 ā 与后面的 i 一同转变为 e。因此,在“ayaṃ so sārathī eti”、“etu vessantaro rājā”这类句子中,应当以“来”、“让他来”等义来解说。语法论典中也可以看到 ā + eti 的连音拆解,所以这个道理应当善加留意。或者,以短音说的 iti 一词表示“行”,而以长音说的 eti 则随其用法表示“来”等义。因为词依音量的长短而有差别义,例如,sāsane pabbajito(于教法中出家者)与 raṭṭhā pabbājito(被驱逐出国者)的差别。又依前缀的有无而产生差别,例如,gāmā niggacchati(从村庄出去)与 yasaṃ poso nigacchati(人获得名声)的差别。故此道理应当善加留意。于此有云——显示巴利原文
Etīti imassa pana āgacchatīti attho. ‘‘Etī’’ti ettha hi āupasaggo sandhikiccena paṭicchannattā na pākaṭo valāhakāvattharito puṇṇacando viya. Tathā hi ettha ā iti etīti sandhiviggaho bhavati, ākārassa ca ikārena parena saddhiṃyeva ekārādeso. Tasmā ‘‘ayaṃ so sārathī eti. Etu vessantaro rājā’’tiādīsu ‘‘āgacchati, āgacchatū’’tiādinā attho kathetabbo. Byākaraṇasatthepi hi ā iti etīti sandhiviggaho dissati, tasmā ayampi nīti sādhukaṃ manasi kātabbā. Atha vā itīti rassavasena vuttaṃ padaṃ gamanaṃ bodheti, etīti vuddhivasena vuttaṃ pana yathāpayogaṃ āgamanādīni. Mattāvasenapi hi padāni savisesatthāni bhavanti. Taṃ yathā? Sāsane pabbajito, raṭṭhā pabbājitoti. Saññogāsaññogavasenapi, taṃ yathā? Gāmā niggacchati. Yasaṃ poso nigacchati, tasmā ayampi nīti sādhukaṃ manasi kātabbā. Etthetaṃ vuccati –
当表“去”义的词根 i 转入增音时,
此时,它通常用作表“来”义之词。
因从威仪路的意义而言,它恒常表“来”;
“ayaṃ so sārathī eti”等,即为此处的例证。
以非威仪路的意义,也用于“转起”与“去”等义;
于“来”义,智者当如是了知。
“缘已成就,果即随之”等用法的情形;
此为增长至极、名为i的词根,如此转起。
然而,在“日落时分,猛兽……”等句中;
在‘去’的语义中,可有‘eti’、‘iti’等,其义为‘来’。
显示巴利原文 I gatiyanti kathitā, dhātu vuddhiṃ gatā yadā; Tadā āgamanatthassa, vācikā pāyato vasā. Iriyāpathatthato he-sā niccāgamavācikā; ‘‘Ayaṃ so sārathī eti’’, iccādettha nidassanaṃ. Aniriyāpathatthena , vattane gamanepi ca; Āgamane ca hotīti, dhīmā lakkheyya taṃ yathā. ‘‘Paṭicca phalametī’’ti, evamādīsu vattane; Vuddhippattā ikāravhā, esā dhātu pavattati. ‘‘Atthamentamhi sūriye, vāḷā’’ iccādīsu pana; Gate, ‘‘etīti itī’’ti-ādisvāgamane siyā.
确实如此,‘īti’意指‘不利地到来’,即‘īti’指灾祸,因此应取‘来’的含义。《经集注》中说:‘“eti”即是“īti”,是对那些外来不善之法、引致衰败者的称呼。’显示巴利原文
Tathā hi ītīti anatthāya eti āgacchatīti īti, upaddavo, iti āgamanattho gahetabbo. Āha ca suttanipātaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘etīti īti, āgantukānaṃ akusalabhāgīnaṃ byasanahetūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacana’’nti.
现在,依其所宜,对包含于不变词、动词及名词中的iti、ito等词进行义理抉择。其中,iti一词有原因、结束、起始、词义反转、方式、决定、例示等多种义类。例如:它在‘比丘们,因为被破坏,故称为色’等中,见于原因义。在‘因此,比丘们,你们应成为法之继承者,不要成为财物之继承者。我对你们怀有悲悯:如何令我的弟子们成为法之继承者,而非财物之继承者’等中,见于结束义。在‘iti或如此类的种种邪见,已远离’等中,见于起始义。在‘“Māgaṇḍiya”是对那位婆罗门的计量、名称、施设、言说、名、名业、名号、词、文、称谓’等中,见于词义反转。在‘iti,比丘们,愚者有怖畏,智者无怖畏;愚者有灾祸,智者无灾祸;愚者有障碍,智者无障碍’等中,见于方式义。在‘被问及“有以此为缘的老死吗?”时,应回答“有”。若问“以何为缘而有老死?”,则应回答“以生为缘而有老死”’等中,见于决定义。在‘迦旃延,“有”是一边,“无”是第二边’等中,见于例示义。这些用法应作为不变词来把握。然而,在‘以此忿怒之形’中,显示巴利原文
Idāni yathārahaṃ nipātākhyātanāmikapariyāpannānaṃ itiito saddānamatthuddhāro vuccate – tattha itisaddo hetuparisamāpanādipadattha vipariyāya pakārāvadhāraṇa nidassanādianekatthappabhedo. Tathā hesa ‘‘ruppatīti kho bhikkhave tasmā rūpanti vuccatī’’tiādīsu hetuatthe dissati. ‘‘Tasmātiha me bhikkhave dhammadāyādā bhavatha, mā āmisadāyādā. Atthi me tumhesu anukampā, kinti me sāvakā dhammadāyādā bhaveyyuṃ, no āmisadāyādā’’tiādīsu parisamāpane. ‘‘Iti vā iti evarūpā visūkadassanā paṭivirato’’tiādīsu ādiattho. ‘‘Māgaṇḍiyoti tassa brāhmaṇassa saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanamabhilāpo’’tiādīsu padatthavipariyāye. ‘‘Iti kho bhikkhave sappaṭibhayo bālo, appaṭibhayo paṇḍito. Saupaddavo bālo, anupaddavo paṇḍito. Saupasaggo bālo, anupasaggo paṇḍito’’tiādīsu pakāro. ‘‘Atthi idappaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti puṭṭhena satā ādanda atthītissa vacanīyaṃ. Kiṃ paccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti ce vadeyya, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iccassa vacanīya’’ntiādīsu avadhāraṇe. ‘‘Atthīti kho kaccāna ayameko anto, natthīti kho kaccāna ayaṃ dutiyo anto’’tiādīsu nidassane. Nipātavaseneva te payogā gahetabbā. ‘‘Itāyaṃ kodharūpenā’’ti ettha pana ākhyātavasena gamane itisaddo dissati. Ayamevattho idhādhippeto, nipātattho pana na icchitabbo, viññūnaṃ atthaggahaṇe kosallupādanatthaṃ kevalaṃ atthuddhāravasena āgatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Itaro pana –
ito一词在表示‘去’的意义和‘此’词的意义中,皆可转起;
因为与‘去’义相连时,anvito一词应为体格。
在表示‘此’词的意义时,则应为从格;
有“自此向南方”等诸如此类的巴利语表达。
显示巴利原文 Gatyatthe cimasaddatthe, itosaddo pavattati; Anvito’’ti hi gatyatthe, paccattavacanaṃ bhave. Imasaddassa atthamhi, nissakkavacanaṃ bhave; ‘‘Ito sā dakkhiṇā disā’’, itiādīsu pāḷisu. Gatyattho icchito ettha, itarattho na icchito; Atthuddhāravasā vutto, kosallatthāya viññunaṃ.
然而在此,我们暂不阐释“时”(samaya)一词附带训释的词义,将于后文仅就“铁”(aya)界来解说,即“时”字依“铁”界而得三界所成之义。其中,iti等以i音结尾的词,以及“eti, udeti”等以e音结尾的词,还有其他此类词群,应适当连接,大多需舍弃其自性词。因为在这些地方,动词词群难以处理。然于此论中,既须了知以ti音结尾的易作与难作词群,故我们就bhūvādi等八类中所施设的九十六种语词,阐明共与不共的词群理趣——显示巴利原文
Idha pana samayasaddassa atthuddhāraṃ sanibbacanaṃ vattabbampi avatvā upari ayadhātuvisayeyeva vakkhāma i e ayadhātuvasena tidhātumayattā samayasaddassa. Tatra itīti ikārānantaratyantapadassa ca ‘‘eti, udetī’’tiādīnañca ekārānantaratyantapadānaṃ aññesañca evarūpānaṃ padamālā yathārahaṃ yebhuyyena attanopadāni vajjetvā yojetabbā. Īdisesu hi ṭhānesu dukkarā kriyāpadamālā. Yasmā pana imasmiṃ pakaraṇe sukarā ca dukkarā ca tyantapadamālā jānitabbā , tasmā bhūvādigaṇādīsu aṭṭhasu gaṇesu vihitehi channavutiyā vacanehi sabbasādhāraṇaṃ asabbasādhāraṇañca padamālānayaṃ brūma –
智者应将依a音结尾的词群次第连接;
如“bhavati、rundhati”等词,于一切处、以一切方式恰当连接。
而对于“iti、eti”等此类词,它们的序列——
智者应善巧地将它们与那些以纯元音开头的词语,依适当的方式相连接。
诸如“yāti, suṇāti, asnāti”等,应予以恰当连接。
以i音结尾之词,其文句亦应予以恰当连接,
诸如“rundhiti, rundhīti”等,应予以恰当连接。
及以u音结尾的“suti”“iti”等词,
对处于致使义的词,应依理连缀其词群。
以及以『一』音结尾的至极词形变化,也应依理类推;
诸如 jeti、rundheti、kāreti、kārāpeti 等词;
以及紧接在 o 音之后的终极词形,亦依词序类推;
诸如 karoti、bhoti、hoti 等词,应依理趣解说。
如是,我已以七种方式阐明词条次第;
除此之外,于动词中,更无其他理趣可言。
如“ādatte、kurute、pete”等,是理趣的示例;
此处所说,皆是如理应机之言。
显示巴利原文 Akārānantaratyanta-padānaṃ pantiyo budho; Bhavati rundhatādīnaṃ, yoje sabbattha sabbathā. Iti etī’’ti cetesaṃ, padānaṃ pana pantiyo; Suddhassarapubbakānaṃ, yoje viññū yathārahaṃ. Ākārānantaratyanta-padānañcāpi pantiyo; ‘‘Yāti suṇāti asnā-ti’’ iccādīnaṃ yathārahaṃ. Ivaṇṇānantaratyanta-padānamapi pāḷiyo; Yoje ‘‘rundhiti rundhīti’’-iccādīnaṃ yathārahaṃ. Ukārānantaratyanta-sutiiti padassa ca; Peraṇatthe pavattassa, yoje mālaṃ yathārahaṃ. Ekārānantaratyanta-padānampi yathārahaṃ; ‘‘Jeti rundheti kāreti, kārāpetī’’tiādīnaṃ. Okārānantaratyanta-padānampi padakkame; ‘‘Karoti bhoti hotī’’ti-ādīnaṃ yuttitovade; Iccevaṃ sattadhā vutto, padamālānayo mayā; Ito mutto nayo nāma, natthi koci kriyāpade. ‘‘Ādatte kurute pete’’, iccādi nayadassanā; Yathārahaṃ yuttitoti, vacanaṃ ettha bhāsitaṃ.
现来说明以‘i’音结尾的极致词干变化次第:iti, inti;isi, itha;imi, ima。此为现在时式,尚未完备。itu, intu;ihi, itha;imi, ima。此为第五类语式(命令式),尚未完备。其中,能证成此两套语尾契应教法的例词有:‘veti, apeti, anveti’。此处,vi + iti 成 veti,义为‘离去’,此中 iti 词根即‘行’义。同样,apa + iti 成 apeti,义为‘离去、远去’。anu + iti 成 anveti,义为‘随行’。然而,诸师则谓 anu + eti 成 anveti。对此——显示巴利原文
Idāni ikārānantaratyantapadassa kamo vuccate – iti, inti. Isi, itha. Imi, ima. Aparipuṇṇo vattamānānayo. Itu, intu. Ihi, itha. Imi, ima. Aparipuṇṇo pañcamīnayo. Ettha ca imesaṃ dvinnaṃ sāsanānurūpabhāvassa imāni sādhakapadāni ‘‘veti, apeti, anvetī’’ti. Tattha vi iti veti. Vigacchatīti attho, itisaddo hettha gamanaṃ bodheti. Tathā apa iti apeti. Apagacchatīti attho. Anu iti anveti. Anugacchatīti attho. Garū pana anu eti anvetīti vadanti. Taṃ –
犹如林中那有牙的龙象,母象紧随其后;
栖息于山险之间,无论平坦或崎岖;
我亦如是,携子随从于后。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā āraññakaṃ nāgaṃ, dantiṃ anveti hatthinī; Jessantaṃ giriduggesu, samesu visamesu ca; Evaṃ taṃ anugacchāmi, putte ādāya pacchato’’ti.
此巴利文与“jessantaṃ anvetī”(跟随行走)及“anugacchāmī”(我跟随)的说法并不一致。因为“eti”一词在表示威仪路时,唯表“来”义,不表“去”义;因此,“来”义不合理而“去”义合理,故应依“iti”等词进行切分。而这些依“iti”一词所作切分的成立与合理性,正是由“itāyaṃ kodharūpena”(以此忿怒相)等巴利文本身所证成的。正因如此,先贤依合理之理,以“anu iti, anu inti, anu isī”等方式,对“anvetī”等词进行切分,并依“他词尾法”显示了上述那种现在时第五格(从格)的用法。至于第七格等形式,则全不通用。显示巴利原文
Imāya pāḷiyā na sameti ‘‘jessantaṃ anvetī’’ti vacanato ‘‘anugacchāmī’’ti vacanato ca. Tathā hi etisaddo yattha ce iriyāpathavācako, tattha āgamanaṃyeva joteti, na gamanaṃ, tasmā āgamanatthassa ayuttito gamanatthassa ca yuttito vi itiādinā chedo ñeyyo. Etesañca itisaddavasena katachedānaṃ atthibhāvaṃ yuttibhāvañca ‘‘itāyaṃ kodharūpenā’’ti pāḷiyeva sādheti, tasmāyeva ‘‘anu iti, anu inti, anu isī’’tiādinā ‘‘anvetī’’tiādīnaṃ chede labbhamānanayena vuttappakāro vattamānāpañcamīnayo parassapadavasena dassito. Sattamīrūpādīni sabbathā appasiddhāni.
以下是将来时的词形,愿您能轻松记持。issati, issanti。issasi, issatha。issāmi, issāma。issate, issante。issase, issavhe。issaṃ, issāmhe。即使是于非一切词根的情况,由于该词根为纯元音,亦不得增入i字母。将来时的规则至此圆满。显示巴利原文
Imāni pana bhavissantiyā rūpāni, sittā te lahumessati. Issati, issanti. Issasi, issatha. Issāmi, issāma. Issate, issante. Issase, issavhe. Issaṃ, issāmhe. Asabbadhātukattepi suddhassarattā dhātussa ikārāgamo na labbhati. Paripuṇṇo bhavissantīnayo.
其次,是超时态(条件式)的词形:issā, issaṃsu。isse, issatha。issaṃ, issamhā。issatha, issisu。issase, issavhe。issaṃ, issāmhase。于超时态及非一切词根的情况,由于词根为纯元音,故不得增入a字母或i字母;或因其不决定及不成立,故不增入a字母。因此处两个相邻的纯元音不能同时聚集一处。超时态的规则至此圆满。显示巴利原文
Atha kālātipattiyā rūpāni bhavanti, issā, issaṃsu. Isse, issatha. Issaṃ, issamhā. Issatha, issisu. Issase, issavhe. Issaṃ, issāmhase. Kālātipattibhāve ca asabbadhātukatte ca santepi suddhassarattā dhātussa akārikārāgamo na labbhati anekantikattā vā anupapannattā ca akārāgamo na hoti. Dvinnañhettha suddhassarānaṃ anantarikānaṃ ekatosannipāto anupapatti. Paripuṇṇo kālātipattinayo.
然而,在此处,为了使学众对有注释的三藏佛语,于其修行义利上生起最极善巧,我们依“nanu te sutaṃ brāhmaṇa bhaññamāne, devā na issanti purisaparakkamassā”(婆罗门啊,当宣说时,你们难道没有听闻吗?诸天不嫉妒人的精勤)等巴利文,取其理趣,将以上述方式构成的将来时词形、全然相同而意义有别的现在时词形,以及彼此稍许相似的将来时与超时态词形,一并阐明。首先,依现在时,应如此全部配合:“issati, issanti。issasi, issatha”等。其意义则应以“issaṃ karoti”(作嫉妒)等方式说明。于同一意义,依将来时,应完整配合为:“ississati, ississanti。ississasi, ississatha”等。其意义则应以“issaṃ karissati”(将作嫉妒)等方式说明。依超时态,则应完整配合为:“ississā, ississaṃsu。ississe, ississatha”等,其意义则应以显示巴利原文
Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne sāṭṭhakathe tepiṭake buddhavacane sotūnaṃ payogatthesu paramakosallajananatthaṃ ‘‘nanu te sutaṃ brāhmaṇa bhaññamāne, devā na issanti purisaparakkamassā’’ti pāḷito nayaṃ gahetvā vuttappakārehi bhavissantiyā rūpehi sabbaso samānāni asamānatthāni vattamānikarūpāni ca īsakaṃ aññamaññaṃ samānāni bhavissantīkālātipattīnaṃ rūpāni ca pakāsayissāma – vattamānāvasena tāva ‘‘issati, issanti. Issasi, issathā’’ti sabbaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Attho pana ‘‘issaṃ karotī’’tiādinā vattabbo. Tasmiṃyeva atthe bhavissantīvasena ‘‘ississati, ississanti. Ississasi, ississathā’’ti paripuṇṇaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Attho pana ‘‘issaṃ karissatī’’tiādinā vattabbo. Kālātipattivasena pana ‘‘ississā, ississaṃsu. Ississe, ississathā’’ti paripuṇṇaṃ yojetabbaṃ, attho pana ‘‘issaṃ akarissā’’tiādinā vattabbo. Dhātvantaravasena saṃsandanānayoyaṃ.
现在说明e字母后接末尾词(ekārānantaratyantapada)的规则。显示巴利原文
Idāni ekārānantaratyantapadassa kamo vuccate –
现在时(直陈式)第三人称词尾:单数‘eti’、复数‘enti’;第二人称:单数‘esi’、复数‘etha’;第一人称:单数‘emi’、复数‘ema’。显示巴利原文
Eti, enti. Esi, etha. Emi, ema.
〔第三人称单数〕‘etu’、〔第三人称复数〕‘entu’;〔第二人称单数命令式〕‘ehi’、〔第二人称复数命令式〕‘etha’;〔第一人称单数〕‘emi’、〔第一人称复数〕‘ema’。显示巴利原文
Etu, entu. Ehi, etha. Emi, ema.
Na ca appatvā dukkhantaṃ, vissāsaṃ eyya paṇḍito; Nivesanāni māpetvā, vedehassa yasassino; Yadā te pahiṇissāmi, tadā eyyāsi khattiya.
eyya, eyyuṃ。eyyāsi, eyyātha。eyyāmi, eyyāma。etha, eraṃ。etho, eyyāvho。eyyaṃ, eyyāmhe。显示巴利原文
Eyya , eyyuṃ. Eyyāsi, eyyātha. Eyyāmi, eyyāma. Etha, eraṃ. Etho, eyyāvho. Eyyaṃ, eyyāmhe.
那人应来,他们应来。你应来,你们应来。我应来,我们应来。那人应来,他们应来。你应来,你们应来。我应来,我们应来。显示巴利原文
So puriso eyya, te eyyuṃ. Tvaṃ eyyāsi, tumhe eyyātha. Ahaṃ eyyāmi, mayaṃ eyyāma. So puriso etha, te eraṃ. Tvaṃ etho, tumhe eyyāvho. Ahaṃ eyyaṃ, mayaṃ eyyāmhe.
过去式、昨日式、今日式的形式,这一切全然不成立。显示巴利原文
Parokkhāhiyyattanajjatanīrūpāni sabbaso appasiddhāni.
他将去,他们将去。你将去,你们将去。我将去,我们将去。他将去(中动语态),他们将去(中动语态)。你将去(中动语态),你们将去(中动语态)。我将去(中动语态),我们将去(中动语态)。显示巴利原文
Essati, essanti. Essasi, essatha. Essāmi, essāma. Essate, essante. Essase, essavhe. Essaṃ, essāmhe.
鸟儿们带着网,欢欢喜喜地结伴飞去;
当他们彼此争执起来时,那时他们就会落到我的掌控之中。
显示巴利原文 Sammodamānā gacchanti, jālamādāya pakkhino; Yadā te vivadissanti, tadā ehinti me vasaṃ.
由于见到“现在已过时,来吧”这样的说法,其他以ī结尾的词形也应被采纳。显示巴利原文
‘‘Abhidosagato idāni ehī’’ti vacanadassanato aparānipi bhavissantīrūpāni gahetabbāni.
他将来,他们将去。你将来,你们将来。我将来,我们将来。他将去(中动语态),他们将去(中动语态)。你将来(中动语态),你们将来(中动语态)。我将来(中动语态),我们将来(中动语态)。显示巴利原文
Ehiti, ehinti. Ehisi, ehitha. Ehimi, ehima. Ehite, ehinte. Ehise, ehivhe. Ehissaṃ, ehissāmhe.
她将去,他们将去。你将去,你们将去。我将去,我们将去。你们将去,他们将去。你将去(中动语态),你们将去(中动语态)。我将去(中动语态),我们将去(中动语态)。显示巴利原文
Essā, essaṃsu. Esse, essatha. Essaṃ essāmhā. Essatha, essisu. Essase, essavhe. Essiṃ, essāmhase.
〔动词变化〕他升起,他们升起;你升起,你们升起;我升起,我们升起。
显示巴利原文 Athāparopi ekārānantaratyantapadakkamo bhavati; Udeti, udenti; Udesi, udetha; Udemi, udema.
愿他升起,愿他们升起。你应升起,你们应升起。我升起,我们升起,我们升起(中动语态)。显示巴利原文
Udetu, udentu. Udehi, udetha. Udemi, udema, udāmase.
他可能生起,他们可能生起。其余可依此类推。他将显现,他们将显现。其余可依此类推。她将显现,她们将显现。其余可依此类推。显示巴利原文
Udeyya, udeyyuṃ. Sesaṃ neyyaṃ. Udissati, udissanti. Sesaṃ neyyaṃ. Udissā, udissaṃsu. Sesaṃ neyyaṃ.
以迦音结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Kakārantadhātu
在迦音等中,如 koti、kavati、kāyati,这些是施事语态的词形。kuyyati、kiyyati,这些是受事语态的词形。kānanaṃ、kabbaṃ、jātakaṃ,这些是名词词形。kutvā、kutvāna、kavitvā、kavitvāna、kāvitvā、kāvitvāna、kāyituṃ,这些是无变化词词形。显示巴利原文
Kusadde ke ca. Koti, kavati, kāyati, evaṃ kattupadāni bhavanti. Kuyyati, kiyyati, evaṃ kammapadāni. Kānanaṃ, kabbaṃ, jātakaṃ, evaṃ nāmikapadāni. Kutvā, kutvāna, kavitvā, kavitvāna, kāvitvā, kāvitvāna, kāyituṃ, evaṃ abyayapadāni.
其中,kānanaṃ(树林)之意:当正午时分,它发声(kavati),即发出鸣响,故名为 kānanaṃ,也就是森林。正如所云:显示巴利原文
Tatra kānananti ṭhitamajjhanhikasamaye kavati saddaṃ karotīti kānanaṃ, vanaṃ. Tathā hi –
正午时分,众鸟栖息寂然;
大森林飒飒作响,那种愉悦令我欢喜。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ṭhite majjhanhike kāle, sannisīvesu pakkhisu; Saṇateva brahāraññaṃ, sā rati paṭibhāti ma’’nti
已说。或者,因杜鹃、孔雀等在此中鸣叫、发出声音、啼啭,故称为kānanaṃ(森林)。由于令人愉悦,必定为智者所吟咏,故称为kabbaṃ(诗歌)。kāviyaṃ(诗)。kāveyyaṃ(诗)。然而在别处,“这是诗人们的作品”称为kabbanti,应依派生后缀来理解其含义。有些人偏好kābyanti这种音形,但这在圣典中不足为凭,因为它并非梵语。不过,诸师也从梵语中采用方法。世尊已生起、已成办、已过去的修行,依此而被讲述、被宣说,故称为jātakaṃ(本生经)。此处所说的jātakaṃ,即指本生经的巴利文本。但在其他地方,“已生的”本身就称为jātakaṃ,应如此理解。正如jātaka一词也用于说法,如“如是语、本生、未曾有法”等语中。也用于出生,如“令本生连结”等语中。显示巴利原文
Vuttaṃ. Atha vā kokilamayūrādayo kavanti saddāyanti kūjanti etthāti kānanaṃ. Manoharatāya avassaṃ kuyyati paṇḍitehīti kabbaṃ. Kāviyaṃ. Kāveyyaṃ. Aññatra pana kavīnaṃ idanti kabbanti taddhitavasena attho gahetabbo. Keci tu kābyanti saddarūpaṃ icchanti, na taṃ pāvacane pamāṇaṃ sakkaṭabhāsābhāvato. Sakkaṭabhāsātopi hi ācariyā nayaṃ gaṇhanti. Jātaṃ bhūtaṃ atītaṃ bhagavato cariyaṃ, taṃ kīyati kathīyati etenāti jātakaṃ. Jātakapāḷi hi idha ‘‘jātaka’’nti vuttā. Aññatra pana jātaṃ eva jātakanti gahetabbaṃ. Tathā hi jātakasaddo desanāyampi vattati ‘‘itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhamma’’ntiādīsu. Jātiyampi vattati ‘‘jātakaṃ samodhānesī’’tiādīsu.
√pakka,低劣的行为。低劣的行为即下劣的行为或下劣的转起。“nīca”一词确实是表示下劣的词,例如“生于低劣家族”中的用法。pakkati在此处是动词词形,而非名词词形。凡未出现名词词形之处,应审察后取用名词词形。因为唯有动词词形难以得见,若已有动词词形,便不应说缺少名词词形。因此,诸如pakkanaṃ、takanaṃ等表示状态的名词词形,应知在一切词根中皆可随宜获得。显示巴利原文
Pakka nīcagatiyaṃ. Nīcagamanaṃ nāma hīnagamanaṃ hīnappavatti vā. Nīcasaddo hi hīnavācako ‘‘nīce kule paccājāto’’ti ettha viya. Pakkati kriyāpadamettha dissati, na nāmikapadaṃ. Yattha yattha nāmikapadaṃ na dissati, tattha tattha nāmikapadaṃ upaparikkhitvā gahetabbaṃ. Kriyāpadameva hi duddasaṃ, kriyāpade vijjamāne nāmikapadaṃ natthīti na vattabbaṃ, tasmā antamaso ‘‘pakkanaṃ, takanaṃ’’ iccevamādīni bhāvavācakāni nāmikapadāni sabbāsu dhātūsu yathārahaṃ labbhantīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
√taka,笑。笑即欢笑。takati(他笑)。显示巴利原文
Taka hasane. Hasanaṃ hāso. Takati.
√taki,困苦的生活。困苦的生活即艰辛的生活。taṅkati(他困苦地生活)。ātaṅkati(他生病)。ātaṅko(病)。ātaṅko是导致生活困苦的疾病。正如注释师们在这段巴利文中解释“少病、少恼”的义理时所说:“ābādho(病)是指异分的感受,它从一处生起后,如同用铁板绑缚一般攫取整个身体。ātaṅko是导致生活困苦的疾病;或者说,须持续调治的病为ātaṅko,其余为ābādho;或者说,小病为ātaṅko,重病为ābādho。而也有人认为:内生之病为ābādho,外来之病为ātaṅko。”显示巴利原文
Taki kicchajīvane. Kicchajīvanaṃ kasirajīvanaṃ. Taṅkati. Ātaṅkati. Ātaṅko. Ātaṅkoti kicchajīvitakaro rogo, tathā hi aṭṭhakathācariyā ‘‘appābādhaṃ appātaṅka’’nti imasmiṃ pāḷippadese iti atthaṃ saṃvaṇṇesuṃ ‘‘ābādhoti visabhāgavedanā vuccati, yā ekadese uppajjitvā sakalasarīraṃ ayapaṭṭena bandhitvā viya gaṇhāti. Ātaṅkoti kicchajīvitakaro rogo. Atha vā yāpetabbarogo ātaṅko, itaro ābādho. Khuddako vā rogo ātaṅko, balavā ābādho. Keci pana ‘ajjhattasamuṭṭhāno ābādho, bahiddhāsamuṭṭhāno ātaṅko’ti vadantī’’ti.
Byādhi、ābādha、gada、rujā,皆为疾病。
Akallañca(不适)与 gelañña(疾病)。
显示巴利原文 Ātaṅko āmayo rogo, Byādhā’bādho gado rujā; Akallañceva gelaññaṃ, Nāmaṃ rogābhidhānakaṃ.
Suka 源于“去”的词根。sokati,suko,sukī。其中,suko 指鹦鹉。sokati 意为以悦意的方式行走,故称为 suko。其雌性形式为 sukī。显示巴利原文
Suka gatiyaṃ. Sokati, suko, sukī. Tatra sukoti suvo. Sokati manāpena gamanena gacchatīti suko. Tassa bhariyā sukī.
Bukka 用在“吠叫”的意义上。这里所说的 bhassana 特指狗的吠叫,如“狗吠之后”中的用法,而非如“住处为行处”等中的用法。至于称为“言说”的 bhassana,即是 bukkati。显示巴利原文
Bukka bhassane. Idha bhassanaṃ nāma sunakhabhassanaṃ adhippetaṃ ‘‘sunakho bhassitvā’’ti ettha viya, na ‘‘āvāso gocaraṃ bhassa’’ntiādīsu viya. Vacanasaṅkhātaṃ bhassanaṃ, bukkati sā.
Dhaka 用于“打击”与“去”的意义。Paṭighāto 即打击、反击。Dhakati。显示巴利原文
Dhaka paṭighāte gatiyañca. Paṭighāto paṭihananaṃ. Dhakati.
Caka 用于“满足”与“打击”的意义。Titti 即满足、饱足,paṭighāta 即击打。Cakati。显示巴利原文
Caka tittipaṭighātesu. Titti tappanaṃ, paṭighātaṃ paṭihananaṃva. Cakati.
Aka 表示“弯曲而行”。Akati。诸音声论师说,这些以 ku 等开头、以 aka 结尾的词根是他者之语。依他们之见,这些词根唯适用于“ti anti, tu antu”等场合。然而,巴利语中并无此类定则,故此处不足为据。显示巴利原文
Aka kuṭilagatiyaṃ. Akati. Etā kuādikā akapariyantā dhātuyo parassa bhāsāti saddasatthavidū vadanti. Tesaṃ mate etā ‘‘ti anti, tu antu’’ iccādīnaṃyeva visayo. Pāḷiyaṃ pana niyamo natthi, tasmā na taṃ idha pamāṇaṃ.
I 表“学习”。Ajjhayana 意为诵读或学习。Ayati, adhīyati, ajjhayati, adhīte, ajjhenaṃ, ajjhāyako。你学习神圣的幻术。大王,诸智者于此学习神圣的幻术。诸人主学习大地。此处,ajjhāyako 即学习者,意为诵习咒文者。显示巴利原文
I ajjhayane. Ajjhayanaṃ uccāraṇaṃ sikkhanaṃ vā, ayati, adhīyati, ajjhayati, adhīte, ajjhenaṃ, ajjhāyako. Dibbaṃ adhīyase māyaṃ. Adhīyanti mahārāja, dibbamāyidha paṇḍitā. Ajjhenamariyā pathaviṃ janindā. Tattha ajjhāyakoti ajjhayatīti ajjhāyako, mante parivattetīti attho.
U 表“声音”。Avati, avanti。Avasi。此处,“yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāvā”这一句的文法,应视为带前缀 pa 的 u 词根的用例。亦可视为带前缀 pa 的 vad 词根,省略 da 的用例。显示巴利原文
U sadde. Avati, avanti. Avasi. Ettha ‘‘yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāvā’’ti pāḷi papubbassa udhātussa payogoti daṭṭhabbo. Papubbassa vadadhātussa dakāralopappayogotipi vattuṃ yujjati.
词根「弯」,意为「弯曲」。其动词形式为「弯曲」,名词形式为「弯曲」。「弯」字与「曲」字同义,「曲」字亦与「弯」字同义。例如——显示巴利原文
Vaṅka koṭille. Vaṅkati. Vaṅkaṃ. Vaṅkasaddo hi vakkasaddena samānattho, vakkasaddo ca vaṅkasaddena. Tathā hi –
依树而生者,此火放出火焰;
曲颈者啊,你们散向四方,由依止而心生恐惧。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ nissitā jagatiruhaṃ, svāyaṃ aggiṃ pamuñcati; Disā bhajatha vakkaṅgā, jātaṃ saraṇato bhaya’’nti.
此词于巴利语中可得见。然此vakka词转入梵语后,成为带有k与r复合辅音的字母;但其词根意义并未被古代论师言及,故不见动词形式。而此vaṅka词,其词根被释为“vaṅka于弯曲的意义上”,并有动词形式“vaṅkati”;但在巴利语中,并未见到动词形式“vaṅkati”,也未见到表示状态的vaṅka词。不过,它作为形容词在许多处可见。其中,动词形式“vaṅkati”虽不见于巴利语,但仍应如动词形式“nāthati”那样予以采纳。至于表示状态的vaṅka词是否存在,则需于巴利语等中反复审察。对此,或有人言:“若表示状态的vaṅka词不存在,则‘aṭṭhavaṅkaṃ maṇiratanaṃ uḷāraṃ’中的复合词如何得成?”此处,aṭṭhavaṅkaṃ意指于八处有弯曲,而非具有八种弯曲。盖因vaṅka词乃是表示实物之词,而非表示状态之词,应如此观。显示巴利原文
Pāḷi dissati. Ayaṃ pana vakkasaddo sakkaṭabhāsaṃ patvā kakārarakārasaññogakkhariko bhavati, dhātubhāvo panassa porāṇehi na vutto, tasmā kriyāpadaṃ na diṭṭhaṃ. Imassa pana vaṅkasaddassa ‘‘vaṅka koṭille’’ti dhātubhāvo vutto, ‘‘vaṅkatī’’ti kriyāpadañca, pāḷiyaṃ tu ‘‘vaṅkatī’’ti kriyāpadaṃ na diṭṭhaṃ, tathā bhāvavācako vaṅkasaddopi. Vāccaliṅgo pana anekesu ṭhānesu diṭṭho. Tatta vaṅkatīti kriyāpadaṃ pāḷiyaṃ avijjamānampi gahetabbameva nāthatīti kriyāpadamiva. Bhāvavācakassa pana vaṅkasaddassa atthitā natthitā ca pāḷiādīsu punappunaṃ upaparikkhitabbā. Kecettha vadeyyuṃ ‘‘yadi bhāvavācako vaṅkasaddo natthi, kathaṃ ‘aṭṭhavaṅkaṃ maṇiratanaṃ uḷāra’nti ettha samāso’’ti. Ettha pana aṭṭhasu ṭhānesu vaṅkaṃ aṭṭhavaṅkaṃ, na aṭṭhavaṅkāni yassāti. Dabbavācako hi vaṅkasaddo, na bhāvavācakoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
弯曲、扭曲、歪斜、不直、不正;
这些以vaṅka等开头的词,随其所述之义,通于三性。
再者,此vaṅka一词,如在“vaṅkaghasta”等语中所用,
在表示“鱼钩”与“山岳之别”等义时,彼时该词为阳性。
显示巴利原文 Vaṅkaṃ vakkañca kuṭilaṃ, jimhañca rimhamanuju; Vaṅkasaddādayo ete, vāccaliṅgā tiliṅgikā. Atha vā vaṅkasaddoyaṃ, ‘‘vaṅkaghastā’’tiādisu; Baḷise giribhede ca, vattate sa pumā tadā.
因为此词在“这些人如钩吞者般躺卧。犹如鱼对鱼钩,弯曲的鱼钩被肉覆盖。犹如钩吞的水生者”等语句中,用于鱼钩之义。显示巴利原文
Ayañhi ‘‘te’me janā vaṅkaghastā sayanti. Yathāpi maccho baḷisaṃ, vaṅkaṃ maṃsena chāditaṃ. Vaṅkaghastova ambujo’’tiādīsu baḷise vattati.
于此,或许会有这样的疑问:“难道不是这样吗?在‘犹如鱼对鱼钩,弯曲的鱼钩被肉覆盖’中,vaṅka一词是表示属性的修饰语,鱼钩由此被修饰,因此‘弯曲的、歪斜的鱼钩’这一意义得以理解。”并非如此。即使不说vaṅka一词,鱼钩本身的性质就是弯曲的,歪斜之义显而易见,故无使用修饰语的必要。而此“baḷisaṃ vaṅkaṃ”的说法,如同“hatthi nāgo”、“Saroruhaṃ padumaṃ”、“Hatthī ca kuñjaro nāgo”等说法一样,乃是同义词,因此不应将“vaṅka”理解为“弯曲的”意义。或者,如同在“yathā āraññakaṃ nāgaṃ, dantiṃ anveti hatthinī”中,虽然nāga与dantī互为同义词,但“dantī”被解释为“具有可爱象牙者”的意义;同样,虽然“baḷisaṃ vaṅkaṃ”这些词也互为同义词,但“vaṅka”也应当被解说为“弯曲的”之义。唯有如此,意义才会像盛开的婆罗树王般丰满,说法才会达到优雅。显示巴利原文
Ettha siyā ‘‘nanu ca bho ‘yathāpi maccho baḷisaṃ, vaṅkaṃ maṃsena chādita’nti ettha vaṅkasaddo guṇavācako visesanasado, yena baḷiso visesito, tena vaṅkaṃ kuṭilaṃ baḷisanti attho viññāyatī’’ti? Tanna, vaṅkasadde avuttepi baḷisasabhāvassa vaṅkattā kuṭilattho pākaṭoti natthi visesanasaddena payojanaṃ. Idaṃ pana ‘‘baḷisaṃ vaṅka’’nti vacanaṃ ‘‘hatthi nāgo. Saroruhaṃ padumaṃ. Hatthī ca kuñjaro nāgo’’tiādivacanamiva pariyāyavacanaṃ, tasmā ‘‘vaṅka’’nti padassa ‘‘kuṭila’’nti attho na gahetabbo. Atha vā yathā ‘‘yathā āraññakaṃ nāgaṃ, dantiṃ anveti hatthinī’’ti ettha nāgasaddassa dantīsaddassa ca aññamaññapariyā yavacanattepi dantinti manoramadantayuttanti attho saṃvaṇṇito, tathā ‘‘baḷisaṃ vaṅka’’nti imesampi aññamaññaṃ pariyāyavacanattepi vaṅkanti kuṭilanti attho vattabbo. Evañhi sati attho sālarājā viya suphullito hoti, desanā ca vilāsappattā, na pana ‘‘vaṅkaṃ baḷisa’’nti saddānaṃ guṇaguṇīvasena samānādhikaraṇabhāvo icchitabbo ‘‘buddho bhagavā verañjāyaṃ viharatī’’tiādīsu ‘‘buddho bhagavā’’ti imesaṃ viya samānādhikaraṇabhāvassa anicchitabbattā. Na hi īdisesu ṭhānesu samānādhikaraṇabhāvo porāṇehi anumato.
在世间,有如是导师,无与伦比者;
如来,具足力者,正自觉者,般涅槃者;
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo; Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto’’ti,
以及在“Buddhaṃ buddhaṃ nikhilavisayaṃ suddhiyā yāva suddhi”等语句中,也是如此认可的。因为在这里,“etādiso”、“appaṭipuggalo”、“tathāgato”、“balappatto”、“sambuddho”、“parinibbuto”这些词,与“satthā”一词是同位语。同样,“buddhaṃ buddha”这两个词中,后一个与前一个也是同位语。显示巴利原文
‘‘Buddhaṃ buddhaṃ nikhilavisayaṃ suddhiyā yāva suddhi’’nti ca ādīsu pana anumato. Ettha hi ‘‘etādiso’’ti ca ‘‘appaṭipuggalo’’ti ca ‘‘tathāgato’’ti ca ‘‘balappatto’’ti ca ‘‘sambuddho’’ti ca ‘‘parinibbuto’’ti ca imāni ‘‘satthā’’ti anena padena samānādhikaraṇāni. Tathā ‘‘buddhaṃ buddha’’nti dvinnaṃ padānaṃ pacchimaṃ purimena samānādhikaraṇaṃ bhavati.
因此,在“犹如鱼对鱼钩,弯曲的鱼钩被肉覆盖”中,vaṅka一词是鱼钩的别名,并非表其属性。如此,vaṅka一词用于鱼钩。而在“我们去Kaṅka山。远方有Vaṅkata山”等语句中,则用于山岳之专名。在此,本应说“Vaṅkapabbato”,然为发音便利,依语法规则,在中间插入无实义的字母ta,遂说为“Vaṅkatapabbato”。又或,vaṅka本身就是vaṅkatā,正如deva本身就是devatā,又如disā本身就是disatā;如此,依tā后缀的规则,它是vaṅkatā,且是山,故称“Vaṅkatapabbato”,此中应视为中间元音缩短。又或,因其具有弯曲的形状,故为vaṅkata,此处ta后缀表“具有”之意,正如有pabba(节)故为pabbata(山)。如此,它是vaṅkata,且是山,故称Vaṅkatapabbato。又或,其名称本就是“Vaṅkapabbato”,但为满足音韵,而说为“远方有Vaṅkata山”,应作如是观。显示巴利原文
Iti ‘‘yathāpi maccho baḷisaṃ, vaṅkaṃ maṃsena chādita’’nti ettha vaṅkasaddo baḷisassābhidhānantaraṃ, na guṇavācako. Evaṃ vaṅkasaddo baḷise vattati. ‘‘Kaṅkaṃ gacchāma pabbataṃ. Dūre vaṅkatapabbato’’tiādīsu pana girivisese vattati. Ettha ca ‘‘vaṅkapabbato’’ti vattabbe sukhuccāraṇatthaṃ niruttinayena majjhe animittaṃ takārāgamaṃ katvā ‘‘vaṅkatapabbato’’ti vuttaṃ. Atha vā vaṅkoyeva vaṅkatā, yathā devo eva devatā. Yathā ca disā eva disatāti, evaṃ tāpaccayavasena vaṅkatā ca sā pabbato cāti ‘‘vaṅkatapabbato’’ti vuttaṃ, majjhe rassavasena cetaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā vaṅkamassa saṇṭhānamatthīti vaṅkatoti mantuatthe tapaccayo, yathā pabbamassa atthīti pabbatoti. Evaṃ vaṅkato ca so pabbato cāti vaṅkatapabbato. ‘‘Vaṅkapabbato’’ icceva vā paṇṇatti, pādakkharapāripūriyā pana ‘‘dūre vaṅkatapabbato’’ti vuttanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
“loka”词根,义为观察。lokati、loko、āloko等诸形亦应了知。然而,进入curādi群组后,该词根有loketi、lokayati、oloketi、olokayati等诸形。Loko指三种世间:行世间、有情世间、空间世间。其中,在“一世间,一切有情依食而住”中所说的,行即为世间,是行世间。有情即为世间,是有情世间。以轮围为名的空间即是世间,为空间世间,亦称为“器世间”。其中,行被破坏,故名为loko。世尊曾这样说:“诸比丘,被破坏、被粉碎,故称为世间。”于此,福与非福及其异熟被观察,故为有情世间。以种种形相被观察而显现,故以轮围为名的空间为世间。然而,loka一词也见用于集合义,故“被观察,依集合而被认知”名为loko,集合之义亦应了知。或者,loko指三种世间:烦恼世间、有世间、根世间。它们的自性及多种类,将在curādi群组中解说。然而,外部的诗人仅说:“loko,指人间、人群。”显示巴利原文
Loka dassane. Lokati. Loko. Ālokoti aññānipi rūpāni gahetabbāni. Curādigaṇaṃ pana patvā imissā ‘‘loketi, lokayati, oloketi, olokayatī’’tiādinā rūpāni bhavanti. Lokoti tayo lokā saṅkhāraloko sattaloko okāsalokoti. Tattha ‘‘eko loko, sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti āgato saṅkhāro eva loko saṅkhāraloko. Sattā eva loko sattaloko. Cakkavāḷasaṅkhāto okāso eva loko okāsaloko, yo ‘‘bhājanaloko’’tipi vuccati. Tesu saṅkhāro lujjatīti lokoti. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘lujjati palujjatīti kho bhikkhu tasmā lokoti vuccatī’’ti. Lokiyati ettha puññapāpaṃ tabbipāko cāti satto loko. Lokiyati vicittākārato dissatīti cakkavāḷasaṅkhāto okāso loko. Yasmā pana lokasaddo samūhepi dissati, tasmā lokiyati samudāyavasena paññāpiyatīti loko, samūhoti ayampi attho gahetabbo. Atha vā lokoti tayo lokā kilesaloko bhavaloko indriyalokoti. Tesaṃ sarūpaṃ curādigaṇe kathessāma bahuvidhatañca. Bahiddhā pana kavīhi ‘‘loko tu bhuvane jane’’ti ettakameva vuttaṃ.
“siloka”,义为汇集。汇集即聚合。silokati、siloko,如“我随诵此siloka”。依音节与词句限定的言说汇集,即是siloka。它又被称为pajja,因此诗人们说:“siloko具声誉,于pajje中。”显示巴利原文
Siloka saṅghāte. Saṅghāto piṇḍanaṃ. Silokati, siloko, silokamanukassāmi. Akkharapadaniyamito vacanasaṅghāto siloko. So pajjanti vuccati, tathā hi ‘‘siloko yasassi pajje’’ti kavayo vadanti.
‘德咖’与‘德喀’源自表示声响与努力之义根。‘声’指吼声、鸣响;‘努力’指奋发、精进。‘德咖’如是使用,‘德喀’亦如是使用。显示巴利原文
Deka dheka saddussāhesu. Saddo ravo, ussāho vāyāmo. Dekati. Dhekati.
‘雷咖’与‘萨基’属于表示疑虑之义根。‘雷咖’如是使用;‘萨基’如是使用,例如‘我的心对此生起疑虑’。又衍生名词‘疑虑’(saṅkā)。显示巴利原文
Reka saki saṅkāyaṃ. Rekati. Saṅkati, tasmiṃ me saṅkate mano. Saṅkā.
‘阿基’属于表示标记、特征之义根。衍生动词‘标记’(aṅkati),名词‘标记、印记’(aṅko),以及‘有兔斑者(月亮)’(sasaṅko)。显示巴利原文
Aki lakkhaṇe. Aṅkati, aṅko, sasaṅko.
Maki 属于‘装饰’义。‘装饰’即庄严、妆扮之意。例如动词‘装饰’(maṅkati)。显示巴利原文
Maki maṇḍane. Maṇḍanaṃ bhūsanaṃ, maṅkati.
Kata 属于‘贪欲’义。贪欲之状态为贪欲(loliya),正如善巧之状态为善巧(dakkhiya)。动词‘鸣叫’(kakati),名词‘公乌鸦’(kāko)、‘母乌鸦’(kākī)。在此,‘kāko、dhaṅko、vāyaso、bali、bhoji、ariṭṭho’都是乌鸦的异名。显示巴利原文
Kata loliye. Lolabhāvo loliyaṃ yathā dakkhiyaṃ. Kakati, kāko, kākī. Ettha ‘‘kāko, dhaṅko, vāyaso, bali, bhoji, ariṭṭho’’ti imāni kākābhidhānāni.
Kuka 与 vaka 属于‘执取’义。动词‘执取’(kukati)、‘执取’(vakati),名词‘豺’(koko)、‘林豹’(vako)。此处 koko 指林中野犬。vako 指小型林豹,也有人称之为老虎。显示巴利原文
Kuka vaka ādāne. Kukati, vakati, koko, vako. Ettha kokoti araññasunakho. Vakoti khuddakavanadīpiko, byagghotipi vadanti.
“瓦卡”是表示“光辉”与“反击”之义的词根。“光辉”(ditti)即庄严、美丽。其动词为“照耀、反击”(vakati)。显示巴利原文
Vaka dittiyaṃ paṭighāte ca. Ditti sobhā, vakati.
“卡基”“瓦基”“萨卡”“提卡”“提卡”“塞卡”等词根,义为“行进”。由此而有“渴望”(kaṅkati)、“弯曲”(vaṅkati)、“能行”(sakkati)、“退行”(nisakkati)、“周行”(parisakkati)、“退缩”(osakkati)、“为杀戮而周旋”(vadhāya parisakkanaṃ)等词,乃至“如猫悄然退行的距离”(biḷāranisakkamattampi)亦然。“踩踏”(tekati)、“支撑”(ṭekati)、“注疏”(ṭīkā)、“滴灌”(sekati)——其中,“注疏”的意思是:藉由它而令义理得以了知、辨别、阐释。通晓语言者称从“卡基”至“塞卡”的这些词根为“自言语”。据他们所见,这些词根仅适用于“他们之末、彼之末”等场合,然而在教法中并无定则。显示巴利原文
Kakivaki sakka tika ṭika seka gatyatthā. Kaṅkati, vaṅkati, sakkati, nisakkati, parisakkati, osakkati, vadhāya parisakkanaṃ. Biḷāranisakkamattampi. Tekati, ṭekati, ṭīkā sekati. Ettha ṭīkāti ṭikiyati jāniyati saṃvaṇṇanāya attho etāyāti ṭīkā. Etā idhātuādikā sekapariyantā dhātuyo ‘‘attanobhāsā’’ti saddasatthavidū vadanti. Tesaṃ mate etā ‘‘te ante, taṃ antaṃ’’iccādīnaṃyeva visayo, pāvacane pana niyamo natthi.
“希卡”是表示不清晰声音的词根。不清晰的声音,即义理不彰的言音,亦是无意义的言音。其动词为“发出不清晰声音”(hikkati)、“发出不清晰声音”(hikkate)。语言学者称此为“双方面言语”,然而这与教法相符。因为在教法中,对于他言语与自言语的词根,如“存在”(bhavati, bhavate)、“压迫”(bādhate, bādhati)等,大多可见两种交替的形式。显示巴利原文
Hikka abyattasadde. Abyattasaddo avibhāvitatthasaddo niratthakasaddo ca. Hikkati, hikkate. Imaṃ ‘‘ubhayatobhāsā’’ti vadanti. Idaṃ tu pāvacanena saṃsandati. Parassattanobhāsānañhi dhātūnaṃ ‘‘bhavati, bhavate, bādhate, bādhatī’’tiādinā yebhuyyena dvidhā dvidhā rūpāni sāsane dissanti.
以 kha 音结尾的词根显示巴利原文
Khakārantadhātu
词根 khā,义为“详述”,亦作 khyā。“详述”即宣说、教示之意。由此衍生出 khāti(言说)、saṅkhāti(总称)等词。当前置 ā 时,因与后随字母不相似,故 kh 重叠;又因与重叠字相邻,ā 缩短,遂成 akkhāti(言说)之形。“最上之人如是宣说”(akkhāsi purisuttamo);“尊者,我为您宣说应宣说者”(akkheyyaṃ te ahaṃ ayye);“法被总称”(dhammo saṅkhāyati);“被宣说”(akkhāyati)——此处“咖”音脱落。“法被世尊善宣说”(svākhāto bhagavatā dhammo);“被总称”(saṅkhāto);“被宣说”(akkhāto);“如来乃宣说者”(akkhātāro tathāgatā);“一切法中最胜者被总称”(saṅkhātā sabbadhammānaṃ vidhuro);“总称”(saṅkhā)、“再总称”(paṭisaṅkhā)。动作的宣说者即是“所宣说”(ākhyātaṃ,显示巴利原文
Khā pakathane khyā ca. Pakathanaṃ ācikkhanaṃ desanaṃ vā. Khāti, saṅkhāti. Āpubbatte visadisabhāvena khātyakkharassa dvittaṃ, ākārassa ca saññogapubbattā rassattaṃ, akkhāti. Akkhāsi purisuttamo. Akkheyyaṃ te ahaṃ ayye. Dhammo saṅkhāyati. Akkhāyati. Atra pana kakāralopo. Svākhāto bhagavatā dhammo. Saṅkhāto. Akkhāto. Akkhātāro tathāgatā. Saṅkhātā sabbadhammānaṃ vidhuro. Saṅkhā, paṭisaṅkhā. Kriyaṃ ākyāti kathetīti ākhyātaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘svākhāto’’ti ca ‘‘svākkhyāto’’ti ca ‘‘svākhyāto’’ti ca padamicchanti. Tattha pacchimāni sakkaṭabhāsāto nayaṃ gahetvā vuttāni, itaraṃ yathāṭhitarūpanipphattivasena, ato yathādassitapadāniyeva pasatthatarāni. Tattha saṅkhāsaddassa atthuddhāro nīyate – saṅkhāsaddo ñāṇakoṭṭhāsapaññattigaṇanāsu dissati. ‘‘Saṅkhāyekaṃ paṭisevatī’’tiādīsu hi ñāṇe dissati. ‘‘Papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācarantī’’tiādīsu koṭṭhāse. ‘‘Tesaṃ tesaṃ dhammānaṃ saṅkhā samaññā’’tiādīsu paññattiyaṃ. ‘‘Na sukaraṃ saṅkhātu’’ntiādīsu gaṇanāyaṃ. Etthetaṃ vuccati –
此词见于智、施设、分位、计数等分类中;
应在法灯的教法中阐明“桑卡”一词。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ñāṇapaññattikoṭṭhāsa-gaṇanāsu padissati; Saṅkhāsaddoti dīpeyya, dhammadīpassa sāsane’’ti.
Khi在‘灭尽’义。Khiyanadhammaṃ khīyati,即被灭尽之法被灭尽。随顺教法,元音i替换为iyya,成khiyyati。亦当了知‘khayo’、‘khaṃ’等形态。其中,khayo即灭尽或灭尽之义;又或被解释为烦恼于此被灭尽,故khayo指道与涅槃。因由名为灭尽的道而证得故,果亦称为khayo。Khaṃ为空、虚无、远离、无有;或khaṃ指虚空。显示巴利原文
Khi khaye. Khiyanadhammaṃ khīyati. Sāsanānurūpena sare ikārassa iyyādeso, khiyyati. ‘‘Khayo, khaṃ’’ iccapi rūpāni ñeyyāni. Tattha khayoti khiyanaṃ khayo. Atha vā khiyanti kilesā etthāti khayo, magganibbānāni. Khayasaṅkhātena maggena pāpuṇiyattā phalampi khayo. Khanti tucchaṃ suññaṃ vivittaṃ rittaṃ, khanti vā ākāso.
Khi在‘居住’义。Khīyati或khiyyati。随顺教法,当知元音i替换为īya、iyya之形。此词根亦应归入divādi类。Khaṃ、khayaṃ。Abhiramaṇīyaṃ rājakkhayaṃ,即令人愉悦之王宫。其中,khīyati义为居住。Khaṃ指眼等诸根,以作为眼识等之住处义。Khayaṃ即住处。Rājakkhayaṃ即国王之住处。关于此,有如下圣典——显示巴利原文
Khi nivāse. Khīyati, khiyyati vā. Sāsanānurūpena ikārassa īya iyyādeso daṭṭhabbo. Ayaṃ divādigaṇepi pakkhipitabbo. Khaṃ khayaṃ. Abhiramaṇīyaṃ rājakkhayaṃ. Tattha khīyatīti nivasati. Khanti cakkhādiindriyaṃ cakkhuviññāṇādīnaṃ nivāsaṭṭhena. Khayanti nivesanaṃ. Rājakkhayanti rañño nivesanaṃ. Atrāyaṃ pāḷi –
若今日能护持,此相好庄严的少年;
生于刹帝利族,佩戴黄金宝石腰带;
受亲族众所敬,你莫往阎魔住处。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sace ca ajja dhāresi, kumāraṃ cārudassanaṃ; Kusena jātakhattiyaṃ, savaṇṇamaṇimekhalaṃ; Pūjitā ñātisaṅghehi, na gacchasi yamakkhaya’’nti.
此处,yamakkhayaṃ 即阎魔的住处。显示巴利原文
Tattha yamakkhayanti yamanivesanaṃ.
Khu 表示“声音”义。如 khoti、khavati。显示巴利原文
Khu sadde. Khoti khavati.
Khe 表示“咀嚼”与“存在”等义。如 khāyati(被咀嚼),undūrā khāyanti(老鼠们咀嚼),vikkhāyitakaṃ(被咬碎之物),gokhāyitakaṃ(被牛咀嚼之物)。又如 assirī viya khāyati(显得毫无吉祥),disāpi me na pakkhāyanti(诸方亦不向我显现)。其中,第一义中 kāyati 即 khādati(咀嚼)。或者,表示 upaṭṭhāti(现前)、paññāyati(被了知)。显示巴利原文
Khe khādanasattāsu. Khāyati. Undūrā khāyanti. Vikkhāyitakaṃ. Gokhāyitakaṃ. Assirī viya khāyati. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti. Etthādimhi kāyatīti khādati. Atha vā upaṭṭhāti paññāyati.
Sukha 和 dukkha 用于“作用”义。此处“作用”指苦受与乐受的作用,即说“乐的作用、苦的作用”。这些词根是不及物的。Sukhati(乐)、dukkhati(苦)。Sukhaṃ(乐)、dukkhaṃ(苦)。Sukhito(乐者)、dukkhito(苦者)。Sukhaṃ 为舒适、滋养,dukkhaṃ 为恼害、苦痛、烦恼。其中,sukhaṃ 意为“令乐”故为乐,即令其生起,使彼成为乐者。Dukkhaṃ 意为“令苦”故为苦,即令其生起,使彼成为苦者。应知这些词源解释是依使役形式而说,因为在注释书中解说苦乐词义时,诸师采用了 sukhayati、dukkhayati 等词的及物意义。正如 sukhayati、dukkhayati 等,其使役形式为 sukheti sukhayati, sukhāpeti sukhāpayati, dukkheti dukkhayati, dukkhāpeti dukkhāpayati,以及“使自己乐、滋养自己”,sukhayati 为乐,dukkhayati 为苦。显示巴利原文
Sukha dukkha takriyāyaṃ. Takriyāti sukhadukkhānaṃ vedanānaṃ kriyā, sukhanaṃ dukkhananti vuttaṃ hoti. Akammakā ime dhātavo. Sukhati, dukkhati. Sukhaṃ, dukkhaṃ. Sukhito, dukkhito. Sukhaṃ sātaṃ pīṇanaṃ, dukkhaṃ vighātaṃ aghaṃ kileso. Tattha sukhanti sukhayatīti sukhaṃ. Yassuppajjati, taṃ sukhitaṃ karotīti attho. Dukkhanti dukkhayatīti dukkhaṃ. Yassuppajjati, taṃ dukkhitaṃ karotīti attho. Imāni nibbacanāni kāritavasena vuttānīti daṭṭhabbaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ sukhadukkhasaddatthaṃ vadantehi garūhi sukhayati dukkhayatisaddānaṃ kammatthamādāya vivaraṇassa katattā. Tathā hi ‘‘sukheti sukhayati, sukhāpeti sukhāpayati, dukkheti dukkhayati, dukkhāpeti dukkhāpayatī’’ti imāni tesaṃ kāritapadarūpāni, attānaṃ sukheti pīṇetīti ca, sukhayati sukhaṃ, dukkhayatīti dukkhanti ca,
若于任何时候,
我能先于他们而死,
我的子女与孙辈,
如‘令安乐’‘大药’等。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sace ca kimhici kāle, Maraṇaṃ me pure siyā; Putte ca me paputte ca, Sukhāpeyya mahosadho’’ti ca
由巴利经典等的开示可知。然而,在音声论中,于《界论摄要》里,这些词根唯被说为属于 curādi 群。‘sukhayati, dukkhayati’等被视为非使役的纯粹主动词。但我们不认同这些词形作为纯粹主动词,因其与巴利经典等相违;正因如此,它们才被归于这 bhūvādi 群中。因为,就纯粹主动词而言,我们的主张是:‘sukhati 即安乐者,dukkhati 即苦恼者’。显示巴利原文
Pāḷiādidassanato. Saddasatthe pana dhātupāṭhasaṅkhepe ca ime dhātavo curādigaṇeyeva vuttā. ‘‘Sukhayati dukkhayatī’’ti ca akāritāni suddhakattupadāni icchitāni. Mayaṃ tu tesaṃ tabbacanaṃ suddhakattari ca tāni padarūpāni na icchāma pāḷiādīhi viruddhattā, tasmāyeva te imasmiṃ bhūvādigaṇe vuttā. Ayañhi suddhakattuvisaye asmākaṃ ruci ‘‘sukhatīti sukhito, dukkhatīti dukkhito’’ti.
贤者!难道‘sukhati, dukkhati’这样的动词形式不见于佛陀教言中吗?确不见。然而,虽不见,依注释书的方法而应被接受,故实可谓已见。因为,并非一切界的所有词形都可在教法或世间中得见;有些可得,有些不可得。虽然如此,依其方法即可得见。譬如,当见到‘kappayavho patissatā’时,依方法类推,‘caravho, bhuñjavho’等亦可视为已见。这便是诸阿阇梨共通的定解。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca bho ‘‘sukhati dukkhatī’’ti kriyāpadāni buddhavacane na dissantīti? Saccaṃ, evaṃ santepi aṭṭhakathānayavasena gahetabbattā dissantiyeva nāma. Na hi sabbathā sabbesaṃ dhātūnaṃ rūpāni sāsane loke vā labbhanti, ekaccāni pana labbhanti, ekaccāni na labbhanti. Evaṃ santepi nayavasena labbhantiyeva. ‘‘Kappayavho patissatā’’ti hi diṭṭhe ‘‘caravho bhuñjavho’’tiādīnipi nayavasena diṭṭhāniyeva nāma.
此处的方法是:在《清净道论》等中,有‘仅仅行了一、二由旬的路,风就失调,各肢体便疼痛’的说法——由此能见到属 bhūvādi 组、不及物、表纯粹主语的动词形式‘dukkhanti’。既然见到了此形式,那么‘sukhati, sukhanti. Sukhasi, sukhatha. Sukhāmi, sukhāmā’等,以及‘dukkhati, dukkhanti. Dukkhasi, dukkhathā’等,也可以说是见到了,因为依据所见的,便能推知未见的、无过失的同类情形。因此,‘sukhati 即安乐的人,dukkhati 即苦恼的人’——应当采用的是这种 bhūvādi 组的方法,而非 curādi 组的方法。此外,在此还有另一种词释:此人产生安乐,故为 sukhito,即已生起安乐之义。对于 dukkhito,也是同样的方法。或者,由安乐而存续,故为 sukhito。对于‘dukkhito’,也是同样的方法。此义理甚为深细,应当善加作意。显示巴利原文
Tatra panāyaṃ nayo. Visuddhimaggādīsu hi ‘‘ekadviyojanamattampi addhānaṃ gatassa vāyo kuppati, gattāni dukkhantī’’ti evaṃ bhūvādigaṇikaṃ akammakaṃ suddhakattuvācakaṃ ‘‘dukkhantī’’ti kriyāpadaṃ dissati. Tasmiṃ diṭṭhiyeva ‘‘sukhati, sukhanti. Sukhasi, sukhatha. Sukhāmi, sukhāmā’’tiādīni ca ‘‘dukkhati, dukkhanti. Dukkhasi, dukkhathā’’tiādīnica diṭṭhāni nāma honti diṭṭhena adiṭṭhassa tādisassa anavajjassa nayassa gahetabbattā, tasmā ‘‘sukhatīti sukhito, dukkhatīti dukkhito’’ti bhūvādinayo eva gahetabbo, na pana curādinayo. Aparampettha nibbacanaṃ, sukhaṃ sañjātaṃ etassāti sukhito, sañjātasukhoti attho. Esa nayo dukkhitoti etthāpi. Atha vā sukhena ito pavattoti sukhito. Esa nayo ‘‘dukkhito’’ti etthāpi. Dullabhāyaṃ nīti sādhukaṃ manasi kātabbā.
Mokkha,意为解脱。此词根是不及物的。Mokkhati。Mokkho。Pātimokkho。在使役形式中,有‘mokkheti, mokkhayati, mokkhāpeti, mokkhāpayatī’等词形。然而,有些人将此读作‘mokkha mocane’而将其归入 curādi 组。依他们的见解,‘mokkheti, mokkhayatī’便成了表纯粹主语的词。这些形式是与巴利圣典和注释书相违的。例如:‘mokkhanti mārabandhanā. Na me samaṇe mokkhasi. Mahāyaññaṃ yajissāma, evaṃ mokkhāma pāpakā’——这与巴利圣典相违。‘Yo naṃ pāti rakkhati, taṃ mokkheti moceti āpāyikādīhi dukkhehīti pātimokkho’——则与注释书相违。因此,巴利圣典中不说‘mokkhesi mokkhemā’,而说‘mokkhasi, mokkhāmā’——表纯粹主语,且以从格为对象。而注释书……显示巴利原文
Mokkha muccane. Akammakoyaṃ dhātu. Mokkhati. Mokkho. Pātimokkho. Kārite ‘‘mokkheti, mokkhayati, mokkhāpeti, mokkhāpayatī’’ti rūpāni. Keci panimaṃ ‘‘mokkha mocane’’ti paṭhitvā curādigaṇe pakkhipanti. Tesaṃ mate ‘‘mokkheti, mokkhayatī’’ti suddhakattupadāni bhavanti. Etāni pāḷiyā aṭṭhakathāya ca virujjhanti. Tathā hi ‘‘mokkhanti mārabandhanā. Na me samaṇe mokkhasi. Mahāyaññaṃ yajissāma, evaṃ mokkhāma pāpakā’’ti pāḷiyā virujjhanti. ‘‘Yo naṃ pāti rakkhati, taṃ mokkheti moceti āpāyikādīhi dukkhehīti pātimokkho’’ti aṭṭhakathāya ca virujjhanti, tasmā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘mokkhesi mokkhemā’’ti ca avatvā ‘‘mokkhasi, mokkhāmā’’ti suddhakattuvācakaṃ vuttaṃ, tañca kho apādānavisayaṃ katvā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘mokkheti, mocetī’’ti hetukattuvācakaṃ vuttaṃ, tampi apādānavisayaṃyeva katvā. Evaṃ imassa dhātuno suddhakattuvisaye akammakabhāvo vidito, hetukattuvisaye ekakammakabhāvo vidito muca paca chidādayo viya. Mokkhadhātu dvigaṇikoti ce? Na, anekesu sāṭṭhakathesu pāḷippadesesu ‘‘mokkheti, mokkhayatī’’ti suddhakatturūpānaṃ adassanatoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Kakkha,意为笑。Kakkhati。显示巴利原文
Kakkha hasane. Kakkhati.
Okha、rākha、lākha、dākha、dhākha,用于干竭、能持等义。Okhati。Rākhati。Lākhati。Dākhati。Dhākhati。显示巴利原文
Okha rākha lākha dākha dhākha sosanālamatthesu. Okhati. Rākhati. Lākhati. Dākhati. Dhākhati.
Sākha,用于遍满之义。Sākhati。Sākhā。显示巴利原文
Sākhabyāpane. Sākhati. Sākhā.
Ukha、nakha、makha、rakha、lakha、rakhi、lakhi、ikhi、rikhi,用于去往之义。Ukhati。Nakhati。Makhati。Rakhati。Lakhati。Raṅkhati。Laṅkhati。Iṅkhati。Riṅkhati。显示巴利原文
Ukha nakha makha rakha lakha rakhi lakhi ikhi rikhi gatyatthā. Ukhati. Nakhati. Makhati. Rakhati. Lakhati. Raṅkhati. Laṅkhati. Iṅkhati. Riṅkhati.
“守护、保护”义。动词:守护。相关词:守护、守护行为;提婆达多守护戒、戒被提婆达多守护、提婆达多是守护戒者。显示巴利原文
Rakkha pālane. Rakkhati. Rakkhā, rakkhaṇaṃ, sīlaṃ rakkhito devadatto, sīlaṃ rakkhitaṃ devadattena, sīlaṃ rakkhako devadatto.
“明了、计算”义。动词:明了、计算。名词:筹码、骰子。显示巴利原文
Akkha byattisaṅkhātesu. Akkhati, akkhi, akkhaṃ.
“亲吻”义。动词:亲吻。名词:金饰。显示巴利原文
Nikkha cumbane. Nikkhati, nikkhaṃ.
“行进”义。动词“行进”。名词“星宿”。此处所谓“星宿”:非自此至彼不规则而行,唯循自身轨道运行,其行进守护着它,故称“星宿”。然而古人说:“星宿不消失,所以名为星宿。”“星宿”“光曜”“观察”“光辉”,这些都是同义词。显示巴利原文
Nakkha gatiyaṃ. Nakkhati. Nakkhattaṃ. Ettha nakkhattanti etto ito cāti visamagatiyā agantvā attano vīthiyāva gamanena nakkhanaṃ gamanaṃ tāyati rakkhatīti nakkhattaṃ. Porāṇā pana ‘‘nakkharanti na nassantīti nakkhattānī’’ti kathayiṃsu. ‘‘Nakkhattaṃ, joti, nirikkhaṃ, bhaṃ’’ iccete pariyāyā.
“观”根,意为观察。即“他观察”。显示巴利原文
Vekkha vekkhane. Vekkhati.
“覆”根,意为涂抹、遮覆。即“他涂抹”。显示巴利原文
Makkha saṅkhate. Makkhati.
『苦行、燃烧』义。燃烧即约束之义。即『他燃烧(苦行)』。显示巴利原文
Takkha tapane. Tapanaṃ saṃvaraṇaṃ. Takkhati.
「轻慢」根,义为不恭敬。即「他轻慢」。显示巴利原文
Sukkha anādare. Sukkhati.
“kakhi”“vakhi”“makhi”诸词根皆表疑惑。于师长起疑惑(kaṅkhati),犹豫(Vaṅkhati),迟疑(maṅkhati)。“疑惑、疑惑性、疑惑状态、疑虑、犹豫、二心、二途、怀疑、执取不定、遍求、徘徊、不能洞察、心之僵硬、心之散乱”——这些皆为“疑惑”的同义异名。然而,在此语境中——显示巴利原文
Kakhi vakhi makhi kaṅkhāyaṃ. Satthari kaṅkhati. Vaṅkhati, maṅkhati. ‘‘Kaṅkhā kaṅkhāyanā kaṅkhāyitattaṃ vimati vicikicchā dveḷhakaṃ dvedhāpatho saṃsayo anekaṃsagāho āsappanā parisappanā apariyogāhanā thambhitattaṃ cittassa manovilekho’’ iccete kaṅkhāpariyāyā. Etesu pana –
在世俗用语中,这些是“疑惑、疑虑、怀疑、犹豫”;
“犹豫”等,仅仅只是这些名称而已。
显示巴利原文 Vattanti lokavohāre, ‘‘kaṅkhā vimati saṃsayo; Vicikicchā’’ti etāni, nāmāniyeva pāyato.
此即 kakhi(语基)。例如:“渴求财富”、“希求财富”、“我不希求死亡”、“所希求的财富”。显示巴利原文
Kakhi iccāyaṃ. Dhanaṃ kaṅkhati, abhikaṅkhati, nābhikaṅkhāmi maraṇaṃ. Abhikaṅkhitaṃ dhanaṃ.
Dakhi、dhakhi,表‘恐怖之居所’与‘疑惑’义。Daṅkhati 为刺穿。Dhaṅkhati 为压迫。显示巴利原文
Dakhi dhakhi ghoravāsite kaṅkhāyañca. Daṅkhati. Dhaṅkhati.
Ukkha 意为喷洒。Ukkhati 即他喷洒。显示巴利原文
Ukkha secane. Ukkhati.
Kakha 意为笑。Kakkhati 即他笑。显示巴利原文
Kakha hasane. Kakhati.
Jakkha 有“食”义。ca 字为显示“笑”与“牵引”义而加。jakkhati 意为“他食”。显示巴利原文
Jakkha bhakkhaṇe ca. Hasanānukaḍḍhanatthaṃ cakāro. Jakkhati.
Likha 意为“书写”。likhati 为“他书写”,sallekhati 为“他削除”。“这位沙门过度削除”(atisallekhatevāyaṃ samaṇo)。lekhā(书写)、lekhana(书写工具)、lekhako(书写者)、likhitaṃ(被书写的)、sallekhapaṭipatti(削除的修行),这些以 dakhi 等开头、以 likha 结尾的词,声论师们称为“他者之语”。显示巴利原文
Likha lekhane. Likhati, sallekhati. Atisallekhatevāyaṃ samaṇo. Lekhā, lekhanaṃ, lekhako, likhitaṃ, sallekhapaṭipatti, etā dakhiādikā likhapariyantā ‘‘parassabhāsā’’ti saddasatthavidū vadanti.
Dhukkha 与 dhikkha 有“点燃”“烦恼”“生存”等义。dhukkhati 意为“他点燃”,dhikkhati 意为“他烦恼”。然而声论师们认为“dhukkhate dhikkhate”是表达自声。同样,此后的诸形态也是如此。显示巴利原文
Dhukkha dhikkha sandīpanakilesanajīvanesu. Dhukkhati. Dhikkhati. Saddasatthavidū pana ‘‘dhukkhate dhikkhate’’ti attanobhāsaṃ vadanti. Tathā ito parāni rūpānipi.
Rukkha 与 vakkha,意为遮止;遮止即是防护。Rukkha(树)与 vakkha(枝),在此,枝即是树。正如所见,《本生经》中有这样的文句:“有美好、令人愉悦的树木,生于林中。”以下是树的各种名称——显示巴利原文
Rukkha vakkha varaṇe. Varaṇaṃ saṃvaraṇaṃ. Rukkhati. Vakkhati. Rukkho, vakkho. Ettha ca vakkhoti rukkhoyeva. Tathā hi ‘‘sādūni ramaṇīyāni, santi vakkhā araññajā’’ti jātakapāṭho dissati. Imāni pana rukkhassa nāmāni –
“树、地生者、枝干、依足而立者、大地所生者;
无枝者、树、灌木、有枝者、娑罗树、繁枝者、树木;
‘树’指有果者、多果者;‘灌木’则指小树。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rukkho mahīruho vakkho, pādapo jagatīruho; Ago nago kujo sākhī, sālo ca viṭapī taru; Dumo phalī tu phalavā, gaccho tu khuddapādapo’’ti.
在此,有人或许会问:“sāla一词难道不是专指娑罗树,而非其他树吗?因为有‘sālā phandanamāluvā’这样的用例。若然,又为何以sāla一词泛指任何树呢?”须知,sāla一词并非仅指娑罗树,因其用于称说娑罗树,也用于称说‘林中最胜树’,乃至任何树木,皆可见‘sāla’之称谓。显示巴利原文
Kecettha vadeyyuṃ ‘‘nanu ca sālasaddena sālarukkhoyeva vutto, nāñño ‘sālā phandanamāluvā’ti payogadassanato, atha kimatthaṃ sālasaddena yo koci rukkho vutto’’ti? Na sālarukkhoyeva sālasaddena vutto, atha kho sālarukkhepi vanappatijeṭṭharukkhepi yasmiṃ kasmiñci rukkhepi ‘‘sālo’’ti vohārassa dassanato aññepi rukkhā vuttā. Tathā hi sālarukkhopi ‘‘sālo’’ti vuccati. Yathāha ‘‘seyyathāpi bhikkhave gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre mahantaṃ sālavanaṃ, tañcassa elaṇḍehi sañchannaṃ. Antarena yamakasālāna’’nti. Vanappatijeṭṭharukkhopi. Yathāha –
惟于汝之国土,惟于汝之苑林之地;
娑罗大树,树干笔直,深蓝光泽,悦意可爱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Taveva deva vijite, tavevuyyānabhūmiyā; Ujuvaṃsā mahāsālā, nīlobhāsā manoramā’’ti.
对于任何树都一样。正如经中所说:“诸比丘,那时,那粒末罗婆种子可能落在某棵娑罗树根下。”在此,这样说——显示巴利原文
Yo koci rukkhopi. Yathāha ‘‘atha kho taṃ bhikkhave māluvabījaṃ aññatarasmiṃ sālamūle nipateyyā’’ti. Atridaṃ vuccati –
于娑罗树、于最胜树,
在任何一棵树上
凡以‘沙罗’为名者,即是沙罗树
在集会堂中,亦可指妇女
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sālarukkhe jeṭṭharukkhe, Yasmiṃ kasmiñci pādape; Sālo iti ravo sālā, Sandhāgāre thiyaṃ siyā’’ti.
“学”(sikkha)用于“学习”与“获得明”之义。他学习。有学、学习、所学技艺、学者、已学者、有学、无学。省略 ka 音后,成为“有学”“无学”等词形。其中,“已学者”指已具学之人,或未学而称已学者;如此可见作者用例:“我确实善学,于师传陶艺中无有差失。”显示巴利原文
Sikkha vijjopādāne. Sikkhati. Sikkhā, sikkhanaṃ, sikkhitaṃ sippaṃ, sikkhako, sikkhito, sekkho, asekkho. Kakāralope ‘‘sekho asekho’’ti rūpāni bhavanti. Tattha sikkhitoti sañjātasikkho, asikkhīti vā sikkhito, tathā hi kattuppayogo dissati ‘‘ahaṃ kho pana susikkhito anavayo sake ācariyake kumbhakārakamme’’ti.
“乞”(bhikkha)用于“乞求”之义。他乞求。有比丘、乞食、乞求、乞食者、已乞得的食物。此处,“比丘、行者、沙门、牟尼、出家者、无家者、苦行者、具苦行财者”为同义词。其中,在教法中,受具足戒者称为“比丘”。但有时在“供养百比丘、供养千比丘”等语中,也依沙弥而用“比丘”之称;而苦行者等则以沙门等词称呼,如“过去曾有沙门忍光者”等,可作例证。显示巴利原文
Bhikkha yācane. Bhikkhati. Bhikkhu, bhikkhā, bhikkhanaṃ, bhikkhako, bhikkhitaṃ bhojanaṃ. Ettha pana ‘‘bhikkhu yati samaṇo muni pabbajito anagāro tapassī tapodhano’’ iccetāni pariyāyavacanāni. Etesu sāsane ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti upasampanno vuccati. Kadāci pana ‘‘bhikkhusataṃ bhojesi, bhikkhusahassaṃ bhojesī’’tiādīsu sāmaṇerepiupādāya ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti vohāro pavattati, tāpasāpi ca samaṇasaddādīhi vuccanti, ‘‘ahū atītamaddhāne, samaṇo khantidīpano’’tiādi ettha nidassanaṃ.
“熟练”(dakkha)用于“增长”与“迅疾”之义。他熟练,有右、熟练者。众生依此而增长,即依所愿之成就而增长、增广、达至殊胜,故称为“右”(dakkhiṇā),指应施与之物。他于善业及其他应作不应作之事中,无有迟钝,迅速而行,故为“熟练者”(dakkho),即能干之人,亦称作“善巧者”。显示巴利原文
Dakkha vuddhiyaṃ sīghatte ca. Dakkhati, dakkhiṇā, dakkho. Dakkhanti vaddhanti sattā etāya yathādhippetāhi sampattīhi iddhā vuddhā ukkaṃsagatā hontīti dakkhiṇā, dātabbavatthu. Dakkhati kusalakamme aññasmiñca kiccākicce adandhatāya sīghaṃ gacchatīti dakkho, cheko, yo ‘‘kusalo’’tipi vuccati.
“剃度”(dikkha)用于“剃发、出家、决定、誓愿、指示”等义。dikkha 词根用于剃发、出家、决定、誓愿、指示等。他剃度;已剃度者,即剃发者。于此,或许有这样的疑问:“贤者,在《萨罗邦伽本生》中:‘长期剃度者诸仙人之香,从身发出,随风而去’,此处注释师们释为:‘长期剃度者即长期出家者’,并未说‘长期剃发者’。既然如此,为何此处说‘dikkha 词根用于剃发’呢?”诚然,那里因 dikkhita 一词用于出家者,故说“长期出家者”,并非为了阐明词根含义。而此处是为了阐明词根含义,才说用于剃发。因为苦行者适合用表示剃发意义的 dikkhita 一词来称呼。正如注释师们在《转轮王经》释义中,对“剃除须发,披着袈裟衣”这段经文的义释,这样解释道:“因为出家为苦行者时,也先剃除须发,自此以后,将长出的头发束起并散开,因此说‘剃除须发’。”显示巴利原文
Dikkha muṇḍiopanayananiyamabbatādesesu. Dikkhadhātu muṇḍiye, upanayane, niyame, vate, ādese ca pavattati. Dikkhati. Dikkhito muṇḍo. Ettha siyā – nanu ca bho sarabhaṅgajātake ‘‘gandho isīnaṃ ciradikkhitānaṃ, kāyā cuto gacchati mālutenā’’ti etasmiṃ padese aṭṭhakathācariyehi ‘‘ciradikkhitānanti cirapabbajitāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Na hi tattha ‘‘ciramuṇḍāna’’nti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ sante kasmā idha ‘‘dikkhadhātu muṇḍiye vuttā’’ti? Saccaṃ, tattha pana dikkhitasaddassa pabbajite vattanato ‘‘cirapabbajitāna’’nti vuttaṃ, na dhātuatthassa vibhāvanatthaṃ. Ida pana dhātuatthavibhāvanatthaṃ muṇḍiye vuttā. Tāpasā hi muṇḍiyatthavācakena dikkhitasaddena vattuṃ yuttā. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathācariyehi cakkavattisuttatthavaṇṇanāyaṃ ‘‘kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā’’ti imissā pāḷiyā atthavivaraṇe ‘‘tāpasapabbajjaṃ pabbajantāpi hi paṭhamaṃ kesamassuṃ ohārenti, tato paṭṭhāya parūḷhakese bandhitvā vivaranti, tena vuttaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā’’ti evaṃ attho saṃvaṇṇito.
“见”(ikkha)词根用于“看”与“记认”之义。如:他看、他近观(upekkhati)、他期待(apekkhati)。由此而有近观(upekkhā)、期待(apekkhā)、省察(paccavekkhaṇā)等词。省略 ka 后,便形成“upekhā、apekhā、upasampadāpekho”等形式。显示巴利原文
Ikkha dassanaṅkesu. Ikkhati, upekkhati, apekkhati. Upekkhā, apekkhā, paccavekkhaṇā. Kakāralope ‘‘upekhā, apekhā, upasampadāpekho’’ti rūpāni bhavanti.
“苦”(dukkha)用于“伤害”与“趣向”之义。如:他伤害,伤害者。显示巴利原文
Dukkha hiṃsāgatīsu. Dakkhati. Dakkhako.
“说”(cikkha)与“说”(cakkha)有“明了”和“言语”的意思。他说(cikkhati),他告诉(ācikkhati),他诬告(abbhācikkhati)。告诉者(ācikkhako)。他说(cakkhati),眼(cakkhu)。在此,“眼”(cakkhu)因“它看”(cakkhati)而得名,意思是它仿佛在清楚地述说平整与不平整。又或者,如同“尝汤”“尝蜜”等说法中的“尝”义,“眼”这个词也有“品尝”的意味,因此也应取“品尝”义:眼好像以识为依处在品尝色。因为经中说:“摩犍提耶,眼乐于色、喜于色、悦于色。”虽然耳等也有乐于声等的性质,但由于约定俗成,“眼”这个词只用于眼处,如同“莲花”等词只用于莲花等。显示巴利原文
Cikkha cakkha viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Cikkhati, ācikkhati, abbhācikkhati. Ācikkhako. Cakkhati, cakkhu. Ettha cakkhūti cakkhatīti cakkhu, samavisamaṃ abhibyattaṃ vadantaṃ viya hotīti attho. Atha vā ‘‘sūpaṃ cakkhati, madhuṃ cakkhatī’’tiādīsu viya yasmā assādatthopi cakkhusaddo bhavati, tasmā ‘‘cakkhati viññāṇādhiṭṭhitaṃ rūpaṃ assādentaṃ viya hotī’’ti assādatthopi gahetabbo. ‘‘Cakkhuṃ kho māgaṇḍiyaṃ rūpārāmaṃ rūparataṃ rūpasammudita’’nti hi vuttaṃ. Satipi sotādīnaṃ saddārāmatādibhāve nirūḷhattā nayane eva cakkhusaddo pavattati paṅkajādisaddā viya padumādīsu.
Cakkha’kkhi nayanaṃ, locanaṃ diṭṭhi dassanaṃ; Pekkhanaṃ acchi pamhaṃ tu, ‘‘pakhuma’’nti pavuccati.
这些以眼为界的树木等,声论师称之为“自光”。显示巴利原文
Etā rukkhādikā cakkhapariyantā ‘‘attanobhāsā’’ti saddasatthavidū vadanti.
以 ga 音结尾的词根显示巴利原文
Gakārantadhātu
“Gu”根,义为排泄粪便。排泄粪便即排便。他排便。“Ge”根,义为音声。他歌唱。所歌唱者,即“歌”。显示巴利原文
Gu karīsussagge. Karīsussaggo vaccakaraṇaṃ. Gavati. Ge sadde. Gāyati. Gītaṃ.
“Vagga”根,义为运动。他运动。vaggo(群),vaggita(已运动)。此处,依整体义,运动、进行即vaggo(群)。vaggita指行走。正如《龙饿鬼事注》中解释此句:“彼驾四骡之车,善运行,居中;彼为我等次子,不悭吝,施主也,照耀于世。”注者解“善运行”云:即美妙行走之义。又见作动词用者,如“振动、行进、推动,于草原中”。显示巴利原文
Vagga gatiyaṃ. Vaggati. Vaggo, vaggitaṃ. Ettha samudāyavasena vagganaṃ pavattanaṃ vaggo. Vaggitanti gamanaṃ. Tathā hi nāgapetavatthuaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘yo so majjhe assatarīrathena catubbhi yuttena suvaggitena. Amhākaṃ putto ahu majjhimo so, amaccharī dānapatī virocatī’’ti imissā pāḷiyā atthaṃ vadantehi ‘‘suvaggitenāti sundaragamanenā’’ti. Kiñci bhiyyo kriyāpadampi ca diṭṭhaṃ ‘‘dhunanti vagganti pavattanti cambare’’ti.
词根ragi, lagi, agi, vagi, magi, igi, rigi, ligi, tagi, sagi,皆有“行进”之义,且兼表移动;字母ca亦能表“行进”。raṅgati,指染色;raṅgo,指色彩。laṅgati,指跛行;laṅgo, laṅgī,指跛足者、跛足。aṅgati, aṅgeti,指移动、使移动;aṅgo,指肢体、具足者、具足性、肢分、庭院。vaṅgati,指弯曲扭动;vaṅgo,指曲折者。maṅgati,指求取;maṅgo,指吉祥;upaṅgo,指附属部分;maṅgalaṃ,指吉祥物。iṅgati,指摇动;iṅgitaṃ,指动作、暗示。riṅgati,指爬行;riṅganaṃ,指爬行。liṅgati,指附着;liṅganaṃ,指附着。ulliṅgati, ulliṅga,指向上攀附。lagati,指悬挂;lagganaṃ,指悬挂。saṅgati,指聚合;saṅganaṃ,指聚合。 此中,“肢体”一词,可指任何事物的组成部分,也可指身体,或指原因。“庭院”一词,在某些场合指烦恼,如“贪欲为庭院”等处——贪等烦恼能使相应者趋于卑劣,故称庭院;在另一些场合,指尘垢或污泥,如“为断除彼尘垢或庭院而精勤”等处——“庭院”意为涂抹、染黑之物,即污垢等;又在另一些场合,指如此形态的开放空地,如“塔庭院、菩提树庭院”等处——“庭院”意为令置于其上的事物因极为庄严而显现之处,即开阔的地面空间。如是——显示巴利原文
Ragi lagi agi vagi magi igi rigi ligi tagi sagi gamane ca. Cakāro gatipekkhako. Raṅgati. Raṅgo. Laṅgati. Laṅgo, laṅgī. Aṅgati, aṅgeti. Aṅgo, samaṅgī, samaṅgitā, aṅgaṃ, aṅgaṇaṃ. Vaṅgati. Vaṅgo. Maṅgati. Maṅgo, upaṅgo, maṅgalaṃ. Iṅgati. Iṅgitaṃ. Riṅgati. Riṅganaṃ. Liṅgati. Liṅganaṃ. Ulliṅgati, ulliṅganaṃ. Taṅgati. Taṅganaṃ. Saṅgati. Saṅganaṃ. Tattha aṅganti yesaṃ kesañci vatthūnaṃ avayavo, sarīrampi kāraṇampi ca vuccati. Aṅgaṇanti katthaci kilesā vuccanti ‘‘rāgo aṅgaṇa’’ntiādīsu. Rāgādayo hi aṅganti etehi taṃsamaṅgipuggalā nihīnabhāvaṃ gacchantīti ‘‘aṅgaṇānī’’ti vuccanti. Katthaci malaṃ vā paṅko vā ‘‘tasseva rajassa vā aṅgaṇassa vā pahānāya vāyamatī’’tiādīsu. Añjati makkhetīti hi aṅgaṇaṃ, malādi. Katthaci tathārūpo vivaṭappadeso ‘‘cetiyaṅgaṇaṃ, bodhiyaṅgaṇa’’ntiādīsu. Añjati tattha ṭhitaṃ atisundaratāya abhibyañjetīti hi aṅgaṇaṃ, vivaṭo bhūmippadeso. Iccevaṃ –
于贪等烦恼、于污泥、于身垢,
以及于开阔的地面,“庭院”之称,皆得随转流转。
显示巴利原文 Rāgādīsu kilesesu, paṅke kāyamalamhi ca; Vivaṭe bhūmibhāge ca, ‘‘aṅgaṇa’’nti ravo gato.
词根 yugi, jugi,表“舍弃”义。yuṅgati,即他舍弃。juṅgati,即他舍弃。显示巴利原文
Yugijugi vajjane. Yuṅgati. Juṅgati.
词根 ragi,表“怀疑”义。raṅgati,即他怀疑。显示巴利原文
Ragi saṅkāyaṃ. Raṅgati.
词根 laga,兼有执取之义。而 ca 字,乃照顾前文所述之义。lagati,即粘附。由 ca 字所生之形态不成立,得 laganaṃ(粘附)。如 baḷise laggo,即挂于钩上。显示巴利原文
Laga saṅgeca. Ca kāro anantaravuttāpekkhako. Lagati. Ca jato na hoti laganaṃ. Baḷise laggo.
词根“塔嘎”含遮蔽之义。引申为“遮蔽”(thagati)。显示巴利原文
Thagaṃ saṃvaraṇe. Thagati.
词根“阿嘎”含曲折行进之义。“曲折而行”(aggati),即指“火”(aggi),取其曲折前行之义。显示巴利原文
Agga kuṭilagatiyaṃ. Aggatīti aggi, kuṭilaṃ gacchatīti attho.
火者,亦即光辉、热,净化者、三光者、火神;
献供者、烟幢者、遍入者与有焰者;
食酥者、风为友者、燃烧者、黑道者。
显示巴利原文 Aggi dhūmasikho joti, jātavedo sikhī gini; Aggini bhāṇumā tejo, pāvako tivako’nalo. Hutāsano dhūmaketu, vessānaro ca accimā; Ghatāsano vāyusakho, dahano kaṇhavattani.
以上这些以“古”为首、以“阿嘎”为尾的词根,精通音声论者称之为“他者之语”。显示巴利原文
Etā guādikā aggapariyantā ‘‘parassabhāsā’’ti saddasatthavidū vadanti.
词根“嘎”含行进之义,由此而有“行进”(gāti)一词。显示巴利原文
Gā gatiyaṃ. Gāti.
词根“古”含音声之义,由此而有“发声”(gavati)一词。显示巴利原文
Gu sadde. Gavati.
词根 gu 表“显现”之义。显现即显露、明显。由此而有“gavati(显现)”。然而,通达音声论者将这类“gā”等词根的自性光明说为“行进、发声”。显示巴利原文
Gu uggame. Uggamo uggamanaṃ pākaṭatā. Gavati. Saddasatthavidū panimāsaṃ ‘‘gāte gavate’’ti attanobhāsattaṃ vadanti.
以 gha 音结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Ghakārantadhātu
词根 ghā 表“取香”之义。名为 ghā。鼻。取香之后。此处有巴利文句:“取香已,念忘失”。然而,此词根归入 divādi 组后,则有“嗅闻、已嗅闻”等形式。显示巴利原文
Ghā gandhopādāne. Ghāti. Ghānaṃ. Gandhaṃ ghatvā. Atrāyaṃ pāḷi ‘‘gandhaṃ ghatvā sati muṭṭhā’’ti. Etissā pana divādigaṇaṃ pattāya ‘‘ghāyati ghāyitvā’’ti rūpāni bhavanti.
词根 ghu 表“前往”之义。前往即到达。名为 ghu。显示巴利原文
Ghuabhigamane. Abhigamanaṃ adhigamanaṃ. Ghoti.
Jaggha,笑之义。笑,一起笑。你曾与我一同笑。纵是笑亦不庄严。已笑。显示巴利原文
Jaggha hasane. Jagghati, sañjagghati. Sañjagghittho mayā saha. Jagghitumpi na sobhati. Jagghitvā.
Taggha,守护之义。守护。显示巴利原文
Taggha pālane. Tagghati.
Sighi,嗅之义。所谓嗅,即是以鼻感受气味。嗅,近嗅。已近嗅。“我从远处嗅闻水生之花。”精通声明学的学者们称这些为“他语”。显示巴利原文
Sighi āghāne. Āghānaṃ ghānena gandhānubhavanaṃ. Siṅghati, upasiṅghati. Upasiṅghitvā. Ārā siṅghāmi vārijaṃ. Etā ‘‘parassabhāsā’’ti saddasatthavidū vadanti.
指声音。名为Ghu,意为发声。显示巴利原文
Ghu sadde. Ghoti, ghavati.
Raghi、laghi,指快速行进。即行进中投向目标。迅速跃行,腾越,飞越。已腾越,亦有“飞越者”之义,跃越已。显示巴利原文
Raghi laghi gatyakkhepe. Gatyakkhepo gatiyā akkhepo. Raṅghati, laṅghati, ullaṅghati. Laṅghitā, ullaṅghikāpīti, laṅghitvā.
Maghi,亦表旗帜义。“及”字关联前义而解。意为挥动旗帜。显示巴利原文
Maghi ketave ca. Cakāro pubbatthāpekkho. Maṅghati.
Rāgha与lāgha,表能力之义:Rāghati即具能力,Lāghati即轻捷能干。显示巴利原文
Rāgha lāgha sāmatthiye. Rāghati. Lāghati.
Dāgha表疲劳之义:Āyāsa即疲倦。其中的ca字关联前述的能力义。词根Dāghati意为疲劳,Nidāgho意为暑热。显示巴利原文
Dāgha āyāse ca. Āyāso kilamanaṃ. Cakāro sāmatthiyāpekkhako. Dāghati. Nidāgho.
Silāgha表称赞之义:Katthana即赞美。Silāghati意为称赞,Silāghā为称赞。Buddhassa silāghate即称赞佛陀。Silāghitvā是已称赞后。精通声明的学者称这些为“自语”。显示巴利原文
Silāgha katthane. Katthanaṃ pasaṃsanaṃ. Silāghati. Silāghā. Buddhassa silāghate. Silāghitvā. ‘‘Attanobhāsā’’ti saddasatthavidū vadanti.
如是,在 bhū 等词群中,以 ka 组结尾的词根形式。显示巴利原文
Iti bhūvādāgaṇe kavaggantadhāturūpāni
圆满。(全章/全节完毕。)显示巴利原文
Samattāni.
以 ca 结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Cakārantadhātu
今说以 ca 组结尾的词根之诸形态:显示巴利原文
Idāni cavaggantadhāturūpāni vuccante –
Suca,为‘忧愁’义。有 socati(他忧愁)。又有 soko(忧愁)、socanā(忧戚)、socaṃ(忧伤)、socanto(正在忧愁者)、socantī(正在忧愁之女性)、socantaṃ kulaṃ(忧愁的家族)、socitvā(已忧愁已)。显示巴利原文
Suca soke. Socati. Soko, socanā, socaṃ, socanto, socantī, socantaṃ kulaṃ, socitvā.
Kuca,意为尖锐之声。tāra 即极尖锐之声。kocati 指发出高声。显示巴利原文
Kuca sadde tāre. Tārasaddo accuccasaddo. Kocati. Uccasaddaṃ karotīti attho.
Kuñca,有弯曲、变小之义。kuñcati 即弯曲。例如 kuñcikā(钥匙/弯曲物)、kuñcitakeso(卷发)。kuñcitvā 为已弯曲。显示巴利原文
Kuñca koṭilla’ppībhāvesu. Kuñcati. Kuñcikā, kuñcitakeso. Kuñcitvā.
Luñca,表拔除之义。luñcati 即拔除。例如 luñcako(拔除者)、luñcituṃ(为拔除)、luñcitvā(已拔除)。显示巴利原文
Luñca apanayane. Luñcati. Luñcako, luñcituṃ, luñcitvā.
Añcu 表示行进、尊敬。如 maggaṃ añcati(行于道),Buddhaṃ añcati(尊敬佛陀)。向上不行而横向爬行,故称畜生(tiracchāno)。又如 kaṭukañcukatā(辛辣蜷缩状)。显示巴利原文
Añcu gatipūjanāsu. Maggaṃ añcati. Buddhaṃ añcati. Uddhaṃ anuggantvā tiriyaṃ añcitoti tiracchāno. Kaṭukañcukatā.
Vañcu、cañcu、tañcu 表示行进。如 vañcati(行进),cañcati(行进),tañcati(行进),mañcati(行进)。Santi pādā avañcanā,意为有些足不能行进。Avañcanā 即不能行进、不能前往。显示巴利原文
Vañcu cañcu tañcu gatiyaṃ. Vañcati. Cañcati. Tañcati. Mañcati. Santi pādā avañcanā. Avañcanāti vañcituṃ gantuṃ asamatthā.
Gucu 表示计数、偷盗。如 thenanaṃ theyyaṃ,偷盗即贼行;corikā 即盗。其行为称为 theyyakaraṇaṃ(偷盗行为)。Gocati(计数),gaṇecati(计数)。显示巴利原文
Gucu gaṇecu theyyakaraṇe. Thenanaṃ theyyaṃ, corikā. Tassa kriyā theyyakaraṇaṃ. Gocati. Gaṇecati.
Acca(词根)有供养与折断之义。Accati 即表示折断或供养。Brahmāsurasuraccito 意为被梵天、阿修罗及诸天所折断,或为所供养。显示巴利原文
Acca pūjāyaṃ accati. Brahmāsurasuraccito.
Tacca(词根)用于伤害之义。Taccati 意为被伤害。显示巴利原文
Tacca hiṃsāyaṃ. Taccati.
Cacca 与 Jacca 二者用于斥责与回避之义。Caccati 意为被斥责,Jaccati 意为被回避。显示巴利原文
Cacca jacca paribhāsanavajjanesu. Caccati. Jaccati.
Kuca(词根)用于收缩、弯曲、退缩、刮削等义。Kucati(收缩),saṅkucati(收缩/蜷缩)。Saṅkoco(收缩,名词)。显示巴利原文
Kuca saṃpaccanakoṭillapaṭikkamavilekhanesu. Kucati, saṅkucati. Saṅkoco.
Taca(词根)用于包覆、守护之义。包覆、守护即防护。Tacati(包覆)。Taco(皮肤/覆盖物)。显示巴利原文
Taca saṃvaraṇe. Saṃvaraṇaṃ rakkhaṇaṃ. Tacati. Taco.
Dica(词根)用于第四之义。Dicati(成为第四/作第四)。显示巴利原文
Dicathutiyaṃ. Dicati.
Kuca(词根)表收缩之义。Kocati(收缩),saṅkocati(聚缩)。Saṅkoco(收缩,名词)。显示巴利原文
Kuca saṅkocane. Kocati, saṅkocati. Saṅkoco.
Byāca(词根)表阐明、明确之义。Byājikaraṇaṃ即阐明之作为。Byācati(阐明)。显示巴利原文
Byāca byājikaraṇe. Byājikaraṇaṃ byājikriyā. Byācati.
Vaca(词根)用于明达与言语之义。明达者所具有的这种特质即是明达;此处所指,即于此明达与言语中,亦即明达的言语,是其意趣所在。因为明达的说话者,其言语即被称为明达的言语。然而,如同腹音、畜生音等被称作‘不明达之声’,并非如此,由言语所构成的声音并不因而被称作‘不明达之声’。‘Vatti, vacati, vacanti, vacasi’等是纯粹的主动语态词。‘Vāceti, vācenti’等是使役语态词。‘智者通达义理,被称为般若’——此即‘vuccanti(被称为)’。‘世间善士,被称为天法’——此即‘vuccare(被称为)’等,属于被动语态词。有论师基于将v替换为u音,而主张‘uttaṃ, uccate, uccante’等形式,这些在教法中并不被认可,仅是随顺萨卡塔语。因为在教法中,唯有在增入r音的范围,词根vac的v替换为u始得成立,例如‘nirutti, niruttaṃ, neruttaṃ’。另有vacanaṃ, vācā, vaco, vacī, vuttaṃ, pavuttaṃ, vuccamānaṃ, adhivacanaṃ等。显示巴利原文
Vaca viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Viyattassa esā viyatti, tissaṃ viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ, viyattāyaṃ vācāyanti adhippāyo. Viyattassa hi vadato puggalassa vasena vācā viyattā nāma vuccati. Yathā pana kucchisaddatiracchānagatādisaddo ‘‘abyattasaddo’’ti vuccati, na evaṃ vacanasaṅkhāto saddo ‘‘abyattasaddo’’ti vuccati viññātatthattā. ‘‘Vatti, vacati, vacanti. Vacasi’’ iccādīni suddhakattupadāni. ‘‘Vāceti, vācenti’’ iccādīni hetukattupadāni. ‘‘Atthābhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍitoti pavuccati. Vuccanti. Santo sappurisā loke, devadhammāti vuccare’’ iccādīni kammapadāni. Garū pana vakārassa ukārādesavasena ‘‘uttaṃ uccate uccante’’tiādīni icchanti, tāni sāsane appasiddhāni, sakkaṭabhāsānulomāni. Sāsanasmiñhi rakārāgamavisaye nipubbasseva vacassa vassa ukārādeso siddho ‘‘nirutti, niruttaṃ, nerutta’’nti. Vacanaṃ, vācā, vaco, vacī, vuttaṃ, pavuttaṃ, vuccamānaṃ, adhivacanaṃ, vattabbaṃ, vacanīyaṃ, imāni nāmikapadāni. Vattuṃ, vattave, vatvā, vatvāna, imāni tumantādīni ‘‘parassabhāsā’’ti saddasatthavidū vadanti.
此处,“vattī”意为“说”(vadati)。这是一个动词。诸注家亦曾举出“vatti etāyāti vācā”(由此而转起,故为言语)这一词源。在语法论书中,这样的动词亦可得见。然而,此处有人声称:“vacati、vacantī”等动词形态在佛语、注释、复注及诸论典中未曾出现,故应舍弃。此说不然,因为在教法中可见到“avaca、avaciṃsū”等主动语态词,以及“vāceti、vācentī”等使动形态;因此,在佛语等中亦应采用“vacati、vacantī”等这些未出现的形态。诸如vaceyya、vuccatu、vucceyya等,其余一切形态,亦应于一切处详细采纳。显示巴利原文
Tattha vattīti vadati. Ākhyātapadañhetaṃ. Atthasaṃvaṇṇakehipi ‘‘vatti etāyāti vācā’’ti nibbacanamudāhaṭaṃ. Saddasatthe ca tādisaṃ ākhyātapadaṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Ettha paneke vadanti ‘‘vacati, vacantītiādīni kriyāpadarūpāni buddhavacane aṭṭhakathāṭīkāsu satthesu ca anāgatattā chaḍḍetabbānī’’ti. Tanna, yasmā sāsane ‘‘avaca, avaciṃsū’’ti suddhakattupadāni ca ‘‘vāceti, vācentī’’tiādīni hetukattupadāni ca dissanti, tasmā buddhavacanādīsu anāgatānipi ‘‘vacati, vacantī’’tiādīni rūpāni gahetabbāni. Vaceyya, vuccatu, vucceyya. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ sabbattha vitthārato gahetabbaṃ.
我们说现在时诸形态:vaca, vacu;vace, vacittha;vacaṃ, vacimha;vacittha, vacire;vacittho, vacivho;vaciṃ, vacimhe。显示巴利原文
Parokkhārūpāni vadāma – vaca, vacu. Vace, vacittha. Vacaṃ, vacimha. Vacittha, vacire. Vacittho, vacivho. Vaciṃ, vacimhe.
此处讲「说」的意义,乃谓为谓词。此亦是对意义的阐述,如同释「此话语乃为言语」之例。对于「声音的意义」乃见此谓词。亦有人说,「行、说、言」等行为词形态,在佛陀语及其注疏论注诸师中,因未来时态须舍弃。然因教法中亦见有「不说、已说」等纯粹行为意向之词,又见「说、说着」等因果性用语,故在佛陀语中对未来时态的「说、说着」等词形亦须采用。诸如「愿说、应说、当说」诸词,须详尽依上下文广泛取用。显示巴利原文
Hiyyattanīrūpāni vadāma – avacā, avacū. Avaco, avacuttha. Avocaṃ, avacumha. Avacuttha, avacutthuṃ. Avacase, avacuvhaṃ. Avaciṃ, avacamhase.
我们说现在时形式:avaci, avocuṃ, avaciṃsu;avoco, avocuttha;avociṃ, avocumha;avocā, avocu;avacase, avocivaṃ;avocaṃ, avocimhe。显示巴利原文
Ajjatanīrūpāni vadāma – avaci, avocuṃ, avaciṃsu. Avoco, avocuttha. Avociṃ, avocumha. Avocā, avocu. Avacase, avocivaṃ. Avocaṃ, avocimhe.
我们说未来时形式:vakkhati, vakkhanti;vakkhasi, vakkhatha;vakkhāmi, vakkhāma;vakkhate, vakkhante;vakkhase, vakkhavhe;vakkhassaṃ, vakkhamhe。显示巴利原文
Bhavissantīrūpāni vadāma – vakkhati, vakkhanti. Vakkhasi, vakkhatha. Vakkhāmi, vakkhāma. Vakkhate, vakkhante. Vakkhase, vakkhavhe. Vakkhassaṃ vakkhamhe.
这些词的意义,应以‘kathessati, kathessanti’等方式说明。对于意为‘愤怒’的词根‘vakkha’,在列出‘vakkhati, vakkhanti, vakkhasi’等形式后,于末尾第一人称单数处,应说‘vakkhemi’。这些词的意义,应以‘rosati, rosanti’等方式说明。以上是词根‘vaca’与‘vakkha’的现在时与未来时形式对照。词根‘vaca’另有未来时形式:vakkhissati, vakkhissanti;vakkhissasi, vakkhissatha;vakkhissāmi, vakkhissāma;vakkhissate, vakkhissante;vakkhissase, vakkhissavhe;vakkhissaṃ, vakkhissāmhe。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ pana padānaṃ ‘‘kathessati, kathessantī’’tiādinā attho vattabbo. Vakkha roseti dhātussa ca ‘‘vakkhati, vakkhanti. Vakkhasī’’tiādīni vatvā avasāne uttamapurisekavacanaṭṭhāne ‘‘vakkhemī’’ti vattabbaṃ. Attho panimesaṃ ‘‘rosati, rosantī’’tiādinā vattabbo. Ayaṃ vacavakkhadhātūnaṃ bhavissantīvattamānāvasena rūpasaṃsandanānayo. Aparānipi vacadhātussa bhavissantī sahitāni rūpāni bhavanti – vakkhissati, vakkhissanti. Vakkhissasi, vakkhissatha. Vakkhissāmi, vakkhissāma. Vakkhissate, vakkhissante. Vakkhissase, vakkhissavhe. Vakkhissaṃ, vakkhissāmhe.
此处有如下经文:显示巴利原文
Atrāyaṃ pāḷi –
“于无畏劫中所行,除却诸有中的有;
于此劫中所行,我今宣说,请听我说。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Abhītakappe caritaṃ, ṭhapayitvā bhavābhave; Imamhi kappe caritaṃ, pavakkhissaṃ suṇohi me’’ti.
在《迦德拉问经》的注疏中,也可见到这样的文句:“国王与你们互相寒暄后,知晓居士合适的座位,便会说:‘请坐。’”由此可知,这般词句的安排是专门编纂的。词根“vakkha”(意为“愤怒”)亦可有与未来时结合的形式,如“vakkhissati, vakkhissantī”等。而这些词的意义,应以“rosissati, rosissantī”等来理解。这便是词根“vaca”与“vakkha”仅依未来时形式进行对照的方法。显示巴利原文
Gadratapañhepi ‘‘rājā tumhehi saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā gahapati patirūpaṃ āsanaṃ ñatvā nisīdathāti vakkhissatī’’ti evamādiaṭṭhakathāpāṭho dissati, tasmāyeva edisī padamālā racitā. Vakkha roseti dhātussapi bhavissantīsahitāni rūpāni ‘‘vakkhissati, vakkhissantī’’tiādīni bhavanti. Attho panimesaṃ ‘‘rosissati, rosissantī’’tiādinā vattabbo. Ayaṃ vacavakkhadhātūnaṃ bhavissantīvaseneva rūpasaṃsandanānayo.
avacissā, vacissā, avacissaṃsu, vacissaṃsu。其余一切,可依此了知。然而,此处本应说明前述词语的义摄,但暂未述及,我们将在后面再作解说,因为这里需要阐明之处实在过多。显示巴利原文
Avacissā, vacissā, avacissaṃsu, vacissaṃsu. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ neyyaṃ. Idha pana vuttasaddassa atthuddhāraṃ vattabbampi avatvā upariyeva kathessāma ito ativiya vattabbaṭṭhānattā.
词根“cu”义为“移去、命终”。cavati。致使形式为“cāveti”。如:devakāyā cuto(从天神之身命终)。cutaṃ padumaṃ(枯萎的莲花)。cavituṃ, cavitvā。显示巴利原文
Cu cavane. Cavati. Kārite ‘‘cāvetī’’ti rūpaṃ. Devakāyā cuto. Cutaṃ padumaṃ. Cavituṃ, cavitvā.
如‘‘将说,必说,将说(复数),必说(复数)’’等词尾词形变化。这些皆应弃除不用。此处所述语句的意义解析已作,过度展开不必赘述,我们以上所述即可。显示巴利原文
Loca dassane. Locati. Locanaṃ.
「cu」,表示脱落、凋殒。〔动词〕凋落、殒没。使役形为「使令脱落」。〔例〕从天众中殒没。〔例〕莲花凋落。〔不定词〕为了凋落;〔连续体〕凋落之后。显示巴利原文
Seca secane. Secati.
saca,表示言语的表达、显了。sacati(说、表达)。显示巴利原文
Saca viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Sacati.
「Kaca」表结缚之义。Kacati(结缚)。显示巴利原文
Kaca bandhane. Kacati.
「Maca」表释放、涂抹之义。Kakkanaṃ指身上的涂抹揉搓。Macati(释放)。Muñcati(释放)。「Maci」表持、除垢、供养三义:持、除垢、供养。其中,除垢即除去污垢。Mañcati(承载)。Mañco(床榻)、mañcanaṃ(承载)。因Mañcati承载于人,故称床榻。显示巴利原文
Maca muci kakkane. Kakkanaṃ sarīre ubbaṭṭanaṃ. Macati. Muñcati. Maci dhāraṇucchāyapūjanesu. Dhāraṇaṃ ucchāyo pūjananti tayo atthā. Tattha ucchāyo malaharaṇaṃ. Mañcati. Mañco, mañcanaṃ. Mañcati puggalaṃ dhāretīti mañco.
「Paca」表明了之义。Pacati(使明了)。Pāko(明了)、paripāko(圆熟)、vipāko(果报)、pakkaṃ phalaṃ(成熟之果)。显示巴利原文
Paca byattikaraṇe. Pacati. Pāko, paripāko, vipāko, pakkaṃ phalaṃ.
「Thuca」表示净信。Thocati(净信)。显示巴利原文
Thuca pasāde. Thocati.
「Vaca」表示言说、光辉。Vacati(言说)。Vañcati(欺诳)。显示巴利原文
Vaca vaci dittiyaṃ. Vacati. Vañcati.
「Ruca」有光辉、喜乐之义。Ditti 是光辉、美丽。Rocanaṃ 是喜乐、光彩。Rocati(照耀、喜乐)。Verocano(遍照者)。沙门喜爱真理。对于渴求天界的你,独一的状态受到认可。此词根在 divādigaṇa 中取喜乐意时,产生‘ruccatī’的形式,因此可见‘gamanaṃ mayha ruccatī’(我喜爱行走)的语句。在 curādigaṇa 中取喜乐意时,则产生‘roceti rocayatī’等形式,因此可见‘kiṃ nu jātiṃ na rocesī’(你为何不喜出生)等语句。此词根属于三组。显示巴利原文
Rucadittiyaṃ rocane ca. Ditti sobhā. Rocanaṃ ruci. Rocati. Verocano. Samaṇassa rocate saccaṃ. Tassa te saggakāmassa, ekattamuparocitaṃ. Ayañca divādigaṇe ruciatthaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ruccatī’’ti rūpaṃ janeti. Tena ‘‘gamanaṃ mayha ruccatī’’ti pāḷi dissati. Curādigaṇe pana ruciatthaṃ gahetvā ‘‘roceti rocayatī’’ti rūpāni janeti. Tena ‘‘kiṃ nu jātiṃ na rocesī’’tiādikā pāḷiyo dissanti. Tegaṇikoyaṃ dhātu.
「Paca」用于完全煮熟。Pacati(煮),pacanti(他们煮)。但是,通晓声明学的智者称其为“自光”。显示巴利原文
Paca saṃpāke. Pacati, pacanti. Saddasatthavidū pana ‘‘attanobhāsā’’ti vadanti.
「Añca」用于消逝、前往。消逝、前往,即毁灭、去。Añcati(消逝、去)。显示巴利原文
Añca byayagatiyaṃ. Byayagati vināsagati. Añcati.
「Yāca」用于乞求。婆罗门向龙王乞求宝珠。婆罗门向龙王乞求宝珠(被动形式)。他们向他乞求那些马。他向他乞求那辆车。他向 Devadatta 乞求。以上为纯粹主动语态的形式。婆罗门让另一位婆罗门向龙王乞求宝珠:yāceti, yācayati, yācāpeti, yācāpayati。以上为致使主动语态。国王被婆罗门乞求财物:yāciyati, yācayiyati, yācāpiyati, yācāpayiyati。以上为被动语态。Yācaṃ(乞求),yācanto(正在乞求的),yācantī(正在乞求的女性),yācantaṃ kulaṃ(正在乞求的家族)。Yācamāno(正在乞求的),yācamānā(正在乞求的女性),yācamānaṃ kulaṃ(正在乞求的家族)。Yācako(乞求者),yācanā(乞求),yācitabbaṃ(应被乞求的),yācituṃ(为了乞求),yācitvāna(乞求已),yācituna(乞求已),yāciya(被乞求),yāciyāna(被乞求已)。以上为名词形式及显示巴利原文
Yāca yācanāyaṃ. Brāhmaṇo nāgaṃ maṇiṃ yācati. Nāgo maṇiṃ yācito brāhmaṇena. Te taṃ asse ayācisuṃ. So taṃ rathamayācatha. Devadattaṃ āyācati. Evaṃ suddhakattari rūpāni bhavanti. Brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇena nāgaṃ maṇiṃ yāceti, yācayati, yācāpeti, yācāpayati. Evaṃ hetukattari. Rājā brāhmaṇena dhanaṃ yāciyati, yācayiyati, yācāpiyati, yācāpayiyati. Evaṃ kammani. Yācaṃ, yācanto, yācantī, yācantaṃ kulaṃ. Yācamāno, yācamānā, yācamānaṃ kulaṃ. Yācako, yācanā, yācitabbaṃ, yācituṃ, yācitvāna, yācituna, yāciya, yāciyāna. Evaṃ nāmikapadāni tumantādīni ca bhavanti.
「Paca」指烹煮。煮饭。声明学者称此为“双方面发声”。然而,在教法中,正如词根 vaca 的被动形式“vuccatī”(被称为)已经确立,比如“paṇḍitoti pavuccatī”(被称为贤者),词根 paca 却非如此。虽如此,长老们仍说“tayā paccate odano”(饭被你煮)是其被动形式。但在教法中,无差别地说“paccate”或“paccatī”时,应视为 divādigaṇa 的不及物用法,因为可见“devadatto niraye paccati”(提婆达多在地狱中受苦)、“yāva pāpaṃ na paccatī”(只要恶业未成熟)等例。此处有人可能会说:“如同‘sayameva pīyate pānīyaṃ’(水自己被饮)等,这是属于 bhūvādigaṇa 的被动-主动语态用法,因此应补充‘自己’一词,解释为‘提婆达多自己受苦’等。”此说不正确,因为在“sayameva pīyate pānīyaṃ”中,是人饮水,不是水自己饮水。水是被人所饮,并非自己。同样,依于他人的饮用显示巴利原文
Paca pāke. Odanaṃ pacati. ‘‘Ubhayatobhāsā’’ti saddasatthavidū vadanti. Yathā pana sāsane ‘‘paṇḍitoti pavuccatī’’ti vacadhātussa kammani rūpaṃ pasiddhaṃ, na tathā pacadhātussa. Evaṃ santepi garū ‘‘tayā paccate odano’’ti tassa kammani rūpaṃ vadanti. Sāsane pana avisesato ‘‘paccate’’ti vā ‘‘paccatī’’ti vā vuttassapi padassa akammakoyeva divādigaṇiko payogo icchitabbo ‘‘devadatto niraye paccati. Yāva pāpaṃ na paccatī’’tiādidassanato. Kecettha vadeyyuṃ ‘‘sayameva pīyate pānīyantiādi viya bhūvādigaṇapakkhiko kammakattuppayogo esa, tasmā ‘sayamevā’ti padaṃ ajjhāharitvā ‘sayameva devadatto paccatī’tiādinā attho vattabbo’’ti tanna, ‘‘sayameva pīyate pānīya’’nti ettha hi pānīyaṃ manussā pivanti, na pānīyaṃ pānīyaṃ pivati. Manusseheva taṃ pīyate, na sayaṃ. Evaṃ parassa pānakriyaṃ paṭicca kammabhūtampi taṃ sukarapānakriyāvasena sukarattā attanāva sijjhantaṃ viya hotīti ‘‘sayameva pīyate pānīya’’nti rūḷhiyā payogo kato.
在“sayameva kaṭo kariyate”(席子自己编成)这一说法中,实则是人编席子,而非席子自己编自己。席子是由人编成,并非自己。同样,基于他人的编织行为,席子虽为受事,但因易于编织,看似自己完成,因此依于约定而有“席子自己编成”的用法。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sayameva kaṭo kariyate’’ti etthāpi kaṭaṃ manussā karonti, na kaṭaṃ kaṭo karoti. Manusseheva kaṭo kariyate, na sayaṃ. Evaṃ parassa karaṇakriyaṃ paṭicca kammabhūtopi so sukaraṇa kriyāvasena sukarattā attanāva sijjhanto viya hotīti ‘‘sayameva kaṭo kariyate’’ti rūḷhiyā payogo kato.
在此,就如“自己”一词在“水自己被饮,非由我们”和“席子自己编成,非由我们”中,由于这些用法属于及物动词范畴,表达了否定其他行为者的特殊含义;然而在“devadatto niraye paccati”(提婆达多在地狱中受苦)、“kammaṃ paccatī”(业成熟)等例中,你们所补充的“自己”一词并不表达特殊含义,因为这些用法属于不及物动词范畴。因此,“提婆达多”等主格词是不及物动词的主语表达者,且是纯粹的无受事主语表达者,所以“paccatī”应视为 divādigaṇa 的形式。若问:声明论中是否未说词根 paca 属于 divādigaṇa?无论说或未说,声明论在此能起什么作用?巴利语本身才是标准。因此,我们唯依通达世间言说的世尊的巴利语法则,将此词根 paca 也归入 divādigaṇa。事实上,可见法护阿阇梨、阿那律阿阇梨等所造的 divādigaṇa 用法——显示巴利原文
Ettha yathā sayaṃsaddo pānīyaṃ pānīyeneva pīyate, na amhehi. Kaṭo kaṭeneva kariyate, na amhehīti sakammakavisayattā payogānaṃ aññassa kriyāpaṭisedhanasaṅkhātaṃ atthavisesaṃ vadati, na tathā ‘‘devadatto niraye paccati, kammaṃ paccatī’’tiādīsu tumhehi ajjhāharito sayaṃsaddo atthavisesaṃ vadati akammakavisayattā etesaṃ payogānaṃ. Evaṃ ‘‘devadatto’’tiādikassa paccattavacanassa akammakakattuvācakattā kammarahitasuddhakattuvācakattā ca ‘‘paccatī’’ti idaṃ divādigaṇikarūpanti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Pacadhātu saddasatthe divādigaṇa vutto natthīti ce? Natthi vā atthi vā, kimettha saddasatthaṃ karissati, pāḷi eva pamāṇaṃ, tasmā mayaṃ lokavohārakusalassa bhagavato pāḷinayaññeva gahetvā imaṃ pacadhātuṃ divādigaṇepi pakkhipissāma. Tathā hi dhammapālācariya anuruddhācariyādīhi abhisaṅkhatā divādigaṇikappayogā dissanti –-
Ñāṇayuttavaraṃ tattha, datvā sandhiṃ tihetukaṃ; Pacchā paccati pākānaṃ, pavatte aṭṭhake duve.
无行与有行的异熟,亦得成熟。显示巴利原文
Asaṅkhāraṃ sasaṅkhāra-vipākāni ca paccati
如是等等。然而,此处他们的这种说法与圣典本身并不相符。有些人主张:bhū 词根在 curādi 语群中以及物性转起,在 bhūvādi 语群中以不及物性转起;而 pac 词根在 bhūvādi 语群中转起时虽为及物,进入 divādi 语群后却成不及物,他们却希望它具有及物性。然而,这种说法连同其注释,在三藏佛语中何处可得?因此,为了消除听者对世尊教法的疑惑,我们在此确立如下法则——显示巴利原文
Iccevamādayo. Ettha pana tesaṃ idameva pāḷiyā na sameti. Ye curādigaṇamhi sakammakabhāvena bhūvādigaṇe ca akammakabhāvena pavattassa bhūdhātusseva bhūvādigaṇe pavattassa sakamakassapi sato divādigaṇaṃ patvā akammakabhūtassa pacadhātussa sakammakattamicchanti. Etañhi sāṭṭhakathe tepiṭake buddhavacane kuto labbhā, tasmā bhagavato pāvacane sotūnaṃ saṃsayasamugghāṭatthaṃ ettha imaṃ nītiṃ paṭṭhapema –
即使未加前缀,由语群差异的关联;
如 pac、bhid 等词根,成为及物与不及物。
显示巴利原文 Vināpi upasaggena, gaṇanānattayogato; Sakammākammakā honti, dhātū pacabhidādayo.
人煮饭,他煮了那饭锅。饭被煮,业被成熟,稻穗被成熟,树果成熟,象破围墙,池堤破裂,应破之法被破坏。在此,即使补入‘自己’一词而说‘饭自己煮熟’等,亦不可因见‘人自己杀生’‘世尊自己了悟所知法’等用法,是为遮遣由他人命令所生的杀生或由他人教导所生的了悟——即以否定其他行为的方式而说——便认为凭‘自己’一词所构想的行为主体性为有效。因为‘自己’一词也见于纯粹的主语意义,并非只在‘水自己被饮’等表示宾语意义时方用。是故,通达理趣者当依随教法而取其义。显示巴利原文
Puriso odanaṃ pacati. Sa bhūtapacaniṃ paci. Odano paccati. Kammaṃ paccati. Vīhisīsaṃ paccati. Rukkhaphalāni paccanti. Nāgo pākāraṃ bhindati. Taḷākapāḷi bhijjati. Bhijjanadhammaṃ bhijjati. Ettha ca sayaṃsaddaṃ ajjhāharitvā ‘‘sayameva odano paccatī’’tiādinā vuttepi ‘‘puriso sayameva pāṇaṃ hanati. Bhagavā sayameva ñeyyadhammaṃ abujjhī’’ti payogesu parassa āṇattisambhūtahananakriyāpaṭisedhamiva paropadesasambhūtabujjhanakriyāpaṭisedhanamiva ca aññassa kriyāpaṭisedhanavasena vuttattā yo sayaṃsaddavasena kammakattubhāvaparikappo, taṃ na pamāṇaṃ. Sayaṃsaddo hi suddhakattuatthepi dissati, na kevalaṃ ‘‘sayameva pīyate pānīya’’ntiādīsu kammattheyeva, tasmā sāsanānurūpena attho gahetabbo nayaññūhi.
虽无前缀,亦无语群转换;
诸如 div 等词根,依其义而成及物与不及物。
显示巴利原文 Vināpi upasaggena, vināpi ca gaṇantaraṃ; Sakammākammakā honti, atthato divuādayo.
或以欲乐而嬉戏,或因克敌而嬉戏。其余诸例亦应如此配合。显示巴利原文
Kāmaguṇehi dibbati. Paccāmitte dibbati. Aññānipi yojetabbāni.
如 gam 等词根,依其用法,或为及物,或为不及物。
显示巴利原文 Gaṇantarañcopasaggaṃ, vināpi atthanānataṃ; Payogato sakammā ca, akammā ca gamādayo.
人行走于道路;智慧则通达甚深义理。他修持法,并于处处践行。显示巴利原文
Puriso maggaṃ gacchati. Gambhīresupi atthesu ñāṇaṃ gacchati. Dhammaṃ carati. Tattha tattha carati.
在群体之别、障碍、运用,以及义理的种种差异中;
即便没有这三者,方向等仍基于色法的差别而存在。
显示巴利原文 Gaṇantarañcopasaggaṃ, payogañcatthanānataṃ; Vināpi tividhā honti, disādī rūpabhedato.
他看见宫殿,他将看见宫殿,宫殿被看见。其余诸例,亦应依此类推而组合。显示巴利原文
Pāsādaṃ passati, pāsādaṃ dakkhati pāsādo dissati. Aññānipi yojetabbāni.
然就自性而言,诸“哭泣”等界,被视为有作用;
就自性而言,诸“欢喜”等界,则被视为无作用。
显示巴利原文 Sabhāvato sakammā tu, rudadhātādayo matā; Sabhāvato akammā ca, nandadhātādayo matā.
或者认为“母亲们哀泣”,现世喜悦,死后亦喜悦。显示巴利原文
Mataṃ vā amma rodanti, idha nandati pecca nandati.
有些〔动词〕借前缀之力,虽本有作用,却成为无作用;
同样地,有些虽本无作用,却成为有作用。
然而,有些动词加上前缀后,及物的仍为及物,
不及物的仍为不及物,此义于此阐明。
显示巴利原文 Upasaggavaseneke, sakammāpi akammakā; Sambhavanti tathekacce, akammāpi sakammakā. Ekacce tupasaggehi, sakammā ca sakammakā; Akammakā akammā ca, esatthopettha dīpito;
例如:人出村、得财、人胜生命,大河从雪山流出。其余用法亦当如此类推。显示巴利原文
Puriso gāmā niggacchati, dhanaṃ adhigacchati, puriso pāṇaṃ abhibhavati, himavatā pabhavanti mahānadiyo. Aññānipi payogāni yojetabbāni.
其中,若于教法中,词根pac有被动语态形式,则如同“purisena kammaṃ kariyatī”(作业被人做)的用法,也应有“purisena odano paciyatī”(饭被人煮)的用法。然而,那些认为“tayā paccate odano”(饭被你煮)等说法正确的师尊们,想必是依语法论典之规则而说。即便如此,若经仔细审察,这些说法合理,则可采纳。于使役态中,会有“puriso purisena purisaṃ vā odanaṃ pāceti, pācayati, pācāpeti, pācāpayati. Purisena puriso odanaṃ pāciyati, pācayiyati, pācāpiyati, pācāpayiyatī”等形式。正如“Yathā daṇḍena gopālo, gāvaṃ pāceti gocaraṃ”(犹如牧牛者以杖驱牛觅食)等句中,也应看到其他含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha yadi sāsane pacadhātussa kammani rūpaṃ siyā, ‘‘purisena kammaṃ kariyatī’’ti payogo viya ‘‘purisena odano paciyatī’’ti payogo icchitabbo. Ye pana garū ‘‘tayā paccate odano’’tiādīni icchanti, te saddasatthanayaṃ nissāya vadanti maññe. Evaṃ santepi upaparikkhitvā yuttāni ce, gahetabbāni. Kārite ‘‘puriso purisena purisaṃ vā odanaṃ pāceti, pācayati, pācāpeti, pācāpayati. Purisena puriso odanaṃ pāciyati, pācayiyati, pācāpiyati, pācāpayiyatī’’ti rūpāni bhavanti. ‘‘Yathā daṇḍena gopālo, gāvaṃ pāceti gocara’’ntiādīsu aññopi attho daṭṭhabbo.
Pacaṃ, pacanto, pacantī, pacamāno, pacamānā. Pātabbaṃ, pacitaṃ, pacitabbaṃ, pacanīyaṃ, pacituṃ, pacitvā. 此处,“imassa maṃsañca pātabbaṃ”(此肉应被煮)这一用法可作为例证。“Pacati, pacanti. Pacasī”等词形次第,易于理解。显示巴利原文
Pacaṃ, pacanto, pacantī, pacamāno, pacamānā. Pātabbaṃ, pacitaṃ, pacitabbaṃ, pacanīyaṃ, pacituṃ, pacitvā. Ettha ca ‘‘imassa maṃsañca pātabba’’nti payogo udāharaṇaṃ. ‘‘Pacati, pacanti. Pacasī’’tiādi padakkamo subodho.
Sica 意为洒、灌注。Secati, seko,他们称此为“ubhatobhāsā”(两语通用)。显示巴利原文
Sica gharaṇe. Secati, seko, ‘‘ubhatobhāsā’’ti vadanti.
以cha结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Chakārantadhātu
Parassabhāsādibhāvaṃ, sabbesaṃ dhātunaṃ ito; Paraṃ na byākarissaṃ so, sāsane īrito na hi.
Chu 意为切断。Choti。Chotvāna moḷiṃ varagandhavāsitaṃ(切断散发妙香的顶髻后)。Acchocchuṃvata bho rukkhaṃ(他们确实砍了那棵树啊)。显示巴利原文
Chuchedane. Choti. Chotvāna moḷiṃ varagandhavāsitaṃ. Acchocchuṃvata bho rukkhaṃ.
Milecha 指不清晰的语言。milecchati, milakkhu。他生于边地诸国,在那些野蛮、蒙昧的人当中。显示巴利原文
Milecha aviyattāyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Milecchati, milakkhu. Paccantimesu janapadesu paccājāto hoti milakkhūsu aviññātāresu.
Vachi 意为渴望。vañchati。vañchitaṃ dhanaṃ(渴求的财富)。显示巴利原文
Vachi icchāyaṃ. Vañchati. Vañchitaṃ dhanaṃ.
Achi 意为拉伸。añcati。当拉伸长物时,他了知:‘我在拉伸长物’。显示巴利原文
Achi āyāme. Añcati. Dīghaṃ vā añchanto dīghaṃ añchāmīti pajānāti.
Huccha 意为弯曲、欺诳。动词为 hucchati。显示巴利原文
Huccha koṭille. Hucchati.
Muccha 意为昏厥、昏迷。动词为 mucchati。因毒力而昏厥,失去知觉而倒地。名词形式为 mucchā;独立式形式为 mucchitvā。显示巴利原文
Muccha mohamucchāsu. Mucchati. Mucchito visavegena, visaññī samapajjatha. Mucchā, mucchitvā.
Phucha 意为散布、蔓延。动词为 phochati。显示巴利原文
Phucha visaraṇe phochati.
“Yucha”即放逸。动词形式为“yucchati”。显示巴利原文
Yucha pamāde. Yucchati.
“Uchi”指捡拾、拾取。“Uñcho”即寻求、搜集。动词形式为“uñchati”。应以拾取者的行仪而精进努力。显示巴利原文
Uchi uñche. Uñcho pariyesanaṃ. Uñchati. Uñchācariyāya īhatha.
“Ucha”即口渴、渴望。动词形式为“uchati”。显示巴利原文
Ucha pipāsāyaṃ. Uchati.
“Puccha”意为问、提问。动词形式为“pucchati”。词形有“pucchitā”(被问者)、“pucchako”(问者)、“puṭṭho”(被询问的)、“pucchito”(被提问的)及“pucchā”(询问)。比丘向持律者提问。“Pucchi”“pucchituṃ”表示提问,“pucchitvā”表示问已。此处,问有五种:未见解明之问、已见比对之问、断疑之问、征求同意之问、欲说之问。种种差别,应从《阿毗达摩义广释》等处采录。显示巴利原文
Puccha pañhe pucchati. Pucchitā, pucchako, puṭṭho, pucchito, pucchā. Bhikkhu vinayadharaṃ pañhaṃ pucchati. Pucchi, pucchituṃ. Pucchitvā. Ettha ca pañcavidhā pucchā adiṭṭhajotanāpucchā diṭṭhasaṃsandanāpucchā vimaticchedanāpucchā anumatipucchā kathetukamyatāpucchāti. Tāsaṃ nānattaṃ aṭṭhasāliniyādito gahetabbaṃ.
“Viccha”意为行、运动。动词形式为“vicchati”。“Vicchikā”是行动者。显示巴利原文
Viccha gatiyaṃ. Vicchati. Vicchikā.
“Vacchu”意为切断、剪断。动词形式为“vucchati”。词形有“vutt┓vuttav┓vuttasiro”(被剪发者)。其中,“va”字所含之“a”变为“u”。显示巴利原文
Vacchuchedane. Vucchati. Vuttā, vuttavā, vuttasiro. Vakāragatassa akārassa uttaṃ.
“Vutta”一词也见于剃发的语境,如“诡诈年少之青年,已剃除须发”等语中。此处,以“头”一词指头发,正如以“床”一词指床铺,以“眼”一词指依眼而起的识。在播种义中,亦见于“犹如精选的良种,播于田中即生长”等语中。在言说义中,亦见于“此为世尊所说,此为阿罗汉所说”等语中。此处如此说明——显示巴利原文
Vuttasaddo kesoharaṇepi dissati ‘‘kāpaṭiko māṇavo daharo vuttasiro’’tiādīsu. Ettha ca sirasaddena siroruhā vuttā yathā mañcasaddena mañcaṭṭhā, cakkhusaddena ca cakkhunissitaṃ viññāṇaṃ. Ropitepi ‘‘yathā sāradikaṃ bījaṃ, khette vuttaṃ virūhatī’’tiādīsu. Kathitepi ‘‘vuttamidaṃ bhagavatā, vuttamarahatā’’tiādisu. Atridaṃ vuccati –
“Vutta”一词,依其次第,转起于剃发、播种与言说之义;
即依次转起于剃发、播种与言说之中。
显示巴利原文 Vacchuvapavacavasā, vuttasaddo pavattati; Kesohāre ropite ca, kathite ca yathākkamanti.
另一种解释:vutta一词,在“然而并非被反驳”等语句中,表播种与平整之义。在“毛已脱落、依他人所给而活”等语句中,表谋生与活命之义。在“如枯叶、脱离系缚”等语句中,表离去与脱离之义。在“歌咏、宣说、已造作”等语句中,是依圣教而流传的。而在世间,如“已诵《彼岸道品》”等语句中,则表诵读之义。此处即此义——显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo – vuttasaddo ‘‘no ca kho paṭivutta’’ntiādīsu vāpasamīkaraṇe dissati. ‘‘Pannalomo paradattavutto’’tiādīsu jīvitavuttiyaṃ. ‘‘Paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pavutto’’tiādīsu apagame. ‘‘Gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samīhita’’ntiādīsu pāvacanavasena pavattite. Loke pana ‘‘vutto pārāyano’’tiādīsu ajjhene dissati, atridaṃ vuccati
播种,以及谋生与活命;
离去与脱离,以及依圣教而流传。
在这些(用例)以及“内义”当中,“所说”(vutta)一词亦如此显现。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Vāpasamīkaraṇe ca, atho jīvitavuttiyaṃ; Apagame pāvacana-vasena ca pavattite; Ajjhene cevametesu, vuttasaddo padissatī’’ti.
此外还有另一种方法——“vutta”一词,无论是带前缀或不带前缀,在播种、平整、理发、谋生、解脱状态、依圣教而转起、内义、言说等之中都能见到。即如:显示巴利原文
Aparopi nayo – vuttasaddo saupasaggoca anupasaggo ca vapane vāpasamīkaraṇe kesohāre jīvitavuttiyaṃ pamuttabhāve pāvacanavasena pavattite ajjhene kathaneti evamādīsu dissati. Tathā hesa –
他的牛群繁衍,田中播种生长;
不欺诳朋友之人,享用已播种之果实。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gāvo tassa pajāyanti, khette vuttaṃ virūhati; Vuttānaṃ phalamasnāti, yo mittānaṃ na dubbhatī’’ti
在这些开头等之中,是“剃发”义。在“然而不返转”等之中,借由“八齿”等,是“使成为种植”义。在“无斗篷的年轻婆罗门,头上无发”等之中,是“夺发”义。在“毛已脱落,依他人而活,以野兽之心而住”等之中,是“谋生”义。在“犹如枯叶从束缚处脱落,不可能再变绿”等之中,是从束缚“被解脱”义。在“此古仙句今被唱说、宣说、希求”等之中,是依“圣教”而“运行”义。而在世间“已说的群众,已说的彼岸”等之中,是“内义”。在“此乃世尊所说:诸比丘,汝等应作法之继承人,勿作物之继承人”等之中,是“言说”义。于此而说:显示巴利原文
Ādīsu vapane āgato. ‘‘No ca kho paṭivutta’’ntiādīsu aṭṭhadantakādīhi vāpasamīkaraṇe. ‘‘Kāpaṭiko māṇavo daharo vuttasiro’’tiādīsu kesoharaṇe. ‘‘Pannalomo paradattavutto migabhūtena cetasā viharatī’’tiādīsu jīvitavuttiyaṃ. ‘‘Seyyathāpi nāma paṇḍupalāso bandhanā pavutto abhabbo haritatthāyā’’tiādīsu bandhanato pamuttabhāve. ‘‘Yesamidaṃ etarahi porāṇaṃ mantapadaṃ gītaṃ pavuttaṃ samīhita’’ntiādīsu pāvacanabhāvena pavattite. Loke pana ‘‘vutto gaṇo, vutto pārāyano’’tiādīsu ajjhene. ‘‘Vuttaṃ kho panetaṃ bhagavatā, dhammadāyādā me bhikkhave bhavatha, mā āmisadāyādā’’tiādīsu kathane. Atridaṃ vuccati –
Vapa(剃/种)、vatu(转)、vacchu(牛)、vaca(说)——这些词根,各依其义而说。
带有词首与不带有词首,“所说”(vutta)一词随其情况而定。
用于剃发、种植与平整之义,以及秃头之义;
用于谋生之义与被解脱之义,而依圣教之义则为;
在运转、内义和言说之相中;
显示巴利原文 Vapa vatu vacchuvaca-dhātūnaṃ vasato mato; Sopasaggo nopasaggo, vuttasaddo yathārahaṃ. Vapane ca vāpasamī-karaṇe muṇḍatāya ca; Jīvavutyaṃ pamuttatthe, vasā pāvacanassa tu; Pavattite ca ajjhene, kathane cāti lakkhaye;
“Taccha”是削薄、刨光之意。他刨削。木匠刨削木材。显示巴利原文
Taccha tanukaraṇe. Tacchati. Tacchako dāruṃ.
以 ja 结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Jakārantadhātu
“Ji”词根义为战胜、征服。例如:他战胜;他征服,他击败;行法者战胜主人;行法者被击败;他们使国王获胜;令其获胜后。此处“使获胜”(jayāpesuṃ)意为他们说了祝愿语“愿您获胜”。其名词形式有:战胜、已胜、胜利、征服、胜者、能胜者、已胜者、被战胜者、已胜魔罗者、胜魔罗者、已胜者、胜者、遍胜者、魔罗胜者、世间胜者、有分胜者、无分胜者、被战胜等;还有被征服、将胜、将遍胜、已胜后、已遍胜后。然而,此词根归入 kiyādi 组后,则有 jināti, jinitvā 等形态。显示巴利原文
Jijaye. Jeti. Jayati, parājayati. Dhammaṃ caranto sāmikaṃ parājeti. Dhammaṃ caranto parajjati. Rājānaṃ jayāpesuṃ. Jayāpetvā. Ettha jayāpesunti ‘‘jayatu bhava’’nti āsīsavacanaṃ vadiṃsūti attho. Jayanaṃ, jitaṃ, jayo, vijitaṃ, jino, jetā, jeto, jito māro, māraṃ jito, jitavā, jitāvī, vijitāvī, māraji, lokaji, odhijino, anodhijino, jito. Vijito, jetuṃ, vijetuṃ, jitvā, vijitvā. Imassa pana dhātussa kiyādigaṇaṃ pattassa ‘‘jināti jinitvā’’tyādīni rūpāni bhavanti.
Ji 是征服义。Jeti,他征服。Jino,胜者。如前所列的诸词形。此处,“阿难,你们诸善士已征服,后世的众人将会轻视米肉饭”这句巴利文,正是“征服”义的例证。因为这里的“已征服”即“已制伏”之义。显示巴利原文
Ji abhibhavane. Jeti. Jino. Pubbe viya rūpāni. Ettha ca ‘‘tumhehi ānanda sappurisehi vijitaṃ, pacchimā janatāsālimaṃsodanaṃ atimaññissatī’’ti pāḷi abhibhavanatthasādhakā. Ettha hi vijitanti adhibhūtanti attho.
Ju 是“去、运动”义。此处指快速运动。他奔跑。由此构成 javanaṃ(奔跑)、javo(速度)、javaṃ(快速)、javanto(正在奔跑者)、javanacittaṃ(速行心)、javanapañño(速行慧者)、javanahaṃso(速行天鹅)。他随心所欲,以意生速而行。显示巴利原文
Ju gatiyaṃ. Ettha sīghagati adhippetā. Javati. Javanaṃ, javo, javaṃ, javanto, javanacittaṃ, javanapañño, javanahaṃso. Manojavaṃ gacchati yenakāmaṃ.
Jekhaye 是“老、衰败”义。Jīyati,他衰老。词根中的 e 变为 īya。依教典可见“我怎会因财富而衰老”的经文。然而,通达声明者则说其词形为 jāyati。显示巴利原文
Jekhaye. Jīyati. Ekārassa īyādeso. Sāsanānurūpena ‘‘kiṃ maṃ dhanena jīyethā’’ti hi pāḷi dissati. Saddasatthavidū pana ‘‘jāyatī’’ti rūpaṃ vadanti.
往动,快速的运动。此处『迅速运动』意涵明示。『行进』『运动』『活力』『活跃的心智』『敏捷之慧』『快速之鹭』。心灵敏捷以行至愿求之处。显示巴利原文
Sajja gatiyaṃ. Sajjati.
Kuju 与 khuju 意为偷盗。Kojati 即他行偷盗,Khojati 即他偷盗。显示巴利原文
Kuju khuju theyyakaraṇe. Kojati. Khojati.
Vaja 意为去。Dhaja 与 dhaji 亦同。Vajati,他去。Abbajati,他离去,或舍弃人身。名词形式:去、去行、出离、出家、已出家者、令出家者。显示巴利原文
Vaja gatiyaṃ. Dhaja dhaji ca. Vajati. Abbajati. Manussattañca abbaje. Vajo, vajanaṃ, pavajanaṃ, pabbajjā, pabbajito, pabbājito.
他从自己的国土被逐出,流落到了另一个地方;
应建造一座大库房,用以储藏恶语。
显示巴利原文 Sakā raṭṭhā pabbājito, aññaṃ janapadaṃ gato; Mahantaṃ koṭṭhaṃ kayirātha, duruttānaṃ nidhetave.
Dhajati(飘扬)、Dhajo(旗帜)、Dhañjati(行进)、Dhañjanaṃ(行进之行为)。此处,dhajo 指旗帜,dhañjanaṃ 指行进、移动。显示巴利原文
Dhajati. Dhajo. Dhañjati. Dhañjanaṃ. Ettha dhajoti ketu. Dhañjananti gamanaṃ.
Aja(驱赶)兼有“消灭”义。此处的 ca 字唯关联“行走”之义。Ajati(驱赶)。Ajo(山羊)。此处,ajo 指公羊。它的同义词如下:“ajo、eḷako、urabbho、avi、meṇḍo”。其中,urabbho 即是公羊,也被称为“ajo”。avī 指红毛公羊。meṇḍo 指弯角公羊。正如在《阇那迦本生》中,山羊车与弯角羊车被分别提及。此外,由于“ajeḷaka”一词将 aja 与 eḷaka 分开表述,因此 eḷaka 一词亦应涵盖 meṇḍa;在《摩诃奥萨达本生注疏》中,也说明了弯角羊与公羊并无差别。显示巴利原文
Aja khepane ca. Gatiapekkhakoyeva cakāro. Ajati. Ajo. Ettha ajoti eḷako. Imāni panassa pariyāyavacanāni ‘‘ajo eḷako urabbho avi meṇḍo’’ti. Tattha urabbhoti eḷako, yo ‘‘ajo’’tipi vuccati. Avīti rattalomo eḷako. Meṇḍoti kuṭilasiṅgo eḷako. Tathā hi janakajātake ajarathato meṇḍarathā visuṃ vuttā. Apica ajeḷakanti ajato eḷakassa visuṃ vacanato eḷakasaddena meṇḍopi gahetabbo, mahosadhajātakaṭṭhakathāyañhi meṇḍeḷakānaṃ nibbisesatā vuttāti.
Ajja(涂抹)、sajja(附着)、ajjane(涂抹的行为)。Ajjanaṃ 即涂抹的行为。Ajjati(涂抹)。Sajjati(附着)。显示巴利原文
Ajja sajja ajjane. Ajjanaṃ ajjanakriyā. Ajjati. Sajjati.
Kajja(伤害)于“伤害”义中。Byathanaṃ 指伤害、损害。Kajjati(伤害)。显示巴利原文
Kajja byathane. Byathanaṃ hiṃsā. Kajjati.
Khajja 有“研磨”与“清洁”义。Majjanaṃ 意为清洁、净化。此处的 ca 字着眼于“损害”之义。Khajjati 表示被研磨。Khajjūro 指海枣。显示巴利原文
Khajja majjane ca. Majjanaṃ suddhi. Byathanāpekkho cakāro. Khajjati. Khajjūro.
Khaja 有“搅拌”义,用于“稠粥”之义。Mantho 意为搅拌、搅动。Khajati 表示搅拌。显示巴利原文
Khaja manthe. Mantho viloḷanaṃ. Khajati.
Khaji 有“跛行”义,表示步态异常。“尊者,尊者为何跛行?”“两人皆跛。”Khañjanaṃ 是跛行(名词),khañjituṃ 是跛行(不定式),khañjitvā 是跛行已(独立式)。显示巴利原文
Khaji gativekalle. Kissa bhante ayyo khañjatīti. Ubho khañjā. Khañjanaṃ, khañjituṃ, khañjitvā.
Khaja是“震动”,在“摇晃”义中。Khajati(震动)。Ejā(渴爱):此处,ejā指因利养等而动摇、颤抖,故名为ejā,这是强盛渴爱的名称。显示巴利原文
Khaja kampane. Khajati. Ejā. Ettha ca ejāti lābhādiṃ paṭicca ejati kampatīti ejā, balavataṇhāyetaṃ nāmaṃ.
Buja是“鸣响”,在“金刚般的声音”义中。有些智者说,意为发出金刚一般的声音。Bojati(鸣响)。显示巴利原文
Buja vajiranibbese. Vajiranigghoseti keci vidū vadanti. Bojati.
Khijakuji guji(嘤嗡、轰鸣、嗡嗡),在“不清晰的声音”义中。Khijati(嘤嗡)。Kuñjati(轰鸣)。Guñjati(嗡嗡)。显示巴利原文
Khijakuji guji abyattasadde. Khijati. Kuñjati. Guñjati.
Laja、lāja、tajja 诸根,用于“言说”义。Lajati(说)。Lājati(说)。Tajjati(说)。显示巴利原文
Laja lāja tajja bhassane. Lajati. Lājati. Tajjati.
Laji 根亦用于“光辉”义。而 ca 字则兼摄“言说”义。Lañjati(照亮)。第三类释义之阐明者(tatiyo nayalañjako)。Lañjeti 意为阐明、显示经义,故称 lañjako(阐明者)。显示巴利原文
Laji dittiyañca. Bhassanāpekkho cakāro. Lañjati. Tatiyo nayalañjako. Lañjeti pakāseti suttatthanti lañjako.
Jaja、jaji 诸根,用于“战斗”义。战斗即交战。其动词形式为 jajati、jañjati。显示巴利原文
Jaja jaji yuddhe. Yujjhanaṃ yuddhaṃ. Jajati. Jañjati.
“Tuja”表伤害之义,其动词形为“tojati”。显示巴利原文
Tuja hiṃsāyaṃ. Tojati.
“Tuji”既表力量义,亦兼伤害义。“Balana”意指施行力量之行为;附带伤害义的字母“c”亦示此义。其动词形为“tuñjati”。显示巴利原文
Tuji balane ca. Balanaṃ balanakriyā. Hiṃsāpekkhako cakāro. Tuñjati.
“Gaja”“kuji”“muji”“gajja”皆表声响之义。其动词形式为“gajati”“kuñjati”“muñjati”。(如)“大象吼叫(gajo gajjati),云层雷鸣(megho gajjati)。”又如:“奴仆纵使生为卑贱,亦能立而大声吼叫。”宝石发出鸣响(maṇi gajjati)。智慧之吼声发出(ñāṇagajjanaṃ gajjati)。能吼叫者(gajjituṃ samattho)。吼叫者(gajjitā)。吼叫已(gajjitvā)。于此,“gaja”即指象。盖象有多种名称——显示巴利原文
Gaja kuji muji gajja saddatthā. Gajati. Kuñjati. Muñjati. Gajo gajjati, megho gajjati. Yattha dāso āmajāto, ṭhito thullāni gajjati. Maṇi gajjati. Ñāṇagajjanaṃ gajjati. Gajjituṃ samattho. Gajjitā. Gajjitvā. Tattha gajoti hatthī. Hatthissa hi anekāni nāmāni –
象,有‘hatthī’、‘nāga’、‘gaja’、‘dantī’、‘kuñjara’、‘vāraṇa’、‘karī’诸名。
还有‘mātaṅga’、‘dvirada’、‘saṭṭhihāyana’、‘anekapa’、‘ibha’等名。
‘thambha’、‘ramma’、‘dvipa’等,是雄象之名;母象则称为‘kareṇukā’。
象胎(hatthipota)、象犊(hatthicchāpa),以及『bhiṅka』与『kalabha』,都是象之幼子的称谓。
显示巴利原文 Hatthī nāgo gajo dantī, kuñjaro vāraṇo karī; Mātaṅgo dvirado saṭṭhi-hāyano’nekapo ibho. Thambho rammo dvipo ceva, hatthinī tu kareṇukā; Hatthipoto hatthicchāpo, bhiṅko ca kalabho bhave.
『Caja』,表舍弃义。动词形如『cajati』(捨)、『pariccajati』(遍捨)。『cāgo』为舍弃,『pariccāgo』为完全舍弃。『cajanaṃ』为舍弃之行为。『cajaṃ』、『cajanto』、『cajamāno』,即正在捨、正在捨者、正在捨中。显示巴利原文
Caja cāge. Cajati. Pariccajati. Cāgo. Pariccāgo. Cajanaṃ. Cajaṃ, cajanto. Cajamāno.
『Sanja』,表执著义。『saṅgo』即黏附。动词形为『sañcati』。『satto』是系缚。『sajanaṃ』是执著的行为,『satti』是执著之力,『āsatti』是依附。『sajituṃ』,为执著之目的;『sajitvā』,已执著。显示巴利原文
Sanja saṅge. Saṅgo laganaṃ. Sañcati. Satto. Sajanaṃ, satti. Āsatti. Sajituṃ. Sajitvā.
『Īja』,表“前往”义。动词形作『ījati』。显示巴利原文
Īja gatiyaṃ. Ījati.
『Bhaji』,表“烘炒”义。烘炒即以火加热。如烘炒芝麻。那人正在烘炒芝麻。显示巴利原文
Bhaji bhajjane. Bhajjanaṃ tāpakaraṇaṃ. Tilāni bhajjati. Purisena bhajjamānāni tilāni.
『Eja, bheja, bhāja』,表“光辉”义。Ditti,意为光辉。动词形作 ejati, bhejati, bhājati。显示巴利原文
Ejabheja bhāja dittiyaṃ. Ditti sobhā. Ejati. Bhejati. Bhājati.
Tija:有“磨利”与“忍耐”之义。Nisāna意为磨利,Khamā意为忍耐。由此而有Tejati、Titikkhati、Tejana、Tejo等词。其中tejana指箭杆、箭、矢;tejo指太阳,或指热力、暑气、温热、炎热,或指威势、威力。显示巴利原文
Tija nisāne, khamāyañca. Nisānaṃ tikkhatākaraṇaṃ. Khamā khanti. Tejati. Titikkhati. Tejano. Tejo. Tattha tejanoti kaṇḍo saro usu. Tejoti sūriyo. Atha vā tejoti tejanaṃ usmā uṇhattaṃ tāpo. Tejoti vā ānubhāvo pabhāvo.
Sañja:有“拥抱”之义,āliṅganaṃ即是拥抱。由此而有Sañjati。显示巴利原文
Sañja parissagge, āliṅganaṃ parissaggo. Sañjati.
Khaji:有“布施”与“趣向”之义。由此而有Khañjati、Khañjanaṃ。显示巴利原文
Khaji dāne, gatiyañca. Khañjati. Khañjanaṃ.
Rāja dittiyaṃ bhāja ca. Rājati。Bhājati。Rājā。Rājinī。Vanarāji。Rājitvā。Virājitvā。在此,为令智者于开显义理时生起善巧,我们作偈如下:显示巴利原文
Rāja dittiyaṃ bhāja ca. Rājati. Bhājati. Rājā. Rājinī. Vanarāji. Rājitvā. Virājitvā. Atra viññūnamatthavivaraṇe kosallajananatthaṃ silokaṃ racayāma –
Ma’hā’rāja mahārāja, mahārāja mameva’hi;
Ne’tassa iti vatvāna, dve janā kalahaṃ karuṃ.
显示巴利原文 Ma’hā’rāja mahārāja, mahārāja mameva’hi; Ne’tassa iti vatvāna, dve janā kalahaṃ karuṃ.
此处,第一颂第二句应断作“me ahi mahī”,如同“puttā me atthi puttā matthī”的读法;而“Mahi arāja mahārājā”的断句,则如“yopi ayaṃ yopāyaṃ”一般。其中的“arāja”一词,应视为类似于“atikaramakarācariyā”中的“akarī”,是表达过去义的动词形式,意为“照耀”。这首偈颂的大意是:“大王,我的蛇照耀了,我的蛇确实照耀了,并非他的蛇”,如此说罢,两位耍蛇人便争论起来。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca paṭhamapādassa dutiyapade ‘‘me ahi mahī’’ti chedo ‘‘puttā me atthi puttā matthī’’ti viya. ‘‘Mahi arāja mahārājā’’ti ca chedo ‘‘yopi ayaṃ yopāya’’nti viya. Ettha arājasaddo ‘‘atikaramakarācariyā’’ti ettha akarīti atthavācako akarasaddo viya ākhyātaparokkhāvibhattiko daṭṭhabbo. Arāja virocīti attho. Ayaṃ pana gāthāya piṇḍattho ‘‘mahārāja me ahi arāja, mama eva ahi arāja, na etassa iti vatvā dve ahituṇḍikajanā kalahaṃ kariṃsū’’ti.
Ranja rāge(词根 raj,表染色、贪染):比丘染衣;众生染着于色等。派生词有 rajanam、rajako、rāgo、virāgo、haliddirāgo、rājā、rājinī。此词根转入 divādigaṇa 类后,出现“rajjati”“virajjati”等形式。其中,rajana 意指染料;rajako 指染工或洗衣工;rāgo 则指众生依此而染着,或自行染着,或仅是染着本身,即渴爱。以下是其同义词:显示巴利原文
Ranja rāge. Bhikkhu cīvaraṃ rajati. Satto rūpādīsu rañjati. Rajanaṃ. Rajako. Rāgo. Virāgo. Haliddirāgo. Rājā. Rājinī. Imassa ca divādigaṇaṃ pattassa ‘‘rajjati virajjatī’’ti rūpāni bhavanti. Tattha rajananti rajanavatthu. Rajakoti rajakāro vatthadhovanako. Rāgoti rajjanti sattā tena, sayaṃ vā rañjati, rañjanamattameva vā etanti rāgo, taṇhā. Imāni pana tadabhidhānāni –
rāgo 贪、lobho 贪、tasiṇā 渴爱,taṇhā 渴爱、ejā 渴望、visattikā 缠缚。
Satti 执取 āsatti 系着 mucchā 昏昧 ca, lubbhitattañca 贪染性 lubbhanā 贪染。
Kāmo 欲乐 nikāmanā 欲求 icchā 欲, nikanti 欲乐 ca niyanti 牵引 ca;
林与林薮,期望及有之导向。
随喜与染着,系缚、泥沼与缝线;
喜染与随顺,贪求与能生者;
能生者、愿望,及执取,种种、无尽。
显示巴利原文 Rāgo lobho tasiṇā ca, taṇhā ejā visattikā; Satti āsatti mucchā ca, lubbhitattañca lubbhanā. Kāmo nikāmanā icchā, nikanti ca niyanti ca; Vanañca vanatho ceva, apekkhā bhavanetti ca. Anurodho ca sārāgo, saṅgo paṅko ca sibbinī; Nandīrāgo anunayo, gedho sañjananī tathā; Janikā paṇidhi ceva, ajjhosānantinekadhā.
离欲即道与涅槃。王为大地之主。此处依两种界而作词源解释。以种种成就而照耀、辉映、放光故,称为‘王’。以布施、爱语、利行、同事此四摄事令众欢喜故,亦为‘王’。王后即王之妻。王与王后的名号及同义语遂被一并说出——显示巴利原文
Virāgoti maggo nibbānañca. Rājāti pathavissaro. Ettha dhātudvayavasena nibbacanāni niyyante. Nānāsampattīhi rājati dibbati virocatīti rājā. Dānañca piyavacanañca atthacariyā ca samānattatā cāti imehi catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi attani mahājanaṃ rañjetītipi rājā. Rājinīti rājabhariyā. Tesaṃ abhidhānāni vuccante sahābhidhānantarehi –
王、大地主、天,人主、四方主;
地主、世护,地受用者、大地主。
国主、大地之护,人主、民众之王;
人主、刹帝利,田主、具威光者。
灌顶者称为王,其余者则……
王族与刹帝利,指生于刹帝利族姓者。
已受灌顶者,称为副王、小国王;
统领四洲的诸王之王,称之为转轮圣王。
王后、上位妃、大妃、君王之后;
刹帝利女、王莲华、刹帝利妃、刹帝利女;
内宫即后宫,亦称为上位。
显示巴利原文 Rājā bhūpati devo ca, manujindo disampati; Patthivo jagatipālo, bhūbhujo pathavissaro. Raṭṭhādhipo bhūmipālo, manussindo janādhipo; Narindo khattiyo ceva, khettassāmi pabhāvako. Muddhābhisitto rājāti, kathito itaro pana; Rājañño khattiyo cāti, vutto khattiyajātiko. Muddhābhisitto anurājā, uparājāti bhāsito; Catuddīpī rājarājā, cakkavattīti bhāsito. Rājinī uparī devī, mahesī bhūbhujaṅganā; Khattiyā rājapadumī, khattiyānī ca khattiyī; Itthāgārantu orodho, uparītipi vuccati.
Bhaja,表服务义。Bhajati——奉事,Bhajanā——奉事,Sambhajanā——敬奉,Bhatti——忠诚,Sambhatti——敬信,Bhattā——忠诚者。显示巴利原文
Bhaja sevāyaṃ. Bhajati. Bhajanā. Sambhajanā. Bhatti. Sambhatti. Bhattā.
Yaja(词根),用于天供养、集合、布施、法诸义。举“天供养”一词,亦摄对佛等的供养。集合即合和之义。正如《阿提穆达长老事》中的偈颂:“凡有所集,或于何处得生”,以“集合”之语表示合和。布施即舍弃。法即禅那、戒等。在这些意义上,yaj词根适用。例如:以花供佛;供养天神;世尊为诸天人所供养;被尊敬;已供养;祭祀;供养;法供养;(又如)“祭祀者于己城中”,“为供养”,“为祭祀”,“广修祭祀后”,“欲作十六资具之大祭祀”。显示巴利原文
Yaja devapūjasaṅgatakaraṇadānadhammesu. Devapūjaggahaṇena buddhādipūjā gahitā. Saṅgatakaraṇaṃ samodhānakaraṇaṃ. Tathā hi adhimuttattheravatthumhi ‘‘yadatthi saṅgataṃ kiñci, bhavo vā yattha labbhatī’’ti gāthāyaṃ saṅgatasaddena samodhānaṃ vuttaṃ. Dānaṃ pariccāgo. Dhammo jhānasīlādi. Etesvatthesu yajadhātu vattati. Pupphehi buddhaṃ yajati. Devataṃ yajati. Devamanussehi bhagavā yajiyati. Ijjati. Yiṭṭhaṃ. Yañño. Yāgo. Dhammayāgo. Yajamāno sake pure. Yiṭṭhuṃ, yajituṃ. Puthuyaññaṃ yajitvāna. Soḷasaparikkhāraṃ mahāyaññaṃ kattukāmo.
Majja,表清净义。Majjati——清净;Bāhiraṃ parimajjati——擦拭外部;Bhūmiṃ sammajjati——扫地;Majjanaṃ——擦拭;Sammajjanī——扫帚。显示巴利原文
Majja saṃsuddhiyaṃ. Majjati. Bāhiraṃ parimajjati. Bhūmiṃ sammajjati. Majjanaṃ. Sammajjanī.
Niñji(洗)用于清净之义。Niñjati(洗)、Paniñjati(洗)。为洗。为洗。洗已。洗已。而在此巴利文中:“那时,目犍连,你从座而起,以水洗眼已,应环视诸方。”显示巴利原文
Niñji suddhiyaṃ. Niñjati. Paniñjati. Niñjituṃ. Paniñjituṃ. Niñjitvā. Paniñjitvā. Ayaṃ pana pāḷi ‘‘tato tvaṃ moggallāna uṭṭhāyāsanā udakena akkhīni paniñjitvā disā anulokeyyāsī’’ti.
Niji(发声)用于不清晰的发声之义。Niñjati(发声)。显示巴利原文
Niji abyattasadde. Niñjati.
Bhaja(炒)用于炒之义。炒芝麻。正在被炒的芝麻。显示巴利原文
Bhaja pāke. Tilāni bhajjati. Bhajjamānā tilāni ca.
Uju表正直义。正直即是直性。Ojati亦表正直。Uju即正直。显示巴利原文
Uju ajjave. Ajjavaṃ ujubhāvo. Ojati. Uju.
Saja有释放、拥抱、舍离等义。Sajati释放。世人放水。显示巴利原文
Sajavissaggaparissajjanabbhukkiraṇesu. Sajati. Lokyaṃ sajantaṃ udakaṃ.
Ruja表破坏义。Rujati(痛苦)。Rujā(痛苦)。Rogo(疾病)。在此,rujā(痛苦)即指疾病,以其带来痛苦(rujana)之义故。rogo(疾病)因破坏、摧毁四肢与关节,故名为疾病,实即疾病,亦称作“病痛”(ātaṅka)或“疾患”(ābādha)。显示巴利原文
Ruja bhaṅge. Rujati. Rujā. Rogo. Ettha rujāti byādhi rujanaṭṭhena. Rogoti rujati bhañjati aṅgapaccaṅgānīti rogo, byādhiyeva, yo ‘‘ātaṅko’’tipi ‘‘ābādho’’tipi vuccati.
有‘弯曲’之义。在其他语境中也这样出现。蛇弯曲、盘绕。比丘结跏趺坐,意思是结缚双腿而安坐的姿势。大海回旋,是‘旋转’的意思。也有人把它的意思解释为‘退转’。‘作意’即回旋,意思是内心转向所缘。切断树根的东西,称为断根者,指车辆。在这里,‘切断’就是砍伐。弯曲、令弯曲者。盘绕、盘绕之后。此处,‘弯曲’即令之卷曲、成为迂回状,指蛇的身体。那弯曲者就是蛇。显示巴利原文
Bhuja koṭille. Āvipubbo aññatthesu ca. Urago bhujati. Ābhujati. Bhikkhu pallaṅkaṃ ābhujati, ūrubaddhāsanaṃ bandhatīti attho. Mahāsamuddo ābhujati, āvaṭṭatīti attho. Keci pana ‘‘osakkatī’’ti atthaṃ vadanti. ‘‘Vaṇṇadāna’’nti ābhujati, manasi karotīti attho. Mūlāni vibhujatīti mūlavibhujo, ratho. Ettha ca vibhujatīti chindati. Bhogo. Bhogī. Ābhogo. Ābhujitvā. Ettha ca bhogoti bhujayati kuṭilaṃ kariyatīti bhogo, ahisarīraṃ. Bhogīti sappo.
有‘刺穿’之义。龙象用牙齿犁刺大地。刺入。在这里,‘如来所庄严的’等《导论》的文句可作为例证。其含义是:‘这含摄三学的教法梵行,被如来这头香象用那大金刚智、一切知智的利牙彻底刺穿、深刻印入,因此也被称为三界诸法的刺入处。’因为染着正是刺穿此处,所以成为刺入之处。至于‘这是他们已步入的’等文句,由事实义而生起,应当了知这个词是成立的。显示巴利原文
Raji vijjhane. Nāgo dantehi bhūmiṃ rañjati. Ārañjati. Ettha ca ‘‘tathāgatarañjitaṃ itipī’’ti nettipāḷi nidassanaṃ. Tassattho ‘‘idaṃ sikkhattayasaṅgahitaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ tathāgatagandhahatthino mahāvajirañāṇasabbaññutaññāṇadantehi rañjitaṃ ārañjitaṃ, tebhūmakadhammānaṃ ārañjanaṭṭhānantipi vuccatī’’ti. Rañjitanti hi rañjati vijjhati etthāti ruñjitaṃ, rañjanaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Idaṃ nesaṃ padakkanta’’ntiādimhi viya etassa saddassa siddhi veditabbā adhikaraṇatthasambhavato.
有‘恐惧’和‘摇动’之义。此词根以ī音结尾,因此它没有带鼻音的音变形态。战栗。速度。由法而生的震动感。带着惊惧以速度逃跑。河流的流速。波浪的速度,风的速度。在这里,‘由法而生的震动感’指的是与惭愧相应的智慧。‘速度、迅速、疾速’这些词含义相同。而对于归属于天等部类的那一个词根,由于处在二数之中,便有了‘体验、共同体验、生起恐惧’等形态。显示巴利原文
Vijī bhayacalanesu. Īkārantoyaṃ dhātu, tenassa saniggahītāgamāni rūpāni na santi. Vejati. Vego. Dhammasaṃvego. Saṃvigo vegena palāyi. Nadīvego. Ūmivego , vātavego. Ettha dhammasaṃvegoti sahottappaṃ ñāṇaṃ. ‘‘Vego, javo, rayo’’ti ime ekatthā. Divādigaṇaṃ pana pattassa ‘‘vijjati saṃvijjati ubbijjatī’’ti rūpāni bhavanti dvigaṇikattā.
“羞耻”之义。羞耻。羞耻。“羞耻”即惭。亦称为“萎缩”。显示巴利原文
Lajja lajjane. Lajjati. Lajjā. Lajjāti hirī. Yā ‘‘viriḷanā’’tipi vuccati.
“受用”之义。受用。显示巴利原文
Vaḷaji paribhoge. Vaḷañjati.
“使面朝下”之义。俯倒。覆下。翻正。反扣。或将覆下者翻正。将另一碗反扣其上。我俯伏而卧。其中,“俯倒”与“覆下”,犹如“行走”与“游行”二词,意义相同,因为其义为“使面朝下”。“翻正”,即使面朝上。“反扣”,即以口对口而置。显示巴利原文
Kujja adhomukhīkaraṇe. Kujjati. Nikujjati. Ukkujjati. Paṭikujjati. Nikujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya. Aññissā pātiyā paṭikujjati. Avakujjo nipajjahaṃ. Tattha kujjati nikujjatīti imāni ‘‘carati vicaratī’’ti padāni viya samānatthāni, adhomukhaṃ karotīti hi attho. Ukkujjatīti uparimukhaṃ karoti. Paṭikujjatīti mukhe mukhaṃ ṭhapeti.
“沉没”之义。沉没,沉入,已沉没者,已浮出者。显示巴利原文
Mujja osīdane. Mujjati. Nimujjati. Nimuggo. Ummuggo.
“涂抹”之义。以牛粪涂抹地面。显示巴利原文
Opuji vilimpane. Gomayena pathaviṃ opuñjati.
以jhakāra结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Jhakārantadhātu
“思惟”之义。思惟,审察,随观,非议,念诵。禅那,审察,随观,非议,念诵。决意。女阿阇梨,阿阇梨。禅思者,诵习者。显示巴利原文
Jhe cintāyaṃ. Jhāyati, nijjhāyati, upanijjhāyati, ujjhāyati, sajjhāyati. Jhānaṃ, nijjhānaṃ, upanijjhānaṃ, ujjhāyanaṃ, sajjhāyanaṃ. Nijjhatti. Upajjhā, upajjhāyo. Jhāyī, ajjhāyako.
其中,‘jhāyanti’(禅思)有两种:善美的与不善美的。善美的可见于‘禅思者炽燃如婆罗门。我禅思,无所畏惧’等句中。不善美的则可见于‘他各处沉思而坐。他低头忧思而坐’等句中。‘jhāyī’(禅修者)指依所缘近观禅思或依相近观禅思而具禅思习性、具思维习性者。‘jhāyī’即具有禅那者。‘ajjhāyaka’(诵习者)一词,在初劫时是对缺乏禅那的婆罗门生起的呵责语:‘这些不禅思者,这些不禅思者,婆私吒,他们是不禅思者、不禅思者——这第三个词便产生了。’而今,人们将‘ajjhāyaka’用作赞美语,取‘他诵习’之义,即‘他转诵咒语’。此义当依‘带有前缀adhi-的词根√i表诵习’来理解。依此带有adhi-的词根,其意义发生了转变。正是据此而言‘诵习者、持咒者’。显示巴利原文
Tattha jhāyananti duvidhaṃ jhāyanaṃ sobhanamasobhanañca. Tesu sobhanaṃ ‘‘jhāyī tapati brāhmaṇo. Jhāyāmi akutobhayo’’tiādīsu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Asobhanaṃ pana ‘‘tattha tattha jhāyanto nisīdi. Adhomukho pajjhāyanto nisīdī’’tiādīsu daṭṭhabbaṃ. Jhāyīti ārammaṇūpanijjhānena vā lakkhaṇūpanijjhānena vā jhāyanasīlo cintanasīlo. Jhāyī jhānavāti attho. Ajjhāyakoti idaṃ ‘‘na dānime jhāyanti, na dānime jhāyantīti kho vāseṭṭha ajjhāyakā ajjhāyakātveva tatiyaṃ akkharaṃ upanibbatta’’nti evaṃ paṭhamakappikakāle jhānavirahitānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ garahavacanaṃ uppannaṃ, idāni pana taṃ ajjhāyatīti ajjhāyako, mante parivattetīti iminā atthena pasaṃsāvacanaṃ katvā voharantīti. Ayaṃ panattho ‘‘adhipubbassa i ajjhayane’’ti dhātussa vasena gahetabbo. Evaṃ adhipubbassa idhātussa vasena imassa dhātussa atthaparivattanaṃ bhavati. Yaṃ sandhāya ‘‘ajjhāyako mantadharo’’ti vuttaṃ.
词根‘jhe’表燃烧。‘jhāyati’即‘燃烧’:灯在燃烧,木柴在燃烧。‘jhāyana’(禅思)与‘jalana’(燃烧)二词实为同义。显示巴利原文
Jhe dittiyaṃ. Dīpo jhāyati, dārūni jhāyanti. Ettha jhāyatīti jalati. Jhāyanajalanasaddā hi ekatthā.
词根‘jajjha’表呵责、威吓。如‘他呵责’。显示巴利原文
Jajjha paribhāsanatajjanesu. Jajjhati.
Ujjha(词根)意为抛弃。抛弃即丢弃。‘他抛弃’。‘已被抛弃’。显示巴利原文
Ujjha ussagge. Ussaggo chaḍḍanaṃ. Ujjhati. Ujjhitaṃ.
以ña字母结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Ñakārantadhātu
Ñā(词根)表了知。‘他知、他们知、你知。愿他知、愿他们知。应知、应被他们知’等,应依圣典所说而取用。知者、亲属、其他、了知状态、告知、施设、通晓、共知、想、标记、慧、识别、智、识。显示巴利原文
Ñā avabodhane. ‘‘Ñāti, ñanti, ñāsi. Ñātu, ñantu. Ñeyya, ñeyyu’’ntiādīni yathāpāvacanaṃ gahetabbāni. Ñāti, ñātako, añño, ñattaṃ, ñatti, paññatti, viññatti, saññatti, saññā, saññāṇaṃ, paññā, paññāṇaṃ, ñāṇaṃ, viññāṇaṃ.
其中,‘ñāti’(他知)即是‘他了知’。又,‘ñāti’(亲属)即是‘亲眷’。因为他以‘此是我等之人’这样的意义而被认知,所以称为‘亲属’。‘ñātaka’(亲眷)同理。‘añño’(其他)是指在现见法等意义上,既不是亲属,也不了知,所以称为‘其他’,意思是无智、愚者。‘ñattaṃ’(了知状态)就是了知性。圣典中‘愚者的了知,只为不利而生起’一句,可作为例证。‘saññāṇaṃ’(标记)即是标识。于使役形式中,有‘令知、令共知、令通晓’等。然而,圣典中可见‘他彻知、通达。他将了知自利或他利。未知当知根。有些人未承认,有些人承认了’等文句,因此‘ñāti’等动词形式是已出现的词语,通过类推而被使用。例如‘abbhaññaṃsu’(他们承认)一词中,‘abhi’是前缀,为了与后续辅音连读而缩短后标示。既然‘ñāti’(他知)作为圣典中的动词形式已经出现,那么以‘他知、他们知、你知’等作词形变化,实在没有过失。显示巴利原文
Tattha ñātīti jānāti. Puna ñātīti bandhu. So hi ‘‘ayaṃ amhāka’’nti ñātabbaṭṭhena ñātīti. Evaṃ ñātako. Aññoti diṭṭhadhammikādayo atthe na ñāti na jānātīti añño, avidvā bāloti attho. Ñattanti jānanabhāvo. ‘‘Yāvadeva anatthāya, ñattaṃ bālassa jāyatī’’ti pāḷi nidassanaṃ. Saññāṇanti cihanaṃ. Kārite ‘‘ñāpeti saññāpeti viññāpayatī’’tiādīni bhavanti. Yasmā pana ‘‘aññāti paṭivijjhati. Attatthaṃ vā paratthaṃ vā ñassati. Anaññātaññassāmītindriyaṃ. Ekacce nabbhaññaṃsu, ekacce abbhaññaṃsū’’ti pāḷiyo dissanti, tasmā ñātītiādīni ākhyātikapadāni diṭṭhāniyeva honti nayavasena. Tathā hi aññātīti ettha āiti upasaggo, so parassakkharassa saññoguccāraṇicchāya rassaṃ katvā niddiṭṭho. Ñātīti sāsane ākhyātikapadaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, tasmāyeva ‘‘ñāti, ñanti. Ñāsī’’tiādinā padamālākaraṇe nattheva doso.
“Ñā”这个词根,有杀、满足、磨利之义。杀,指令命根断绝。满足,即喜悦。磨利,即令其锋利。又有告知、可意、施设之义。显示巴利原文
Ñā māraṇatosananisānesu. Māraṇaṃ jīvitindriyupacchedakaraṇaṃ. Tosanaṃ tuṭṭhi. Nisānaṃ tikkhatā. Ñatti. Manuññaṃ. Paññatti.
此处,“ñatti”(告知)一词,有杀害、或满足、或磨利之义。此“ñatti”一词,应视为动词形式,正如“vatti”(言说)在“言语依此而转”这句话中是动词形式一样。同样地,在“ādatti”(取)一词中,正如属格语尾“tesaṃ”中的“saṃ”所发生的变化那样,此处属格语尾“ti”的连音变化及词根末元音的缩短,也应如此理解。“manuññaṃ”(可意),即令心充分满足,故为可意。这一含义,应以“manas”(心)为前导词,结合带有前缀“ā”的此词根“ñā”来理解。“paññatti”(施设),即从种种方面,通过制止不善法的生起而予以杀灭、告知,这便是施设。或者,为听法者通过说法,于心中以种种方式生起喜悦。又或者,为极利根者以种种方式令智慧锋利,这也称为施设。如此,通过令听者心生满足、智慧锋利而使其了知,当知这便是施设。显示巴利原文
Ettha ñattīti māretīti vā tosetīti vā nisetīti vā attho. Ayañca ñattisaddo ‘‘vatti etāyāti vācā’’ti ettha vattisaddo viya ākhyātikapadanti daṭṭhabbo. Tathā ādatteti ettha vibhattibhūtassa tesaddassa viya vibhattibhūtassa tisaddassa saññogabhāvo ca dhātuantassarassa rassattañca. Manuññanti manaṃ ābhuso ñeti tosetīti manuññaṃ. Ayamattho manasaddūpapadassa āpubbassimassa ñādhātussa vasena daṭṭhabbo. Paññattīti nānappakārato pavattinivāraṇena akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ ñatti māraṇaṃ paññatti. Atha vā dhammaṃ suṇantānaṃ dhammadesanāya citte anekavidhena somanassuppādanaṃ. Atikhiṇabuddhīnaṃ anekavidhena ñāṇatikhiṇakaraṇañca paññatti nāma, tathā sotūnaṃ cittatosanena cittanisānena ca paññāpanaṃ paññattīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
如是,bhūvādi群中以ca组字母结尾的词根形态。显示巴利原文
Iti bhūvādigaṇe cavaggantadhāturūpāni
以 ṭa 结尾的语根。显示巴利原文
Ṭakārantadhātu
现在说明以 ṭa 结尾的语根形态:显示巴利原文
Idāni ṭavaggantadhāturūpāni vuccante –
Soṭu 位于胎藏中;胎藏即包裹。Soṭati。显示巴利原文
Soṭu gabbe. Gabbaṃ dabbanaṃ. Soṭati.
Yoṭu 在结合中。Yoṭati。显示巴利原文
Yoṭu sambandhe. Yoṭati.
Meṭu、mileṭu 表示疯狂。它们变化为 Meṭati、Mileṭati。显示巴利原文
Meṭu mileṭu ummāde. Meṭati. Mileṭati.
Kaṭa 表示覆盖、遮蔽。其动词形式为 Kaṭati。显示巴利原文
Kaṭa vassāvaraṇesu. Kaṭati.
Saṭa 指责备、呵责。其动词形式为 Saṭati。显示巴利原文
Saṭa paribhāsane. Saṭati.
Laṭa,也指幼稚。依前文关联而有ca字。Laṭati。Lāṭo。显示巴利原文
Laṭa bālye ca. Pubbāpekkhāya cakāro. Laṭati. Lāṭo.
Saṭa,于疼痛、散开、运动终止中。疼痛,即压迫。散开,即扩散。运动终止,即运动的结束、终结、使不存在,也就是坐下的意思。Saṭati。Sāṭo,即所谓的布。显示巴利原文
Saṭa rujāvisaraṇagatyāvasānesu. Rujā pīḷā. Visaraṇaṃ vippharaṇaṃ. Gatyāvasānaṃ gatiyā avasānaṃ osānaṃ abhāvakaraṇaṃ, nisīdananti vuttaṃ hoti. Saṭati. Sāṭo vuccati sāṭako.
Vaṭa,于穿透中。Vaṭati。Vaṭo。Vāṭo。显示巴利原文
Vaṭa vedhane. Vaṭati. Vaṭo. Vāṭo.
Khiṭa 表“恐吓”。如:Kheṭati、ākheṭako、kheṭo、ukkheṭito、samukkheṭito。显示巴利原文
Khiṭa uttāsane. Kheṭati, ākheṭako, kheṭo, ukkheṭito, samukkheṭito.
Siṭa 表“不敬”。如:Seṭati。显示巴利原文
Siṭa anādare. Seṭati.
Jaṭa 等词,用于缠结、聚集之义。如 Jaṭati(缠结)、Jaṭā(发结)、jaṭilo(结发者)、jaṭī(有发结者)。内有缠结,外有缠结,众生为缠结所缠缚。使役用法:“彼应解开此缠结。于阿拉汉道刹那解开缠结,名为解结”,此即用例。显示巴利原文
Jaṭaghaṭa saṅghāte. Jaṭati. Jaṭā, jaṭilo, jaṭī. Antojaṭā bahijaṭā, jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā. Kārite ‘‘so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ. Arahattamaggakkhaṇe vijaṭeti nāmā’’ti payogo.
『Bhaṭa』等,表雇佣、服侍之义。Bhaṭati(受雇服侍)。Bhaṭo(受雇者)。譬如受薪雇人,是其用例。显示巴利原文
Bhaṭa bhattiyaṃ. Bhaṭati. Bhaṭo. Vetanaṃ bhaṭako yathā.
『Taṭa』等,表高耸、隆起义。高耸,即升高、凸起。Taṭati(耸立)。Taṭo(崖岸)、giritaṭo(山崖)、nadītaṭo(河岸)、taṭī(崖岸)、taṭaṃ(崖岸)。显示巴利原文
Taṭa ussaye. Ussayo āroho ubbedho. Taṭati. Taṭo, giritaṭo, nadītaṭo, taṭī, taṭaṃ.
『Khaṭa』等,表铜器、铜盂之义。Khaṭati(作铜器之相关动作)。Khaṭo(铜盂、铜器)。显示巴利原文
Khaṭa kaṃse. Khaṭati. Khaṭo.
“Naṭa”等,表舞蹈之义。Naṭati,舞蹈。Naṭo,舞者;nāṭakaṃ,戏剧、舞剧。显示巴利原文
Naṭa natiyaṃ. Naṭati. Naṭo, nāṭakaṃ.
“Piṭa”等,表声音与聚合之义。Peṭati,聚合。Peṭako,箱笼;piṭakaṃ,篮筐。“Piṭaka”一词,于“莫以篮筐传授”等句中,指圣典文献;又于“有人持锄与篮筐而来”等句中,泛指任何容器。显示巴利原文
Piṭa saddasaṅghāṭesu. Peṭati. Peṭako, piṭakaṃ. Piṭakasaddo ‘‘mā piṭakasampadānenā’’tiādīsu pariyattiyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Atha puriso āgaccheyya kudālapiṭakaṃ ādāyā’’tiādīsu yasmiṃ kismiñci bhājane.
“Haṭa”等,表光辉灿烂之义。Haṭati,光耀。Hāṭakaṃ、haṭakaṃ,均指黄金。凡称为haṭaka者,即是所谓生金(天然黄金)。显示巴利原文
Haṭa dittiyaṃ. Haṭati. Hāṭakaṃ, haṭakaṃ. Yaṃ jātarūpaṃ haṭakanti vuccati.
『Saṭa』等,表部分、分支之义。Saṭati(分解、散落)。显示巴利原文
Saṭa avayave. Saṭati.
『Luṭa』等,表翻滚、辗转之义。Loṭati(翻滚)。显示巴利原文
Luṭa viloṭhane. Loṭati.
『Ciṭa』等,表派遣、差使之义。Ceṭati(被差遣)。Ceṭako(仆役、使者)。显示巴利原文
Ciṭa pesane. Ceṭati. Ceṭako.
“viṭa”等词根,表声音之义。如:veṭati(发声)、veṭako(发声者)。显示巴利原文
Viṭa sadde. Veṭati. Veṭako.
“aṭa、paṭa、iṭa、kiṭa、kaṭa”等词根,表去、行之义。如:aṭati(去)、paṭati(去)、eṭati(去)、keṭati(去)、kaṭati(去)。paṭo一词唯见用作名词。paṭati意为趋于老旧,故称为paṭo。paṭo即是布。布实有多种名称——显示巴利原文
Aṭa paṭa iṭa kiṭa kaṭa gatiyaṃ. Aṭati. Paṭati. Eṭati. Keṭati. Kaṭati. Paṭo icceva nāmikapadaṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Paṭati jiṇṇabhāvaṃ gacchatīti paṭo. Paṭoti vatthaṃ. Vatthassa hi anekāni nāmāni –
『帕托』(布)、『乔罗』(粗布衣)、『萨塔迦』(衣)、『瓦索』(衣)、『瓦萨纳曼苏卡』(衣、布)。
“杜萨”即布,“阿恰达南”即覆盖物,“瓦特汉”、“切拉”、“瓦萨尼”、“安巴拉”都是衣的意思。
显示巴利原文 Paṭo coḷo sāṭako ca, vāso vasanamaṃsukaṃ; Dussamacchādanaṃ vatthaṃ, celaṃ vasani ambaraṃ.
“牟塔”是压碎之义,“莫塔提”即压碎。显示巴利原文
Muṭa pamaddane. Moṭati.
“丘塔”是减少之义,“乔塔提”即减少。显示巴利原文
Cuṭa appībhāve. Coṭati.
『瓦提』,于分割义。『瓦塔提』(分割)。『瓦恩托』(柄、茎)。显示巴利原文
Vaṭi vibhājane. Vaṭati. Vaṇṭo.
『鲁提』、『卢提』,于偷盗义。『伦塔提』(偷盗)。『伦塔提』(偷盗)。『伦塔科』(盗贼)。『伦塔科』(盗贼)。显示巴利原文
Ruṭi luṭi theyye. Ruṇṭati. Luṇṭati. Ruṇṭako. Luṇṭako.
『普塔』,于散布义。『颇塔提』(散布)。『颇托』(散布者)。显示巴利原文
Phuṭa visaraṇe phoṭati. Phoṭo.
『切塔』,于侍奉义。『切塔提』(侍奉)。『切塔科』(侍者)。显示巴利原文
Ceṭa ceṭāyaṃ. Ceṭati. Ceṭako.
『固塔』,于转动义。『果塔提』(转动)。显示巴利原文
Ghuṭa parivattane. Ghoṭati.
『鲁塔』、『卢塔』,于反击义。『罗塔提』(反击)。『罗塔提』(反击)。显示巴利原文
Ruṭa luṭa paṭighāte. Roṭati. Loṭati.
“伽塔”有努力之义。“伽塔提”即努力。“伽托”指罐。所谓“伽托”即是罐。这些是它们的同义语——显示巴利原文
Ghaṭa cetāyaṃ. Ghaṭati. Ghaṭo. Ghaṭo vuccati kumbho. Imāni tadabhidhānāni –
“伽托”(罐)、“昆波”(罐)、“伽提”(小罐)、“昆比”(小罐)、“敦迪基罗”(罐)、“乌卡利”(臼)。
显示巴利原文 Ghaṭo kumbho ghaṭī kumbhī, tuṇḍikiro tu ukkhalī; Mahantabhājanaṃ cāṭi, atikhuddaṃ kuṭṭaṃ bhave;
Caṭa、bhaṭa、deṭa 意为辱骂、斥责。Caṭati、bhaṭati、deṭati 为其动词形式。显示巴利原文
Caṭa bhaṭa paribhāsane deṭa ca. Caṭati. Bhaṭati. Deṭati.
Kuṭa 意为弯曲、歪曲。Kuṭati、paṭikuṭati 为其动词形式。显示巴利原文
Kuṭa koṭille. Kuṭati. Paṭikuṭati.
Puṭa 意为染污。Puṭati 为其动词形式。显示巴利原文
Puṭa saṃkilesane. Puṭati.
Cuṭa、chuṭa、kuṭa 义为截断。Cuṭati、chuṭati、kuṭati。显示巴利原文
Cuṭa chuṭa kuṭa chedane. Cuṭati. Chuṭati. Kuṭati.
Phuṭa 义为开展。Phuṭati。显示巴利原文
Phuṭa vikasane. Phuṭati.
Muṭa 有火、声、投入、压碎等义。Muṭati。显示巴利原文
Muṭa aggisaddapakkhepamaddanesu. Muṭati.
Tuṭa 意为争论。Tuṭati。显示巴利原文
Tuṭa kalahakammani. Tuṭati.
Ghuṭa 意为击打。Ghuṭati。Ghoṭako。显示巴利原文
Ghuṭa paṭighāte. Ghuṭati. Ghoṭako.
以 ṭha 结尾的词根显示巴利原文
Ṭhakārantadhātu
以ṭa结尾的词根之诸形式。显示巴利原文
Ṭhāgatinivattiyaṃ. Gatinivatti uppajjamānassa gamanassupacchedo. Ṭhāti, ṭhanti. Tiṭṭhati. Patiṭṭhāti. Adhiṭṭhāti. Adhiṭṭheti. Saṇṭhāti. Saṇṭhahati. Adhiṭṭhahati. Upaṭṭhahati. Ṭhātu. Tiṭṭhatu. Tiṭṭheyya. Aṭṭha, aṭṭhu. Aṭṭhā, aṭṭhū, aṭṭhāsi, aṭṭhaṃsu. Yāvassa kāyo ṭhassati. Tiṭṭhissati. Upassuti tiṭṭhissatha. Aṭṭhissā, aṭṭhissaṃsu. Atiṭṭhissā, atiṭṭhissaṃsu. Ṭhātuṃ, upaṭṭhātuṃ. Upaṭṭhahituṃ. Adhiṭṭhātuṃ. Adhiṭṭhahituṃ. Ṭhatvā, adhiṭṭhitvā. Upaṭṭhahitvā, adhiṭṭhahitvā. Ṭhānaṃ, ṭhiti, saṇṭhiti, avaṭṭhiti. Saṇṭhānaṃ, paṭṭhānaṃ. Upaṭṭhāko, ṭhito. Pabbataṭṭho bhūmaṭṭho. Upaṭṭhahaṃ iccādīni.
其中,ṭhāna一词见于自在、持续、刹那、原因等义。如在“尊者帝释天造了什么业而证得此地位?”等句中,见于自在义。在“他善于站位,能于刹那间射中而不落空”等句中,见于持续义。在“此事合于如来,为如来所显现,正是时机”等句中,见于刹那义。在“如理了知可能之事为可能,不可能之事为不可能”等句中,见于原因义。因为果报依止于该处而住立,依它而转起,故称为“处”(ṭhāna)。显示巴利原文
Tattha ṭhānasaddo issariyaṭhitikhaṇakāraṇesu dissati. ‘‘Kiṃ panāyasmā devānamindo kammaṃ katvā imaṃ ṭhānaṃ patto’’tiādīsu hi issariye dissati. ‘‘Ṭhānakusalo hoti akkhaṇavedhī’’tiādīsu ṭhitiyaṃ. ‘‘Ṭhānasopetaṃ tathāgataṃ paṭibhātī’’tiādīsu khaṇe. ‘‘Ṭhānañca ṭhānaso ñatvā aṭṭhānañca aṭṭhānaso’’tiādīsu kāraṇe. Kāraṇañhi yasmā tattha phalaṃ tiṭṭhati tadāyattavuttibhāvena, tasmā ṭhānanti vuccati.
于自在、持续、刹那与原因,
于此四种义中,ṭhāna一词转起。
显示巴利原文 Issariye ṭhitiyañca, khaṇasmimpi ca kāraṇe; Catūsvatthesu etesu, ṭhānasaddo pavattatīti.
Ṭhe 词根,用于音声、会合等义。Ṭhīyati(被站立、被确立)。显示巴利原文
Ṭhe saddasaṅkātesu. Ṭhīyati.
Ṭhe 词根,用于缠缚义。Ṭhāyati(站立、持续)。显示巴利原文
Ṭhe veṭhane. Ṭhāyati.
Paṭha,于言语、读诵义。读诵法。读诵、星宿读诵者——他问了那位星宿读诵者。将成为一切读诵者。为了读诵(诸异形),读诵之后(诸异形)。显示巴利原文
Paṭhaviyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Dhammaṃ paṭhati. Pāṭho, nakkhattapāṭhako, so horapāṭhakaṃ pucchi. Sabbapāṭhī bhavissati. Paṭhituṃ, paṭhitave, paṭhitvā, paṭhitvāna, paṭhituna, paṭhiya, paṭhiyāna.
虽然我们有意随宜全面解说诸如此类以 tuṃ 等后缀结尾的分别,但因顾虑篇幅冗长,便不细说。虽未明言,但此类分别仍应依其理趣,随应地于一切处加以运用。至于需要展示巴利例句等特殊之处,我们将在该处予以说明。显示巴利原文
Evaṃvidhaṃ tuṃpaccayantādivibhāgaṃ sabbattha yathārahaṃ vattukāmāpi gantha vitthārabhayena na vadāma. Avuttopi īdiso vibhāgo nayānusārena yathāsambhavaṃ sabbattha yojetabbo. Yattha pana pāḷinidassanādiviseso icchitabbo hoti, tatthevetaṃ dassessāma.
Vaṭha,粗大义。Vaṭhati(变粗大)。Vaṭharo(粗大者)。Vaṭharo 一词,用于描述身体粗大坚实。正如律藏注疏中说:“vaṭharo 即肥胖,意指此比丘既肥胖且身体坚实,这是如此说的。”显示巴利原文
Vaṭha thūliye. Vaṭhati. Vaṭharo. Vaṭharoti thūlaghanasarīrasmiṃ vattabbavacanaṃ. Tathā hi vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘vaṭharoti thūlo, thūlo ca ghanasarīro cāyaṃ bhikkhūti vuttaṃ hotī’’ti vuttaṃ.
Maṭha,居住义。Maṭhati(居住)。Maṭho(住处/庙宇)。显示巴利原文
Maṭha nivāse. Maṭhati. Maṭho.
“Kaṭha”表艰难生活之义。Kaṭhati(艰难生活)。Kaṭho(艰难、困苦)。显示巴利原文
Kaṭha kicchajīvane. Kaṭhati. Kaṭho.
“Raṭha”表呵责之义。Raṭhati(呵责)。显示巴利原文
Raṭha paribhāsane. Raṭhati.
“Sāṭha”表强力压制之义。所谓强力压制,即依仗自己的力量,随己所欲地制服弱者。Sāṭhati(强力压制)。Sāṭho(强力压制、欺诈)。显示巴利原文
Sāṭha balakkāre. Balakkāro nāma attano balena yathājjhāsayaṃ dabbalassa abhibhavanaṃ. Sāṭhati. Sāṭho.
Uṭha、ruṭha、luṭha,表打击之义。如:oṭhati(打击)、roṭhati(打击)、loṭhati(打击)。显示巴利原文
Uṭha ruṭha luṭha upaghāte. Oṭhati. Roṭhati. Loṭhati.
Piṭha,表伤害、杂染之义。如:peṭhati(伤害)、piṭharo(伤害者)。显示巴利原文
Piṭha hiṃsāsaṃkilesesu. Peṭhati. Piṭharo.
Saṭha,表欺骗之义。其中ca字表前述诸义。如:saṭhati(欺骗)。所谓saṭho、saṭhoti,即是说骗子。显示巴利原文
Saṭha ketave ca. Pubbatthesu cakāro. Saṭhati. Saṭho saṭhoti kerāṭiko vuccati.
Suṭha,表行走与违逆之义。行走和违逆即是gatipaṭighāta。Soṭhati(违逆而行)。显示巴利原文
Suṭha gatipaṭighāte. Gamanapaṭihananaṃ gatipaṭighāto. Soṭhati.
Kuṭhi、luṭhi,表懈怠之义。Ca词亦用于前述之义。Kuṇṭhati(懈怠)。Kuṇṭho(懈怠者)。Luṇṭhati(掠夺)。Luṇṭho(掠夺者)。显示巴利原文
Kuṭhi luṭhi ālassiye ca. Cakāro pubbatthe ca. Kuṇṭhati. Kuṇṭho. Luṇṭhati. Luṇṭho.
Suṭha,表睡眠之义。Suṇṭhati(睡眠)。显示巴利原文
Suṭhisosane. Suṇṭhati.
Ruṭhi、luṭhi、aṭhi 等词根,表“行”义。Ruṇṭhati(行)、Luṇṭhati(行)、Aṇṭhati(行)。显示巴利原文
Ruṭhi luṭhi aṭhi gatiyaṃ. Ruṇṭhati. Luṇṭhati. Aṇṭhati.
Veṭha 词根,表“缠绕”义。有 Veṭhati(缠绕)、nibbeṭhati(解缠);Veṭhanaṃ(缠绕)、nibbeṭhanaṃ(解缠)。显示巴利原文
Veṭha veṭhane. Veṭhati, nibbeṭhati. Veṭhanaṃ, nibbeṭhanaṃ.
Vaṭhi 词根,表“独行”义。有 Vaṇṭhati(独行)。显示巴利原文
Vaṭhi ekacariyāyaṃ. Vaṇṭhati.
Maṭha、kuṭhi,表忧愁之义。Maṭhati(忧愁),Kuṇṭhati(忧愁)。显示巴利原文
Maṭha kuṭhi soke. Maṭhati. Kuṇṭhati.
Eṭha、heṭha,表逼恼之义。Eṭhati(逼恼),Heṭhati(逼恼),Viheṭhati(逼恼),Viheṭhanaṃ(逼恼)。显示巴利原文
Eṭha heṭha vibādhāyaṃ. Eṭhati. Heṭhati. Viheṭhati. Viheṭhanaṃ.
Luṭha,表违逆之义。Loṭhati(违逆)。显示巴利原文
Luṭha paṭighāte. Loṭhati.
“Paṭha”意为宣说。Paṭhati(他宣说)。显示巴利原文
Paṭha vikhyāne. Paṭhati.
“Luṭha”意为杂染。Loṭhati(他染污)。显示巴利原文
Luṭha saṃkilese. Loṭhati.
以ḍa结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Ḍakārantadhātu
“Ḍi”表示于空中飞行,或仅指单纯移动。如 Ḍeti, ḍayati(他飞行)。Ḍemāno 即正在飞行。例如:高处的鸟正在飞翔。又如:那些从前曾飞扑向我的人。显示巴利原文
Ḍi vihāyasagatiyaṃ gamanamatte ca. Ḍeti, ḍayati. Ḍemāno. Ucce sakuṇa ḍemāna. Ye maṃ pure paccuḍḍenti.
“Ḍi”有抛掷、驱散之义。Ḍeti,意即“他抛掷”;Uḍḍeti,意即“他飞起、驱散”。显示巴利原文
Ḍi khipanuḍḍanesu. Ḍeti. Uḍḍeti.
那些外道们,对此(正法)之外的种种邪见却生起净信;
我不赞赏他们的法,他们也不通达于法。
显示巴利原文 Ito bahiddhā pāsaṇḍā, diṭṭhīsu pasīdanti te; Na tesaṃ dhammaṃ rocemi, na te dhammassa kovidā.
在此,“pāsaṇḍā(外道)”即“pāsaṃ ḍentīti pāsaṇḍā”(抛掷绊索者,故称外道),意为将邪见的绊索抛入众生心中。又或者说,他们抛掷、驱散渴爱的绊索与邪见的绊索,故称外道。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca pāsaṇḍāti pāsaṃ ḍentīti pāsaṇḍā, sattānaṃ cittesu diṭṭhipāsaṃ khipantīti attho. Atha vā taṇhāpāsaṃ diṭṭhipāsañca ḍenti uḍḍentīti pāsaṇḍā.
“Muḍi”,于剃除中。Muṇḍati(他剃除)。他们为童子剃发。Muṇḍo(已剃发者、秃头)。显示巴利原文
Muḍikaṇḍane. Muṇḍati. Kumāraṃ muṇḍiṃsu. Muṇḍo.
“Cuḍḍa”,于戏弄、调情中。Cuḍḍati(他戏弄、调情)。显示巴利原文
Cuḍḍa hāvakaraṇe. Cuḍḍati.
『Aḍḍa』,意为勤勉、致力。Aḍḍati,指「他勤勉」。显示巴利原文
Aḍḍa abhiyoge. Aḍḍati.
『gaḍi』,指面部的一处。由此衍生出动词 gaṇḍati(肿胀),名词 gaṇḍo(肿块、疖肿)。显示巴利原文
Gaḍi vadanekadese. Gaṇḍati. Gaṇḍo.
『huḍi、piḍi』,意为聚合。『huṇḍati』义为聚合;『piṇḍati』义为压聚成团;『piṇḍo』义为团块。显示巴利原文
Huḍi piḍi saṅghāte. Huṇḍati. Piṇḍati. Piṇḍo.
“hiḍi”是“行走”义。由此派生“行走”“漫行”等词。显示巴利原文
Hiḍi gatiyaṃ. Hiṇḍati, āhiṇḍati.
“kuḍi”是“燃烧”义。由此派生“燃烧”(动词)与“火盆”(名词)。显示巴利原文
Kuḍi dāhe. Kuṇḍati. Kuṇḍo.
“vaḍi”与“maḍi”是“缠绕”义。由此派生“vaṇḍati”(缠绕)、“maṇḍati”(缠绕)及“maṇḍalaṃ”(圆轮)。显示巴利原文
Vaḍi maḍi veṭhane. Vaṇḍati. Maṇḍati. Maṇḍalaṃ.
『bhaḍi』意为嘲弄。由此派生:Bhaṇḍati(他嘲弄),Bhaṇḍanaṃ(嘲弄),Bhaṇḍo(嘲弄者)。显示巴利原文
Bhaḍi paribhāsane. Bhaṇḍati. Bhaṇḍanaṃ. Bhaṇḍo.
『maḍi』意为清净。由此派生:Maṇḍati(他装饰),Maṇḍanaṃ(装饰)。显示巴利原文
Maḍi majjane. Maṇḍati. Maṇḍanaṃ.
『tuḍi』意为啄取。由此派生:Tuṇḍati(啄取,动词),Tuṇḍo(喙)。如:以喙衔取而去。显示巴利原文
Tuḍi toḷane. Tuṇḍati. Tuṇḍo. Tuṇḍenādāya gaccheyya.
bhuḍi,意为承载。由此而有:承载(动词形 bhuṇḍati)。显示巴利原文
Bhuḍi bharaṇe. Bhuṇḍati.
caḍi,意为嗔怒。由此衍生:嗔怒(动词形 caṇḍati);暴戾的(形容词形 caṇḍo);旃陀罗(低种姓者)、凶暴(名词形 caṇḍālo、caṇḍikkaṃ)。显示巴利原文
Caḍi kope. Caṇḍati. Caṇḍo. Caṇḍālo, caṇḍikkaṃ.
saḍi,意为苦痛。由此衍生:苦痛(动词形 saṇḍati);苦痛(名词形 saṇḍo)。显示巴利原文
Saḍi rujāyaṃ. Saṇḍati. Saṇḍo.
“taḍi”意为打击。由此有动词taṇḍati(打击),名词vitaṇḍā(论诘、驳斥)。显示巴利原文
Taḍi tāḷane. Taṇḍati. Vitaṇḍā.
词根“Paḍi”表行进义。Paṇḍati(行进)。Paṇḍā(智慧)、Paṇḍito(智者)。其中,Paṇḍā即是智慧。正因为智慧能在极微细的事理中行进,了知苦等的压迫等相状,故称为Paṇḍā。Paṇḍito:凭智慧由此达彼、恒常运转,故名智者。或者,此人已生起智慧,故为智者。又因以智行行进,故亦为智者。正如注释书中所说:“Paṇḍantī故为智者。他们以智行于现见及来世之事中行进,这就是其义。”显示巴利原文
Paḍi gatiyaṃ. Paṇḍati. Paṇḍā, paṇḍito. Ettha paṇḍāti paññā. Sā hi sukhumesupi atthesu paṇḍati gacchati dukkhādīnaṃ pīḷanādikampi ākāraṃ jānātīti ‘‘paṇḍā’’ti vuccati. Paṇḍitoti paṇḍāya ito gato pavattoti paṇḍito. Atha vā sañjātā paṇḍā etassāti paṇḍito. Paṇḍati ñāṇagatiyā gacchatītipi paṇḍito. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘paṇḍantīti paṇḍitā. Sandiṭṭhikasamparāyikatthesu ñāṇagatiyā gacchantīti attho’’ti.
词根“Gaḍi”表制作义。Gaṇḍati(制作)。显示巴利原文
Gaḍi made. Gaṇḍati.
词根『Khaḍi』意为搅拌。『Khaṇḍati』即搅拌、切碎。『Khaṇḍito』指被切碎的,『khaṇḍo』指碎片、缺口。显示巴利原文
Khaḍi manthe. Khaṇḍati. Khaṇḍito, khaṇḍo.
词根『Laḍi』意为舔舌。『Laṇḍati』即以舌搅动。『Laṇḍo』指粪便。显示巴利原文
Laḍi jivhāmathane. Laṇḍati. Laṇḍo.
以ḍa结尾的词根显示巴利原文
Ḍakārantadhātu
词根『Vaḍḍha』意为增长。『Vaḍḍhati』即增长。『Sirivaḍḍhako』(令吉祥增长者)、『dhanavaḍḍhako』(令财富增长者)、『vaḍḍhito』(已增长的)、『buḍḍho』(成长者)。此处v音变为b,a音变为u。显示巴利原文
Vaḍḍha vaḍḍhane. Vaḍḍhati. Sirivaḍḍhako, dhanavaḍḍhako, vaḍḍhito, buḍḍho. Ettha ca vakārassa bakāro, akārassa cukāro.
词根“Kaḍḍha”表拖拽义。“Kaḍḍhati”(拖拽)、“ākaḍḍhati”(拉来)、“nikaḍḍhati”(拉出)。“Akāmā parikaḍḍhanti, ulūkaññeva vāyasā”——乌鸦们拖拽猫头鹰,如同拖拽不情愿者。显示巴利原文
Kaḍḍha ākaḍḍhane. Kaḍḍhati, ākaḍḍhati, nikaḍḍhati. Akāmā parikaḍḍhanti, ulūkaññeva vāyasā.
以ṇa结尾的词根显示巴利原文
Ṇakārantadhātu
词根“Aṇa”“raṇa”“vaṇa”“bhaṇa”“maṇa”“kaṇa”表发声义。“Aṇati”(发声)。“Aṇako brāhmaṇo”(发声的婆罗门)。“Raṇati”(发声)。“Raṇaṃ”(声音、战斗)。“Vaṇati”(发声)。“Vāṇako”(发声者)。“Bhaṇati”(说)。“Bhāṇako”(诵者)。“Maṇati”(发声)。“Maṇiko”(发声者)。“Kaṇati”(发声)。“Kāṇo”(独眼者)。其中,“brāhmaṇo”:因诵念梵而发声,故为婆罗门,意为诵习咒语。然而,文字学家们说:“婆罗门是梵天的后代。”但圣者们说:因已舍断罪恶,故为婆罗门。显示巴利原文
Aṇa raṇa vaṇa bhaṇa maṇa kaṇa sadde. Aṇati. Aṇako brāhmaṇo. Raṇati. Raṇaṃ. Vaṇati. Vāṇako. Bhaṇati. Bhāṇako. Maṇati. Maṇiko. Kaṇati. Kāṇo. Tattha brāhmaṇoti brahmaṃ aṇatīti brāhmaṇo, mante sajjhāyatīti attho. Akkharacintakā pana ‘‘brahmuno apaccaṃ brāhmaṇo’’ti vadanti. Ariyā pana bāhitapāpattā brāhmaṇoti.
婆罗门、闻经者、净行者、称“尊者”者、梵天眷属;
梵天子是为婆罗门,亦为莲华座之子;
显示巴利原文 Brāhmaṇo sottiyo vippo, bhovādī brahmabandhu ca; Brahmasūnu dvijo brahmā, kamalāsanasūnu ca;
‘Raṇa’一词,在‘有诤法、无诤法’等语境中,指烦恼。因为烦恼令人诤斗、令人哭喊,因此被称为‘诤’。显示巴利原文
Raṇasaddo ‘‘saraṇā dhammā araṇā dhammā’’tiādīsu kilesesu vattati. Kilesā hi raṇanti kandanti etehīti raṇāti vuccanti.
‘无与伦比的弓手,具大威力的王子;
于一切敌中作战已,他便达于自制。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dhanuggaho asadiso, rājaputto mahabbalo; Sabbāmitte raṇaṃ katvā, saṃyamaṃ ajjhupāgamī’’ti
此处指战斗。所谓‘作战斗’,即是作战之意。而在‘他们切割草木,向八方四面奔散’句中,则是指粉碎、碎散。所谓‘作战斗’即是作粉碎之意。如此,义释乃是将声所诠之义涵摄其中,依所诠义而作,并非基于词根的多义性而作,应如是了知。又或者,词根本身亦有义之增胜相应,由此而作如是义释,也应如是了知。显示巴利原文
Ettha yuddhe vattati. Raṇaṃ katvāti hi yuddhaṃ katvāti attho. ‘‘Tiṇañca kaṭṭhañca raṇaṃ karontā, dhāviṃsu te aṭṭhadisā samantato’’ti ettha cuṇṇavicuṇṇakaraṇe vattati. Raṇaṃ karontāti hi cuṇṇavicuṇṇaṃ karontāti attho. Evaṃ atthavivaraṇampi saddasaṅkhātamatthaṃ antoyeva katvā adhippāyatthavasena kataṃ, na dhātunānatthavasenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atha vā dhātūnamatthātisayayogopi bhavati, tena evaṃ atthavivaraṇaṃ katantipi daṭṭhabbaṃ.
‘Bhaṇa’意为说。念诵护卫经,即是说话。长部诵者、爱语者、诵品,其中的‘诵品’是指——显示巴利原文
Bhaṇa bhaṇane. Parittaṃ bhaṇati, vacanaṃ bhaṇati. Dīghabhāṇako, piyabhāṇī, bhāṇavāro. Ettha bhāṇavāroti –
八字为一句,一偈为四句;
一偈为一经集,一经集有三十二字;
三十二字之经集,则有二百五十。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Aṭṭhakkharā ekapadaṃ, ekā gāthā catuppadaṃ; Gāthā cekāmato gantho, gantho bāttiṃsatakkharo; Bāttiṃsakkharaganthānaṃ, paññāsaṃ dvisataṃ pana; Bhāṇavāro mato eko, svaṭṭhakkharasahassako’’ti.
具足八千音节之量的诵文,即称为一诵品。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ aṭṭhakkharasahassaparimāṇo pāṭho vuccati.
‘Oṇa’意为去除。‘Oṇati’即是去除。显示巴利原文
Oṇaṃ apanayane. Oṇati.
Soṇa 表颜色与动态之义。Soṇati、soṇo。显示巴利原文
Soṇa vaṇṇagatīsu. Soṇati, soṇo.
Soṇa 与 siloṇa 表聚合之义。Soṇati、Siloṇati。显示巴利原文
Soṇasiloṇa saṅghāte. Soṇati. Siloṇati.
Ghiṇi、ghuṇi、ghaṇi 表执取之义。Ghiṇṇati、Ghuṇṇati、Ghaṇṇati。显示巴利原文
Ghiṇi ghuṇi ghaṇi gahaṇe. Ghiṇṇati. Ghuṇṇati. Ghaṇṇati.
Ghuṇa、ghuṇṇa 表移动义。Ghoṇati。Ghuṇṇati。显示巴利原文
Ghuṇa ghuṇṇa gamane. Ghoṇati. Ghuṇṇati.
Paṇa 有交易、赞扬之义。Paṇati,谓商主行交易。信者 paṇati 佛陀,即赞扬。Āpaṇaṃ,市场;sāpaṇo gāmo,有市场的村庄。显示巴利原文
Paṇa byavahāre, thutiyañca. Paṇati vāṇijo, vohāraṃ karoti iccattho. Saddho buddhaṃ paṇati, thomayati iccattho, āpaṇaṃ, sāpaṇo gāmo.
Gaṇa、raṇa 为行进义。Gaṇati。Raṇati。显示巴利原文
Gaṇa raṇa gatiyaṃ. Gaṇati. Raṇati.
“paṇa”一词,有交易、买卖之义,也有称赞、赞叹之义。“商人交易”指从事贸易往来。“具信者称赞佛陀”即赞叹、颂扬。又由此衍生出“集市”、“有集市的村庄”等义。显示巴利原文
Caṇa saṇa dāne. Caṇati. Saṇati.
Phaṇa 表“行进”义。Phaṇati。Phaṇaṃ。显示巴利原文
Phaṇa gatiyaṃ. Phaṇati. Phaṇaṃ.
Veṇu 表智、思、观察等义。Veṇati。显示巴利原文
Veṇu ñāṇacintānisāmanesu. Veṇati.
Pīṇa 表充满之义。Pīṇanaṃ 意为圆满。Pīṇati。Pīṇo 意为日间不食,pīṇorakkhaṃsabāhu。显示巴利原文
Pīṇa pīṇane. Pīṇanaṃ paripuṇṇatā. Pīṇati. Pīṇo divā na bhuñjati, pīṇorakkhaṃsabāhu.
Miṇa 表伤害之义。Miṇati。显示巴利原文
Miṇa hiṃsāyaṃ. Miṇati.
Duṇa 表行进之义,且兼有伤害义。Duṇati。显示巴利原文
Duṇa gatiyañca. Hiṃsāpekkhako cakāro. Duṇati.
Saṇa 是不清晰声音之根。Saṇati,指发出不清晰的声音。Saṇateva brahmāraññaṃ,梵天林确实在作响。Saṇatevāti 意为如同轰然作响。显示巴利原文
Saṇa abyattasadde. Saṇati. Saṇateva brahmāraññaṃ. Saṇatevāti nadati viya.
Tuṇa 是弯曲之根。Toṇati,指他令其弯曲或歪斜。显示巴利原文
Tuṇa koṭille. Toṇati.
Puṇa 是精妙之根。Puṇati、nipuṇati,指他变得精妙,或善巧于微细。Nipuṇadhammo,即精妙之法。在此应知,nipuṇa、saṇha、sukhuma 等词为同义词,正如 kusala、cheka、dakkha 等词也是同义词。显示巴利原文
Puṇa nipuṇe. Puṇati, nipuṇati. Nipuṇadhammo. Ettha ca nipuṇasaṇhasukhumasaddā vevacanasaddā kusalachekadakkhasaddā viyāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Muṇa 词根,义为承诺、应允。Muṇati,即“他承诺/应允”。显示巴利原文
Muṇa paṭiññāṇe. Muṇati.
Kuṇa 词根,义为发出声音、辅助发声。Koṇati,即“他发出声音/辅助发声”。显示巴利原文
Kuṇa saddopakaraṇe. Koṇati.
Cuṇa 词根,义为切割、粉碎。Coṇati,即“他切割/粉碎”。显示巴利原文
Cuṇachedane. Coṇati.
Maṇa 词根,意为舍弃、放弃。Veraṃ maṇatīti veramaṇi,意为“舍弃怨恨,故称 veramaṇi”。显示巴利原文
Maṇa cāge. Veraṃ maṇatīti veramaṇi.
Phuṇa 词根,意为散布、抖落、拂除。Phuṇati,意为“他散布/抖落”。Aṅgārakāsuṃ apare phuṇanti,意为“其他人拂除火坑中的余烬”。显示巴利原文
Phuṇa vikiraṇe vidhunane ca. Phuṇati. Aṅgārakāsuṃ apare phuṇanti.
「玛那」根,义为「舍弃」。『离怨』者,谓舍弃怨恨也,故称「威拉玛尼」。显示巴利原文
Imāni ṇakārantadhāturūpāni.
「普纳」根,义为「散布」及「振除」。故有「普纳提」(散布)一形。又有他师谓:将余烬从火坑中振除,亦用此根。显示巴利原文
Iti bhūvādigaṇe ṭavaggantadhāturūpāni
以上是以 ṇa 结尾的词根形式。显示巴利原文
Samattāni.
以 ta 结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Takārantadhātu
接下来,以 -tā 结尾的 dhātu(词根)被称为……显示巴利原文
Atha tavaggantadhāturūpāni vuccante –
它们是 pālana(护持)。Pālana 即 rakkhaṇa(保护)。Tāyati(护持)。Tāṇa(救护),gotta(族姓),nakkhatta(星宿)。恶的救护。辛劳所得之财,我保护它们免于损坏。其中,gotta(族姓):保护群体,故称 gotta。因为当以“乔达摩、迦叶”等称呼表达时,该词语及认知保护该群体,在专属领域的意义上予以保护,故称 gotta。正如认知若无作为所缘之义则不能生起,名称亦无其所指之对象,因此被称为 gotta 的意义保护、护持它们,故作是说。那么,什么是 sota(根源)呢?是不同于其他家族传承的、由该家族先祖所决定的、属于该家族共通的普遍形态。显示巴利原文
Te pālane. Pālanaṃ rakkhaṇaṃ. Tāyati. Tāṇaṃ, gottaṃ, nakkhattaṃ. Aghassa tātā. Kicchenādhigatā bhogā, te tāto vidhami dhamaṃ. Tattha gottanti gaṃ tāyatīti gottaṃ. ‘‘Gotamo kassapo’’ti hi ādinā pavattamānaṃ gaṃ vacanaṃ buddhiñca tāyati ekaṃsikavisayatāya rakkhatīti gottaṃ. Yathā hi buddhi ārammaṇabhūtena atthena vinā na vattati, tathā abhidhānaṃ abhidheyyabhūtena, tasmā so gottasaṅkhāto attho tāni tāyati rakkhatīti vuccati. Ko pana soti? Aññakulaparamparāsādhāraṇaṃ tassa kulassa ādipurisasammuditaṃ taṃkulapariyāpannasādhāraṇaṃ sāmaññarūpaṃ.
Nakkhatta(星宿):不走歧路,唯依己道而行,保护(tāyati)其行进(nakkhanaṃ gamanaṃ),故称 nakkhatta。此依阿沙优等日而有二十七种。即:阿沙优、 Bharani、迦底迦、 Rohani、 Miggasira、阿达、 Punabbasu、 Phussa、 Assalisa、 Magha、前跋求、后跋求、 Hatha、 Citta、 Svati、毗舍佉、 Anuradha、 Jetha、 Mula、前沙罗、后沙罗、沙瓦那、 Dhanasitha、 Satabhisatta、前跋陀罗、后跋陀罗、 Revati,此二十七星宿。它们于其行进之处丝毫不离,或快或慢,时快时慢,由此及彼,如是避开歧路,犹如安置于转轮机括之次第,以等齐之速唯依己道而行,环绕须弥山回转。如是,它们保护星之运行,故称 nakkhatta(星宿)。古人依 kharadhātu(粗硬词根)而说“nakkharanti(不灭)故称 nakkhatta”。“nakkhattaṃ joti rikkhaṃ taṃ”等,此为星宿之名。“Uḷu tārā tārakā”,此为一切星之通名。Osadhi 则是特定星之名。显示巴利原文
Nakkhattanti visamagatiyā agantvā attano vīthiyāva gamanena nakkhanaṃ gamanaṃ tāyati rakkhatīti nakkhattaṃ, taṃ pana assayujādivasena sattavīsatividhaṃ hoti. Tathā hi assayujo bharaṇī kattikā rohaṇī migasiro addā punabbasu phusso assaliso māgho pubbaphagguṇī uttaraphagguṇī hattho cittaṃ svāti visākhā anurādhā jeṭṭhā mūlaṃ pubbāsaḷhaṃ uttarāsaḷhaṃ sāvaṇaṃ dhanasiṭṭhā satabhisattaṃ pubbabhaddapadaṃ uttarabhaddapadaṃ revatī cāti sattavīsati nakkhattāni. Tāni pana attano gamanaṭṭhānaṃ īsakampi na vijahanti kiñci sīghaṃ kiñci dandhaṃ, kadāci sīghaṃ, kadāci dandhaṃ, etto ito cāti evaṃ visamagatiyā agantvā yantacakke paṭipāṭiyā yojitāni viya samappamāṇagatiyā attano vīthiyāva gacchantāni maṇḍalākārena sineruṃ parivattanti. Evaṃ imāni nakkhanaṃ gamanaṃ tāyanti rakkhantīti nakkhattānīti vuccanti. Porāṇā pana kharadhātuvasena ‘‘nakkharanti na nassantīti nakkhattānī’’ti āvocuṃ, ‘‘nakkhattaṃ joti rikkhaṃ taṃ’’ iccetāni nakkhattatārakānaṃ nāmāni. ‘‘Uḷu tārā tārakā’’ti imāni pana sabbāsampi tārakānaṃ sādhāraṇanāmāni. Osadhīti pana tārakāvisesassa nāmaṃ.
Citi(词根 ci)表认知义。认知即标记,即造作相状。Cetati(认知)意为“造作标记”,此即是义。因此词根以 ī 音收尾,故在构词中,如 saki 等结合时,如同词根本身的变化,不插入随韵(ṃ)。此规则亦适用于其他类似之处。显示巴利原文
Citi saññāṇe. Saññāṇaṃ cihanaṃ lakkhaṇakaraṇaṃ. Cetati. Cihanaṃ karotīti attho. Īkārantavasena vuttattā asmā dhātuto saki saṅkāyanti dhātuto viya niggahītāgamo na hoti. Esa nayo aññesupi īdisesu ṭhānesu.
Pata 表坠落义。Patati(坠落)。Papatati(使坠落)、papātaṃ(堕落)、papateyyahaṃ(我应堕落)。Pāpattaṃ nirayaṃ bhusaṃ(极堕地狱)应与 ahaṃ(我)结合,意即“我已极堕”。Pāpattha nirayaṃ bhusaṃ, sokumāroti(极堕地狱,死愁)应如此结合,意即“汝已极堕”。此二者为隐密词(parokkhāpada)。如“pāvadaṃ pāvadā”等,前缀词变为长音,随后 aṃ 音转为 ttaṃ,a 音转为 ttha。巴利语法实难思量!显示巴利原文
Pata gatiyaṃ. Patati. Papatati papātaṃ, papateyyahaṃ. Pāpattaṃ nirayaṃ bhusaṃ. Ahaṃsaddena yojetabbaṃ, pāpattaṃ papatitosmīti attho. Pāpattha nirayaṃ bhusaṃ, sokumāroti yojetabbaṃ, pāpattha papatitoti attho. Parokkhāpadañhietaṃ dvayaṃ. ‘‘Pāvadaṃ pāvadā’’tiādīsu viya upasaggapadassa dīghabhāvo, tato aṃsaddassa ttaṃādeso, asaddassa ca tthādeso bhavati. Acinteyyo hi pāḷinayo.
Ata 表恒常行进义。恒常行进即无间断行进。Atati(行进)。然而,因 ata 词根表恒常行进之义,故于有与无之间奔走,经历生、老、病、死等种种轮回之苦,恒常行进、到达、证得,故于 attā(我)亦可作此词源解析。依异门义,则应见“āhito ahaṃmāno etthāti attā, attabhāvo”(于此处安立我慢,故为 attā,即自体)、“sukhadukkhaṃ adati anubhavatīti attā”(领受苦乐,故为 attā)、“attamanoti pītisomanassena gahitamano”(悦意,即以喜乐摄心)。于何处、以何方式获得其义,即于该处、依该方式而取其义。显示巴利原文
Atasātaccagamane. Sātaccagamanaṃ nirantaragamanaṃ. Atati. Yasmā pana atadhātu sātaccagamanatthavācikā, tasmā bhavābhavaṃ dhāvanto jātijarābyādhimaraṇādibhedaṃ anekavihitaṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ atati satataṃ gacchati pāpuṇāti adhigacchatīti attātipi nibbacanamicchitabbaṃ. Atthantaravasena pana ‘‘āhito ahaṃmāno etthāti attā, attabhāvo’’ti ca ‘‘sukhadukkhaṃ adati anubhavatīti attā’’ti ca ‘‘attamanoti pītisomanassena gahitamano’’ti ca attho daṭṭhabbo, yattha yattha yathā yathā attho labbhati, tattha tattha tathā tathā atthassa gahetabbatoti.
Cuta 表示渴求、作恶之义。Cotati 即(渴求/作恶)。显示巴利原文
Cuta āsecane kharaṇe ca. Cotati.
Ati 为系缚之义。Antati(系缚)、Antaṃ(系缚)。因被末端所系缚,故称为 antaṃ。此处对 anta 一词的义摄(解释)如此说:“antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ”——在此句中,属于三十二身分中的死尸末端,即名为 anta。“Kāyabandhanassa anto jīrati. Haritantaṃ vā”——在此处,最终、边际名为 anta。“Antamidaṃ bhikkhave jīvikānaṃ”——在此处,是下劣之末端。“Sakkāyo eko anto”——在此处,是部分之末端。“Esevanto dukkhassa sappaccayasaṅkhayā”——在此处,是边际之末端。如是——显示巴利原文
Ati bandhane. Antati. Antaṃ. Antiyatibandhiyati antaguṇenāti antaṃ. Idha anta saddassa atthuddhāro vuccate ‘‘antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariya’’nti ettha dvattiṃsākārantogadhaṃ kuṇapantaṃ antaṃ nāma. ‘‘Kāyabandhanassa anto jīrati. Haritantaṃ vā’’ti ettha antimamariyādanto anto nāma. ‘‘Antamidaṃ bhikkhave jīvikāna’’nti ettha lāmakanto. ‘‘Sakkāyo eko anto’’ti ettha koṭṭhāsanto. ‘‘Esevanto dukkhassa sappaccayasaṅkhayā’’ti ettha koṭanto. Iccevaṃ –
死尸末端、最终者、边界及下劣;
部分与边际,这些义皆由‘anta’一词宣说。
显示巴利原文 Kuṇapantaṃ antimañca, mariyādo ca lāmakaṃ; Koṭṭhāso koṭi’me attho, antasaddena bhāsitā.
‘kita’有居住与除病之义。‘ketati’(居住、除病)。‘sāketaṃ na garaṃ’(是住处,非村落),‘niketo’(住所),‘niketaṃ pāvisi’(入于住所)。‘āmodamāno gacchati sanniketaṃ’(喜悦走向共住处)。‘tikicchati’(治疗),‘cikicchati’(治疗),‘cikicchā’(治疗),‘cikicchako’(治疗者)。其中,‘sāketaṃ’:因其为傍晚接受住处之处,故称‘sāketaṃ’,此处ya音脱落。显示巴利原文
Kita nivāse rogāpanayane ca. Ketati. Sāketaṃ na garaṃ, niketo, niketaṃ pāvisi. Āmodamāno gacchati sanniketaṃ. Tikicchati, cikicchati, cikicchā, cikicchako. Tattha sāketanti sāyaṃ gahitavasanaṭṭhānattā sāketaṃ, yaṃsaddalopo.
‘yata’有努力之义。‘patiyatana’即作努力(vāyāmakaraṇa)。‘yatati’(努力),‘yati’(努力),‘yatavā’(已努力),‘payatana’(努力),‘āyatana’(处),‘lokāyata’(顺世论)。此处,‘āyatana’:由‘āyatati’(伸张、现起)之义而得名,即眼、色等。因为以这些处为门及所缘的心、心所法,依各自体验等作用而于此处伸张、现起、努力,故称‘āyatanāni’(处)。然而此处,亦可依‘nīta’与‘nu’词根之义解说‘āyatana’一词之义,此将于后文显现。显示巴利原文
Yata patiyatane. Patiyatanaṃ vāyāmakaraṇaṃ. Yatati. Yati, yatavā, payatanaṃ, āyatanaṃ, lokāyataṃ. Ettha āyatananti āyatanato āyatanaṃ, cakkhurūpādīni. Etāni hi taṃdvārārammaṇacittacetasikā dhammā sena sena anubhavanādikiccena āyatanti uṭṭhahanti ghaṭanti vāyamanti etesūti ‘‘āyatanānī’’ti vuccanti. Ettha pana nītanudhātūnaṃ vasenapi āyatanasaddattho vattabbo siyā, so uttari āvibhavissati.
“处”(āyatana)一词,有住处、矿藏、集会处、出生地、原因等义。例如,于“世间自在天处、婆薮天处”等语中,“处”字即用于住处义。于“金处、银处”等语中,用于矿藏义。而在教法中,如“于怡悦之处,诸鸟栖此”等语,则用于集会处义。于“南印度为牛群之出生地”等语中,用于出生地义。于“何时何处得集会因缘,便于彼处得证作证之能”等语中,用于原因义。应知此词随种种现行因相而取义。显示巴利原文
Āyatanasaddo nivāsaṭṭhāne ākare samosaraṇaṭṭhāne sañjātidese kāraṇe ca. Tathā hi ‘‘loke issarāyatanaṃ vāsudevāyatana’’ntiādīsu nivāsaṭṭhāne āyatanasaddo vattati. ‘‘Suvaṇṇāyatanaṃ rajatāyatana’’ntiādīsu ākare. Sāsane pana ‘‘manorame āyatane, sevanti naṃ vihaṅgamā’’tiādīsu samosaraṇaṭṭhāne. ‘‘Dakkhiṇāpatho gunnaṃ āyatana’’ntiādīsu sañjātidese. ‘‘Tatra tatreva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane’’tiādīsu kāraṇe vattatīti veditabbo. So ca nānāpavattinimittavasena gahetabbo.
Nivāse ākāre ceva, jātidese ca kāraṇe;
“处”这个词,用于住处、矿藏、集会处、出生地和原因等义。正如在“世间自在天处、婆薮天处”等语句中,“处”这个词用于住处义。在“金处、银处”等语句中,用于矿藏义。而在教法中,如“在令人愉悦的处所,诸鸟栖息于此”等语句中,用于集会处义。在“南印度是牛群的出生地”等语句中,用于出生地义。在“只要因缘具足,他就能在处处获得作证的能力”等语句中,用于原因义。应知此词依各种不同的现行因相而取义。显示巴利原文
Samosaraṇaṭṭhāne ca, āyatanaravo gato.
所谓“顺世论”,即主张“一切可食,一切不可食;乌鸦是白的,苍鹭是黑的,以此因、以此因”等,这类与无意义之理相关联的外道学说,在世间被称为“诡辩论”。对此,菩萨中精勤不怠的毗度罗贤者曾说:“不应亲近顺世论者,此非增长智慧之道。”由于依此论,世间不努力、不精勤于未来之利益,故称“顺世论”。这即是诡辩论。因为依此典籍,众生甚至不生起行善之心。于他处亦如此说:“所谓顺世论技艺,即‘乌鸦是白的,因骨为白;鹤是红的,因血为红’等,依此类推而展开,否定他世与涅槃的诡辩论技艺。”显示巴利原文
Lokāyataṃ nāma ‘‘sabbaṃ ucchiṭṭhaṃ, sabbaṃ nucchiṭṭhaṃ. Seto kāko, kāḷo bako iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇenā’’ti evamādiniratthakakāraṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ titthiyasatthaṃ, yaṃ loke ‘‘vitaṇḍasattha’’nti vuccati, yañca sandhāya bodhisatto asamadhuro vidhurapaṇḍito ‘‘na seve lokāyatikaṃ, netaṃ paññāya vaḍḍhana’’nti āha. Āyatiṃ hitaṃ tena loko na yatati na īhatīti lokāyataṃ, kintaṃ? Vitaṇḍasatthaṃ. Tañhi ganthaṃ nissāya sattā puññakriyāya cittampi na uppādenti. Aññatthāpi hi evaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘lokāyatasippanti ‘kāko seto, aṭṭhīnaṃ setattā, balākā rattā, lohitassa rattattā’ti evamādinayappavattaṃ paralokanibbānānaṃ paṭisedhakaṃ vitaṇḍasatthasippa’’nti.
yuta、juta为词根,表言说之义。言说即宣说。yotati、jotati亦同。显示巴利原文
Yuta juta bhāsane. Bhāsanaṃ udīraṇaṃ. Yotati. Jotati.
juta根,表光明之义。有jotati(照耀)、vijjotati(遍照耀);juti(光辉)、joti(光明)。使役式有“joteti, jotayitvāna saddhammaṃ”(令照耀,令正法照耀后)等用法。此处,juti指光明或吉祥;joti指威光。或谓joti指月亮等。如《天宫事注疏》中所说:“‘joti’是月亮、太阳、星宿、星辰的通名。”又依“joti jotiparāyaṇo”(光明,以光明为皈依)之说,凡因生于刹帝利族等而光彩照人、具足色身庄严者,即称为jotī。显示巴利原文
Jutadittiyaṃ. Jotati, vijjotati. Juti, joti. Kārite ‘‘joteti, jotayitvāna saddhamma’’nti payogā. Ettha ca jutīti āloko siri vā. Jotīti patāpo. Atha vā jotīti candādīni. Vuttampi ceta sirimāvimāna vatthuaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘jotīti candimasūriyanakkhattatārakānaṃ sādhāraṇanāma’’nti. Atha vā ‘‘joti jotiparāyaṇo’’ti vacanato yo koci jotati khattiyakulādīsu jātattā ca rūpasobhāyuttattā ca, so ‘‘jotī’’ti vuccati.
“Sitavaṇṇo”(白色)。词根“sita”用于白色之义。虽此处就颜色通名而说,但依用例所示,于蓝、黄等诸色之中,唯应取白色。“setati”(成为白色),“setaṃ vatthaṃ”(白衣)。不过,因随用而变其词性,“seta”一词应知为三性通用。显示巴利原文
Sitavaṇṇo. Sitadhātu setavaṇṇe vattati. Kiñcāpettha vaṇṇasāmaññaṃ vuttaṃ, tathāpi idha nīlapītādīsu setavaṇṇoyeva gahetabbo payogadassanavasena. Setati. Setaṃ vatthaṃ. Vāccaliṅgattā pana setasaddo tiliṅgo gahetabbo.
白、洁白、净、白净、皎洁、皓白,这些皆是“白”的名称。
显示巴利原文 Setaṃ sitaṃ suci sukkaṃ, paṇḍaraṃ dhavalampi ca; Akaṇhaṃ goramodātaṃ, setanāmāni honti hi.
“vatu”词根,表转动义。有“vattati”(转动)、“pavattati”(流转)、“saṃvattati”(合集)、“anuvattati”(随转)、“parivattati”(周转)。“pavattaṃ”为“已转起”。显示巴利原文
Vatu vattane. Vattati, pavattati, saṃvattati, anuvattati, parivattati. Pavattaṃ.
“kila”词根,表湿润义。湿润即潮湿的状态。“kilotati”(变湿)、“pakilotati”(浸湿),意为弄湿。使役式为“pakiloteti, pakilotayati”。“uṇhodakasmiṃ pakilotayitvā”义为“在热水中浸湿后”,即弄湿后。显示巴利原文
Kilota addabhāve. Addabhāvo tintabhāvo. Kilotati, pakilotati, temetīti attho. Kārite pakiloteti, pakilotayati. Uṇhodakasmiṃ pakilotayitvā, temetvāti attho.
“vata”根,用于乞求义。“vatati”(乞求)。显示巴利原文
Vata yācane. Vatati.
词根“kita”,表示知晓。了知(ketati)。了知之事(ketana)、了知者(ketaka)、约定(暗号,saṅketa)。显示巴利原文
Kita ñāṇe. Ketati. Ketanaṃ, ketako, saṅketo.
词根“kati”,表示纺线。纺线(suttaṃ kantati)。显示巴利原文
Kati suttajanane. Suttaṃ kantati.
「kati」根,表示切断义。切割肉、分切,又有铁制刀具。「大勇者割除箭矢」。「愿今日王室厨房的厨师们不要将我们切割」。显示巴利原文
Kati chedane. Maṃsaṃ kantati, vikantati, ayokanto. Sallakanto mahāvīro. Mā no ajja vikantiṃsu, rañño sūdā mahānase.
「catī」为表伤害、气味等义的词根。因其词尾为长音ī,故该词根不增入鼻音。其活用形为“遮帝”。显示巴利原文
Catī hiṃsāgandhesu. Īkārantattā imasmā niggahītāgamo na hoti. Catati.
以送气塔音结尾的语根。显示巴利原文
Thakārantadhātu
「ṭhā」为表停留与返回义的词根。站立。状态、确定、已确定、丛林。如偈颂所说“断除林与丛林”,其中高大的树木称为“林”,而那些于林中所生、依林而立的矮小杂木,则称为“丛林”。显示巴利原文
Thāgatinivattiyaṃ. Thāti. Avatthā, vavatthānaṃ, vavatthitaṃ, vanatho. ‘‘Chetvā vanaṃ vanathañcā’’ti ettha hi mahantā rukkhā vanaṃ nāma, khuddakā pana tasmiṃ vane ṭhitattā vanatho nāma vuccanti.
「thu」为表称赞义的词根。称赞、盛赞。称赞、极赞说;称赞、胜赞。显示巴利原文
Thu thutiyaṃ. Thavati, abhitthavati. Thavanā, abhitthavanā, thuti, abhitthuti.
如果智慧具有形体,我的智慧便无法稳固,也无法达到清净无染。
显示巴利原文 Yadi hi rūpinī siyā, paññā me vasumatī na sameyya; Anomadassissa bhagavato, phalametaṃ ñāṇathavanāya.
他因那些赞颂而受到称赞,由此,此智慧得到称扬,最胜佛陀亦受到赞叹。其中,“称赞”即是赞美;赞美实有多种名称。显示巴利原文
Tehi thutippasattho so, yenidaṃ thavitaṃ ñāṇaṃ, buddhaseṭṭho ca thomito. Tatra thavanāti pasaṃsanā. Pasaṃsāya hi anekāni nāmāni.
称叹、赞美、褒扬、陈述、颂赞;
panuti 为排除,thomanā 为称赞,vaṇṇo 为赞美,katthanā 为称扬,guṇakittanaṃ 为功德之宣说。
显示巴利原文 Thavanā ca pasaṃsā ca, silāghā vaṇṇanā thuti; Panuti thomanā vaṇṇo, katthanā guṇakittanaṃ;
在复合词中:thīyati,patitthīyati。Thī。此处经文中有:abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati,并生起忿怒、瞋恚与不满。他们以“thiyo”辱骂他。其中,“thīyati patitthīyatī”等词,是由单一 r 音等变化而成。“Thīyati”意为凝结、聚合成团,由此而有胚胎,故称为 thī。然而,诸师长仅对 itthī 一词作如是词源解释,而非对 thī 一词。显示巴利原文
The saddasaṅghātesu. Thīyati, patitthīyati. Thī. Atrimā pāḷiyo – abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātukaroti. Thiyo naṃ paribhāsiṃsūti. Tatra ‘‘thīyati patitthīyatī’’timāni ekārassīyādesavasena sambhūtāni. Thīyati saṅghātaṃ gacchati gabbho etissāti thī. Ācariyā pana itthīsaddasseva evaṃ nibbacanaṃ vadanti, na thīsaddassa.
胚胎在其中凝结,故称为thī,此说我们不予认可;
胚胎在其中凝结,故称为itthī,诸师作如是说。
在他们极为费解的释词中,‘itthī’一词即如此衍生;
此结论已成,请听我之决断。
因为itthī一词与thī一词意义相同,
将thī一词所具的意义,安立于itthī一词中。
正如“dve duve, taṇhā, tasiṇā”等例证所示。
又或者,此“itthī”一词,乃由音素增入等缘故。
“Icchatīti”是指女人,而“icchāpetīti”则为另一说;
此词源之释,亦应由通达词源者了知。
显示巴利原文 Gabbho thīyati etissā, iti thī iti no ruci; Gabbho thīyati etissā, iti itthīti ācariyā. Tesaṃ sudukkarovāde, ‘‘itthī’’ti padasambhavo; Ayaṃ vinicchayo patto, nicchayaṃ bho suṇātha me. Thīsaddena samānattho, itthīsaddo yato tato; Thīsadde labbhamānatthaṃ, itthīsaddamhi ropiya. Appānaṃ bahutā ñāye, gahite sati yujjati; Tathā hi ‘‘dve duve, taṇhā, tasiṇā’’ti nidassanaṃ. Atha vā pana ‘‘itthī’’ti-idaṃ vaṇṇāgamādito; Niruttilakkhaṇenāpi, sijjhatīti pakāsaye. Icchatīti nare itthī, icchāpetīti vā pana; Idaṃ nibbacanañcāpi ñeyyaṃ nibbacanatthinā.
以下是女人的种种名称:显示巴利原文
Atrimāni itthīnamabhidhānāni –
女人、妇人、受爱者、女子、无力者、胆怯者、美丽者。
喜乐者、放逸者、娇爱者、嬉戏者、女人、有身者;
这些既是她们的名字,也是依状态而立的名称。
少女、女孩、处女、童女、幼女;
青年女、年轻女、少女、长老尼、老妪。
显示巴利原文 Itthī thī vanitā nārī, abalā bhīru sundarī; Kantā sīmaninī mātu-gāmo piyā ca kāminī. Ramaṇī pamadā dayitā, lalanā mahilā’ṅganā; Tāsaṃyeva ca nāmāni, avatthāto imānipi. Gorī ca dārikā kaññā, kumārī ca kumārikā; Yuvatī taruṇī māṇa-vikā therī mahallikā.
如此,八岁的女童既称为“少女”,也称为“女孩”。十岁者称为“处女”。未破身或青春之女也称为“处女”。十二岁者称为“童女”,也称“幼女”。再者,未至老年者,称为青年女、年轻女、少女;已至老年者,则称为长老尼、老妪。于男子,此理亦应如理了知。显示巴利原文
Tathā hi aṭṭhavassikā gorītipi dārikātipi vuccati. Dasavassikā kaññāti vuccati. Anibbiddhā vā yobbanitthī kaññāti vuccati. Dvādasavassikā kumārītipi vuccati kumārikātipi. Atho jaraṃ appattā yuvatītipi taruṇītipi māṇavikātipi vuccati. Jaraṃ pattā pana therītipi mahallikātipi vuccati. Purisesupi ayaṃ nayo yathārahaṃ veditabbo.
虽然有如此的规定区分,但在某些情况下,也有不依规定而使用的说法。例如,根据“国王带着童子,公主及女孩”与“透明的黑羚羊皮少女”这两段经文,原本应以“女孩”称呼的女性,也可用“少女”称呼;原本应以“少女”称呼的,也可用“女孩”称呼。同样地,根据“国王带着童子,公主及女孩”与“童女优波塞尼耶,常饰以镣铐”这两段经文,原本应以“女孩”称呼的女性,也可用“童女”称呼;原本应以“童女”称呼的,也可用“女孩”称呼。再者,根据“名为鲁迦的公主”与“然后他们为曼迪沐浴,轿中少女们聚集”这两段经文的显示,无论未破身或已破身,只要未至老年,她仍可称为少女,应知此义。显示巴利原文
Kiñcāpettha evaṃ niyamo vutto, tathāpi katthaci aniyamavasenapi vohāro pavattati. Tathā hi ‘‘rājā kumāramādāya, rājaputtī ca dārika’’nti ca ‘‘acchā kaṇhājinaṃ kañña’’nti ca imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ pāḷīnaṃ vasena yā itthī dārikāsaddena vattabbā, sā kaññāsaddenapi vattabbā jātā. Yāpi ca kaññāsaddena vattabbā, sāpi dārikāsaddena vattabbā jātā. Tathā ‘‘rājā kumāramādāya, rājaputtī ca dārika’’nti ca ‘‘kumāriye upaseniye, niccaṃ nigaḷamaṇḍite’’ti ca imāsaṃ pana pāḷīnaṃ vasena yā itthī dārikāsadena vattabbā, sā kumārikāsaddenapi vattabbā jātā. Yā ca pana kumārīsaddena vattabbā, sāpi dārikāsaddena vattabbā jātā. Apicettha ‘‘rājakaññā rucā nāmā’’ti ca ‘‘tato maddimpi nhāpesuṃ, sivikaññā samāgatā’’ti ca imāsaṃ dvinnaṃ pāḷīnaṃ dassanato yā anibbiddhā vā hotu nibbiddhā vā, yāva jaraṃ na pāpuṇāti, tāva sā kaññāyeva nāmātipi veditabbaṃ.
此处,或许有人会这样说:你们说“八岁者称为少女,也称为女孩”,然而,根据“当我还是孩童时,生来八岁”的说法,八岁者可以是男孩;而在“他在自己的城中游乐,那里见到了童子”的经文中,与妻子儿女一同长大的须大拏大王已年过十二,怎能称为“童子”?这确实合理,是依于世尊的意愿。因为世尊是法主,善巧于言说,凡是随顺所化众生而说法时,便那样说法。因此,世尊是就其父母尚在、且他是在童子的养护方式下长大而言,才这样说的。正如尊者童受迦叶,虽已年长,但因是以童子的养护方式长大,仍被称为童受迦叶。又,“此童子不知量”一句中,尊者大迦叶虽已白发苍苍,但因对尊者阿难有深厚信赖,而以童子语教诫他,故称其为“童子”,这是可以理解的。而《优陀那注》中说:“众生从出生起,至十五岁,称为童子、幼童;此后二十年为青年。”显示巴利原文
Kecettha vadeyyuṃ – yaṃ tumhehi ‘‘aṭṭhavassikā gorītipi dārikātipi vuccatī’’ti vuttaṃ, etasmiṃ pana vacane ‘‘yadāhaṃ dārako homi, jātiyā aṭṭhavassiko’’ti vacanato aṭṭhavasso dārako hotu, ‘‘tatthaddasakumāraṃ so, ramamānaṃ sake pure’’ti pāḷiyaṃ pana puttadārehi saṃvaddho vessantaramahārājā kathaṃ ‘‘kumāro’’ti vattuṃ yujjissati dvādasavassātikkantattā? Yujjateva bhagavato icchāvasena. Bhagavā hi dhammissarattā vohārakusalatāya ca yaṃ yaṃ veneyyajanānurūpaṃ desanaṃ desetuṃ icchati, taṃ taṃ deseti eva, tasmā bhagavatā tassa mātāpitūnaṃ atthitaṃ sandhāya kumāraparihārena vaddhitattañca evaṃ desanā katā. Tathā hi āyasmā kumārakassapo kumāraparihārena vaddhitattā mahallakopi samāno kumārakassapotveva vohariyati. ‘‘Na vāyaṃ kumārako mattamaññāsī’’ti ettha pana sirasmiṃ palitesu jātesupi āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo tasmiṃ there adhimattavissāso hutvā komāravādena ovadanto kumārakoti avocāti gahetabbaṃ. Udānaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana ‘‘sattā jātadivasato paṭṭhāya yāva pañcadasavassaṃ, tāva kumārakā, bālāti ca vuccanti, tato paraṃ vīsativassāni yuvāno’’ti vuttaṃ.
Mantha,有 mattha(搅拌)、viloḷana(搅动)之义。Manthati,意为搅拌。手持搅拌物与蜜团。他捣碎愚痴者,犹如金刚杵捣碎非金刚所造的宝石。以须弥山作为搅拌物而行。显示巴利原文
Mantha mattha viloḷane. Manthati. Manthañca madhupiṇḍikañca ādāya. Abhimatthati dummedhaṃ vajiraṃvamhamayaṃ maṇiṃ. Sineruṃ matthaṃ katvā.
Kuthi、puthi、luthi,用于伤害与杂染之义。Kunthati,即伤害。Kuntha(一种昆虫)、kuntha-kipillika(一种蚂蚁)。见到自己的儿子跌倒在尘土中,被尘土所污。Punthati,伤害。Lunthati,伤害。显示巴利原文
Kuthi puthi luthi hiṃsāsaṃkilesesu. Kunthati. Kuntho, kunthakipillikaṃ. Disvāna patitaṃ sāmaṃ, puttakaṃ paṃsukunthitaṃ. Punthati. Lunthati.
Nātha(护主)一词具乞求、悲悯、自在、祝愿四义。Nātha 词根运用于乞求、悲悯、自在、祝愿四种意义。因此古人说:“Nāthati 故为 nātha(护主),即祝愿、希求可化导者的利益安乐;或悲悯他人相续中的烦恼与不幸;或以‘善哉,比丘们!比丘应时时省察自己的成就’等方式,乞求种种利益行持;或具足最上心自在,以功德超胜一切众生,故为最上自在者,世尊即被称为 nātha(护主)。因此,nāthati 故为 nātha。”然而,通晓声明的学者将此四种意义读作 nātha 与 nādha 两个词根,并依其自显之义而有 nāthate、nādhate 等形式。显示巴利原文
Nātha yācanopatāpissariyāsīsāsu. Nāthadhātu yācane upatāpe issariye āsīsane cāti catūsvatthesu vattati. Tenāhu porāṇā ‘‘nāthatīti nātho, veneyyānaṃ hitasukhaṃ āsīsati pattheti, parasantānagataṃ vā kilesabyasanaṃ upatāpeti, ‘‘sādhu bhikkhave bhikkhu kālena kālaṃ attasampattiṃ paccavekkheyyā’tiādinā taṃ taṃ hitapaṭipattiṃ yācatīti attho, paramena cittissariyena samannāgato sabbasatte vā guṇehi īsati abhibhavatīti paramissaro bhagavā ‘nātho’ti vuccatīti nāthatīti nātho’’ti. Saddasatthavidū pana tesu catūsu atthesu nātha nādha iti dhātudvayaṃ paṭhanti. Attanobhāsattā pana tassa ‘‘nāthate nādhate’’ti rūpāni bhavanti.
于此或有人问:“若以乞求义说‘nāthati 故为 nātha’,那么任何行乞的贫者便应是 nātha;而不行乞的富者,他不 nāthati、不乞求,难道就应是 anātha(无护)吗?”并非如此。因为 nātha 一词虽在乞求等义中运用,但依世间约定俗成,已固定用于最胜之人;而世尊于最胜者中尤为超胜,因为他行种种利益的乞求,故说 nātha 一词之义。而 anātha 一词则固定用于卑微之人,且那是依实体否定而言:“不成为 nātha 故为 anātha”或“此人没有 nātha 故为 anātha”,并非依词根义否定说“他不 nāthati、不乞求故为 anātha”。因为若有人成为他人的皈依、归宿、依怙,他便是 nātha;若有人既不是他人的皈依、归宿、依怙,自己也没有其他皈依、归宿、依怙,依约定俗成,他便被称为 anātha。正如所说:“约定之言为真实,世间共许为因由。”为了阐明此义,此处有:“你是世间唯一的护主,一切众生的皈依”以及“您是无护者的护主”——显示巴利原文
Ettha siyā ‘‘yadi yācanatthena nāthatīti nātho, evaṃ sante yo koci yācako daliddo, so eva nātho siyā. Yo pana ayācako samiddho, so na nāthati na yācatīti anātho siyā’’ti? Na, nāthasaddo hi yācanatthādīsu pavattamāno lokasaṅketavasena uttamapurisesu nirūḷho, bhagavā ca uttamesu sātisayaṃ uttamo, tena taṃ taṃ hitapaṭipattiṃ yācatīti nāthasaddassattho vutto. Anāthasaddo pana ittarajanesu nirūḷho, so ca kho ‘‘na nāthoti anātho. Natthi nātho etassāti vā anātho’’ti dabbapaṭisedhavasena, na pana ‘‘na nāthati na yācatīti anātho’’ti dhātuatthapaṭisedhavasena. Yo hi aññassa saraṇaṃ gati patiṭṭhā hoti, so nātho, yo ca aññassa saraṇaṃ gati patiṭṭhā na hoti, nāpi attano añño saraṇaṃ gati patiṭṭhā hoti, so anāthoti vuccati saṅketavasena. Tathā hi ‘‘saṅketavacanaṃ saccaṃ, lokasammutikāraṇa’’nti vuttaṃ. Imassa panatthassa āvibhāvatthaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne ‘‘lokanātho tuvaṃ eko, saraṇaṃ sabbapāṇina’’nti ca ‘‘anāthānaṃ bhavaṃ nātho’’ti ca –
我如是思惟已,以无数百千亿财富,
施与有护者及无护者之后,前往雪山。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, nekakoṭisataṃ dhanaṃ; Nāthānāthānaṃ datvāna, himavantamupāgami’’nti ca
诸经中可见种种例证。然而,在教法与世间中,乞求者并不被称为“有护者”,不乞求者亦不被称为“无护者”;而世间的皈依处被称为“有护者”,没有皈依处的人被称为“无护者”;同样,富足者被称为“有护者”,不富足者被称为“无护者”。因此,智者于一切处,不应逾越世间通称而仅执词根之义,应随宜取其义理。这一原则当善加注意。显示巴利原文
Pāḷiyo nidassanāni bhavanti. Yasmā pana sāsane ca loke ca yācako ‘‘nātho’’ti na vuccati, ayācako ca ‘‘anātho’’ti. Lokassa pana saraṇaṃ ‘‘nātho’’ti vuccati. Yassa saraṇaṃ na vijjati, so ‘‘anātho’’ti vuccati, tathā samiddho ‘‘nātho’’ti vuccati, asamiddho ‘‘anātho’’ti. Tasmā paññavatā sabbesu ṭhānesu dhātuatthamattena lokasamaññaṃ anatidhāvitvā yathānurūpaṃ attho gahetabbo. Ayañca nīti sādhukaṃ manasi kātabbā.
“Vithu”用于乞求之义。“Vethati”即乞求。显示巴利原文
Vithuyācane. Vethati.
Satha 表松弛之义。Sathati(松弛)。因为放逸的游方者,更令尘埃扬起。巴利文中也见有 siṭhila(松弛)的写法。此时,ṭh 应取顶音。显示巴利原文
Satha seṭhille. Sathati. Sathalo hi paribbājo, bhiyyo ākirate rajaṃ. Siṭhilotipi pāḷi dissati. Tadā ṭhikāro muddhajo gahetabbo.
Kathi 表弯曲之义。Kanthati(弯曲)。显示巴利原文
Kathi koṭille. Kanthati.
Kattha 表称赞之义。Katthati(称赞),vikatthati(自赞毁他)。Katthanā(称赞),vikatthanā(自赞毁他)。其中,katthati 是称赞。Vikatthati 则是通过宣说虚假之事而作不正当的称赞。此处引有‘即使他到了另一个地方,也会多多地自赞毁他’,以及‘在此有一种人,既是自赞者又是毁他者,他自赞说“我是具戒者”或“我是具足行持者”’等例。显示巴利原文
Kattha silāghāyaṃ. Katthati, vikatthati. Katthanā, vikatthanā. Tattha katthatīti pasaṃsati. Vikatthatīti virūpaṃ katthati abhūtavatthudīpanato. Ettha ca ‘‘bahumpi so vikattheyya, aññaṃ janapadaṃ gato’’ti ca ‘‘idhekacco katthī hoti vikatthī, so katthati ‘ahamasmi sīlasampannoti vā vattasampannoti vā vikatthatī’ti’’ ca ādayo payogā.
Byatha 用于痛苦、恐惧、动摇之义。Byathati:痛苦、恐惧、动摇。迷乱者,其心为痛苦所动摇。因此,听到猎人的话后,少年们为痛苦所动摇。此二者即是动摇与痛苦。显示巴利原文
Byatha dukkhabhayacalanesu. Byathati. Bhantā byathitamānasā. Tato kumārābyathitā, sutvā luddassa bhāsitaṃ. Itthetaṃ dvayaṃ calañceva byathañca.
Sutha、kutha、katha 用于伤害义。Sothati。Kothati。Kathati。显示巴利原文
Sutha kutha katha hiṃsāyaṃ. Sothati. Kothati. Kathati.
Patha 用于行走义。Pathati。Patho。Patho 即道路。此道路有两种:一是大众须以脚步践行的自然之道,二是智者、求涅槃者所应修行的、称为修习道的圣道。其中,自然之道由有事务或无事务的人们行走、通行,故名 patho;而修习道则由欲往不死大城的善男子,以信心为资粮而行走、修行,故名 patho。又,patho 意为令行人前往、抵达涅槃,此即修习道本身。关于道的名称,我们将在 curādigaṇa 中讲说道根之处加以说明。显示巴利原文
Patha gatiyaṃ. Pathati. Patho. Pathoti maggo. So duvidho mahājanena padasā paṭipajjitabbo pakatimaggo ca paṇḍitehinibbānatthikehi paṭipajjitabbo paṭipadāsaṅkhāto ariyamaggo cāti. Tattha pakatimaggo uppannakiccākiccehi janehi pathiyati gacchiyatīti patho, paṭipadā pana amatamahāpuraṃ gantukāmehi kulaputtehi saddhāpātheyyaṃ gahetvā pathiyati paṭipajjiyatīti patho. Atha vā pātheti kārakaṃ puggalaṃ gameti nibbānaṃ sampāpetīti vā patho , paṭipadāyeva. Maggābhidhānaṃ curādigaṇe maggadhātukathanaṭṭhāne kathessāma.
字根 Katha 表示成熟之义。例如 Kathati。显示巴利原文
Katha nippāke. Kathati.
字根 Matha 表示研磨、搅乱之义。例如 Mathati。显示巴利原文
Matha vilothane. Mathati.
字根 Potha 表示周行、包摄之义。有 Pothati 与 Pothako。Potheti 此形亦出现于 curādi 组动词。由此,可见“samantā anupariyeyyuṃ, nippothentā catuddisā”的用例。显示巴利原文
Potha pariyāyanabhāve. Pothati. Pothako. Pothetīti ayaṃ curādigaṇepi vattati. Tena ‘‘samantā anupariyeyyuṃ, nippothentā catuddisā’’ti payogo dissati.
Gottha,用于族姓、种姓之义。Gotthati。Gotthulo,gotthu。显示巴利原文
Gottha vaṃse. Gotthati. Gotthulo, gotthu.
Puthu,用于扩展、广大之义。Pothati。Puthavī。显示巴利原文
Puthu vitthāre. Pothati. Puthavī.
以 dakāra 结尾的语根。显示巴利原文
Dakārantadhātu
Dā,用于给予之义。加前缀ā则用于执取之义。有信者给予布施、施与,执取戒、受持。这些是纯粹主动语态,因其能表明该义。有信者令不信者布施、施与,令其执取戒、受持。诸贤善者唯令行法。这些是使役语态,亦称为因主动语态,因其能表明该义。由有信者,布施被给予,戒被执取、被受持。这些是被动语态,因其能表明该义。而此给予义语根dā,随顺教法之听闻而入于divādigaṇa时,说善业行为,生起“dāyati, niddāyati, niddā”等有名相的纯粹主动语态。说布施与削减时,生起“diyati, dānaṃ, dāttaṃ”等有名相的纯粹主动语态。说清净时,生起“dāyati, vedāyati, vodānaṃ”等有名相的纯粹主动语态。然在此bhūvādigaṇa中,说布施时,依加前缀ā的方式亦说执取,生起“dadāti, deti, ādadāti, ādeti, dānaṃ, ādānaṃ”等有名相的纯粹主动语态。同样,说卑劣行时,生起“dāti, suddāti, suddo, suddī”等有名相的。显示巴利原文
Dā dāne. Āpubbo gahaṇe. Saddho dānaṃ dadāti deti, sīlaṃ ādadāti ādeti. Imāni suddhakattupadāni taddīpakattā. Saddho assaddhaṃ dānaṃ dāpeti, sīlaṃ ādapeti, samādapeti. Ye dhammamevādapayanti santo. Imāni kāritapadāni hetukattupadānīti ca vuccanti taddīpakattā. Saddhena dānaṃ dīyati, sīlaṃ ādīyati, samādīyati, imāni kammapadāni taddīpakattā. Ayañca dā dāneti dhātu sāsanānurūpasutivasena divādigaṇaṃ patvā supanakriyaṃ vadanto ‘‘dāyati niddāyati niddā’’ti sanāmapadāni suddhakattupadāni janayati. Dānamavakhaṇḍanañca vadanto ‘‘diyati dānaṃ dātta’’nti sanāmapadāni suddhakattupadāni janayati. Suddhiṃvadanto ‘‘dāyati vedāyati vodāna’’nti sanāmapadāni suddhakattupadāni janayati, imasmiṃ pana bhūvādigaṇe dānaṃ vadanto āpubbavasena gahaṇañca vadanto ‘‘dadāti deti ādadāti ādeti dānaṃ ādāna’’nti sanāmapadāni suddhakattupadāni janayati. Tathā kucchitagamanaṃ vadanto ‘‘dāti suddāti suddo suddī’’ti sanāmapadāni suddhakattupadāni janayatīti ayaṃ viseso daṭṭhabbo. Yathā cettha, evamaññatrāpi yathāsambhavaṃ viseso upaparikkhitabbo nayaññūhi.
今说其名词、不定式等语形。如“dānaṃ, deyyaṃ, dātabbaṃ, brahmadeyyaṃ, dinnaṃ, dāyako, dāyikā, dakkhiṇā”等词,以及“dātuṃ, padātuṃ, dātave, padātave, datvā, datvāna, dadātuna, daditvā, daditvāna, dadiya, dajjā, dadiyāna, ādātuṃ, ādāya, ādiya”等词,应相应配合使用。显示巴利原文
Idānissa nāmapadāni tumantādīni brūma. ‘‘Dānaṃ, deyyaṃ, dātabbaṃ, brahmadeyyaṃ, dinnaṃ, dāyako, dāyikā, dakkhiṇā’’ iccādīni, ‘‘dātuṃ, padātuṃ, dātave, padātave, datvā, datvāna, dadātuna, daditvā, daditvāna, dadiya, dajjā, dadiyāna, ādātuṃ, ādāya, ādiya’’ iccādīni ca yojetabbāni.
其中,“dāna”意为应施之物,或指依之而行施者;在此意义上,既指所施的物,也指布施之思。然而,为何在那里只说“dinna”一词,而不说“datta”一词?不说是有原因的。因为在“dānaṃ dinnaṃ”等语句中,在“dinna”一词所处之处,从不出现“datta”一词,因此不加述说。显示巴利原文
Tattha dānanti dātabbaṃ, dadanti etenāti atthe na deyyadhammo dānacetanā ca vuccati. Kasmā pana tattha dinnasaddoyeva kathiyati, na dattasaddoti? Akathane kāraṇamatthi. ‘‘Dānaṃ dinna’’ntiādīsu hi dinnasaddaṭṭhāne dattasaddo na dissati, tasmā na kathiyati.
“datta”(已给予)一词虽具足功德,却不见于胜者(佛陀)的言教之中;
“我以心施与”——此处的dinna,犹如datta一词。
以及“天施”“祭施”“所施”等开头的词;
它可见于表概念的词中,但在解析复合词时则不然。
显示巴利原文 Guṇabhūto dattasaddo, na diṭṭho jinabhāsite; ‘‘Manasā dānaṃ mayā dinnaṃ’’, iti dinnapadaṃ viya. ‘‘Devadatto yaññadatto, datto’’ iti ca ādiko; Paṇṇattivacane diṭṭho, samāsabyāsato pana.
因此,在“天施”(Devadatta)等词中,应作“由天所施”的复合词来解析;因其是施设的名称,为随顺教法,须将dinna一词替换为datta。后文你们将见到这样的法则:“dinna于施设名中或作datta”。这正是教法中不可逾越的规矩。于此明确定义如下:显示巴利原文
Tasmā ‘‘devadatto’’tiādīsu ‘‘devena dinno’’ti samāsaṃ katvā paṇṇattivacanattā dinnasaddassa dattādeso kātabbo sāsanānurūpena. Upari hi ‘‘dinnassa datto kvaci paṇṇattiya’’nti lakkhaṇaṃ passissatha. Ayameva hi sāsane nīti avilaṅghanīyā. Idaṃ panettha vavatthānaṃ –
略说之中,唯见datta一词,不见dinna一词;
广解之时,则唯见dinna一词,巴利圣典中不见datta一词。
于“我以心施与,所施施与”等句中;
以及“法施大幻化”等巴利语中。
显示巴利原文 Sakkaṭe dattasaddova, dinnasaddo na dissati; Byāsamhi dinnasaddova, dattasaddo na pāḷiyaṃ. ‘‘Manasā dānaṃ mayā dinnaṃ, dānaṃ dinno’’tiādisu; ‘‘Dhammadinnā mahāmāyā’’, iccādīsu ca pāḷisu. Iti byāsasamāsānaṃ, vasā dvedhā pavattati;
所谓dinnasadda,应阐明为dinna一词,而非出现在梵语化表达中的datta。显示巴利原文
Dinnasaddoti dīpeyya, na so sakkaṭabhāsite.
dattasadda一词,在非复合结构中,乃是以具有语法性的形态独立存在;
在牟尼的见解中,它不被见到,如同单纯的“赐予”之声。
正是因此,我对‘所施’一词,作出了‘达多’等的语尾变化。
然而诗人们却说:‘这是头陀行之施。’
这样的用语,在巴利圣典中并无出现,因此,此理趣并非殊胜。
“达多”一名,作为“广施者”的称谓,已纳入施设之中。
因为在教法中,确实有“梵授”“佛授”“达多”这样的名称;
在施设中,“达多”一词既用于非复合形式,也用于复合形式。
在“食他人所施”等巴利语经句中,
在复合词中,此“达多”之声是作为修饰成分而确立的。
在“我以意施了布施”、“布施已被施与”等语句中,
“已施”一词作为修饰,在非复合词中可见。
然而,在“受施者”“法施”等句中,
在复合词中,它则以功德施设的面貌而显现。
显示巴利原文 Guṇabhūto dattasaddo, asamāsamhi kevalo; Na dissati munimate, dinnasaddova kevalo. Teneva dinnasaddassa, dattādeso kato mayā; ‘‘Dattaṃ sirappadāna’’nti, kavayo pana abravuṃ. Ediso pāḷiyaṃ natthi, nayo tasmā na so varo; ‘‘Datto’’ti bhūridattassa, saññā paṇṇattiyaṃ gatā. ‘‘Brahmadatto buddhadatto, datto’’ iti hi sāsane; Paṇṇattiyaṃ dattasaddo, asamāsasamāsiko. ‘‘Paradattabhojana’’nti, evamādīsu pāḷisu; Samāse guṇabhūtoyaṃ, dattasaddo patiṭṭhito. ‘‘Manasā dānaṃ mayā dinnaṃ, dānaṃ dinno’’tiādisu; Guṇabhūto dinnasaddo, asamāsamhi dissati. ‘‘Dinnādāyī dhammadinnā’’, iccevamādīsu pana; Samāse guṇapaṇṇatti-bhāvenesa padissati.
然而,有位精通声明的师长,这样构造了音声的组合:显示巴利原文
Koci pana saddasatthavidū garu evaṃ saddaracanamakāsi –
“它的嫩芽,因云涌莲开而被催生,
那些枯叶,被风吹动而飘散。”
你以衣角庄严了梵授王,
我礼敬那枝叶摇动的殊胜菩提树。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yassaṅkurehi jimutambujaloditehi, Vāteritehi patitehi suṇehi tehi. Jenantacīvaramasobhatha brahmadattaṃ, Vandāmi taṃ caladalaṃ varabodhirukkha’’nti.
此处,“brahmadatta”一词是依梵语语法之例而说,并非依巴利语。若依巴利语语法,则应作“brahmadattiya”或“brahmadinna”,或“devadattiya”或“devadinna”等形式。同样,注释书中确有符合巴利语法的文句:“菩萨与曼迪欢喜地住在sakkadattaye的草庵中”。因此,我们在此这样说——显示巴利原文
Ettha ca brahmadattanti idaṃ sakkaṭabhāsāto nayaṃ gahetvā vuttaṃ, na pāḷito. Pāḷinayañhipatvā ‘‘brahmadattiya’’nti vā ‘‘brahmadinna’’nti vā ‘‘devadattiya’’nti vā ‘‘devadinna’’nti vā rūpena bhavitabbaṃ. Tathā hi ‘‘bodhisatto ca maddī ca sammodamānā sakkadattiye assame vasiṃsū’’ti pāḷinayānurūpo aṭṭhakathāpāṭho dissati. Tasmā etthevaṃ vadāma –
在“datta”一词的位置上,流传着“dattiya”这样的音声;
称为“Devadattiya”的钵,以及称为“Sakkadattiya”的草庵。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dattasaddassa ṭhānamhi, ‘‘dattiya’’nti ravo gato; Devadattiyapatto ca, assamo sakkadattiyo’’ti.
对此道理应当善加留意。而在此处,依圆满与不圆满的状况,随宜而有相应的词形变化。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ nīti sādhukaṃ manasi kātabbā. Atra pana paripuṇṇāparipuṇṇavasena yathārahaṃ padakkamo bhavati.
而又得名为天赐女,亦得名为醍醐施显示巴利原文
Dadāti, dadanti. Dadāsi, dadātha. Dadāmi, dadāma. Dadātu, dadantu. Dadāhi, dadātha. Dadāmi, dadāma, dadāmase. Dadeyya, dade, dajjā. Dajjā sappuriso dānaṃ. Dadeyyuṃ, dajjuṃ. Pitā mātā ca te dajjuṃ. Dadeyyāsi, dajjāsi, dajjesi iccapi. Dajjāsi abhayaṃ mama. Mātaraṃ kena dosena, dajjāsi dakarakkhino. Sīlavantesu dajjesi, dānaṃ maddi yathārahaṃ. Dadeyyātha, dajjātha. Dadeyyāmi, dajjāmi, dadeyyāma, dajjāma. Dadetha, daderaṃ. Dadetho, dadeyyāvho, dajjāvho. Dadeyyaṃ, dajjaṃ. Neva dajjaṃ mahosadhaṃ. Dadeyyāmhe, dajjāmhe. Ayamasmākaṃ khanti. Garūnaṃ pana khanti aññathā bhavati. Tathā hi –
然诸师依“dajjati、dajjanti”等法则而示:
更依八种格的变化,陈述词句的次第。
审察巴利圣典后,若其契合,便应采纳;
因为巴利圣典并非以一切方式都能为我们显现。
显示巴利原文 Garū ‘‘dajjati dajjanti’’, itiādinayena tu; Aṭṭhannampi vibhattīnaṃ, vasenāhu padakkamaṃ. Pāḷiṃ upaparikkhitvā, tañce yujjati gaṇhatha; Na hi sabbappakārena, pāḷiyo paṭibhanti no.
在此,依我们所许,“dajjā dajja”等词形,正是带有双y音、依第七格(依格)之词形而成立。例如,在“dajjā sappuriso dānaṃ”句中,“dajjā”一词先立“dadeyyā”之词形,在双y音前作元音省略,复将三辅音作结合;于三结合辅音中,将两相同辅音脱落其一,再将dy辅音合转为两个j音;其后,为应长音读诵,作无缘由之长音变化,遂得成立。如是,便成为顺于教法的音声结合。结合有两种:词结合与音声结合。其中,若能拆出独立之词,则是词结合,如“tatrāyaṃ”。若不可拆词,则是音声结合,如“atrajo”;又如“sugato”,又如“paddhāni”。如是,于二种结合中,“dajjā”唯是音声结合。显示巴利原文
Tattha asmākaṃ khantiyā ‘‘dajjā dajja’’ntiādīni yyakārasahiteyeva sattamiyā padarūpe sijjhanti. ‘‘Dajjā sappuriso dāna’’nti ettha hi ‘‘dajjā idaṃ ‘‘dadeyyā’’ti padarūpaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā yyakāre pare saralopaṃ katvā tato tiṇṇaṃ byañjanānaṃ saṃyogañca tīsusaññogabyañjanesu dvinnaṃ sarūpānamekassa lopañca dyakārasaññogassa ca jakāradvayaṃ katvā tato dīghavasenuccāritabbattā animittaṃ dīghabhāvaṃ katvā nipphajjati. Evaṃ sāsanassānurūpo vaṇṇasandhi bhavati. Duvidho hi sandhi padasandhi vaṇṇasandhīti. Tesu yattha padacchedo labbhati, so padasandhi. Yathā? Tatrāyaṃ. Yattha pana na labbhati, so vaṇṇasandhi. Yathā? Atrajo. Yathā ca sugato, yathā ca paddhāni. Evaṃ duvidhesu sandhīsu ‘‘dajjā’’ti ayaṃ vaṇṇasandhi eva.
另有一种词形构成方式,是依tvā词缀而作——显示巴利原文
Aparopi rūpanayo bhavati tvāpaccayantavasena –
这是夜叉因陀迦,应施微少之施;
他的光辉超胜于我们,犹如星群中的明月。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ayaṃ so indako yakkho, dajjā dānaṃ parittakaṃ; Atirocati amhehi, cando tāragaṇe yathā’’ti
就示现而言,此处“dajjā”意为“施与后”。它与“datvā”同义,是先建立“dadiyya”这一词形,在双y音前发生元音省略,在辅音结合中省去相同辅音,再将dy辅音结合变为两个j音,并作长音变化而成。显示巴利原文
Dassanato. Ettha hi dajjāti datvāti attho. Idaṃ pana datvāsaddena samānatthaṃ ‘‘dadiyya’’ iti padarūpaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā yyakāre pare saralopaṃ katvā saññogesu sarūpalopañca tato dyakārasaññogassa jjakāradvayaṃ dīghattañca katvā nipphajjati.
此外,还有一种词形构成方式,是依业格ya词缀而作。正如可见“petānaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ dajjā”与“dakkhiṇā dajjā”两种读法。其中后者的“dajjā”意为“应被施与”,即依业格ya词缀而作。在此,从dā词根附加ya词缀,词根重叠,前短音化,然后在ya音前发生元音省略,处于结合状态,变为两个j音,因阴性故加上ā词缀等,从而构成“dajjā”。如此,“dajjā”与“dadeyyā”,“dajjā”与“dadiyya、datvā”,“dajjā”与“dātabbā”,分别成为同义词。至于“dajjuṃ、dajjāsi、dajjātha、dajjāmi、dajjāma、dajjāvho、dajja”等词,也是依“dadeyyuṃ、dadeyyāsi”等词形建立,在双y音前作元音省略,在辅音结合中省去相同辅音,将dy辅音结合变为两个j音而成。其中“dajjāsi”这一词形,构成中的ā音变为e音,另有“dajjesi”词形,应知。此理在其他处亦应随宜而用。显示巴利原文
Athāparopi rūpanayo bhavati kammani yapaccayavasena. Tathā hi ‘‘petānaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ dajjā’’ti ca ‘‘dakkhiṇā dajjā’’ti ca dve pāṭhā dissanti. Tattha pacchimassa dajjāti dātabbāti attho kammani yapaccayavasena. Idha pana dādhātuto yapaccayaṃ katvā dhātussa dvittañca pubbassa rassattañca tato yakāre pare saralopaṃ saññogabhāvañca jjakāradvayañca itthiliṅgattā āpaccayādiñca katvā ‘‘dajjā’’ti nipphajjati. Evaṃ ‘‘dajjā dadeyyā’’ti ca ‘‘dajjā dadiyya datvā’’ti ca ‘‘dajjā dātabbā’’ti ca etāni paccekaṃ pariyāyavacanāni bhavanti. ‘‘Dajjuṃ. Dajjāsi, dajjātha. Dajjāmi, dajjāma. Dajjāvho, dajja’’nti etānipi ‘‘dadeyyuṃ dadeyyāsī’’tiādinā padarūpāni patiṭṭhapetvā yyakāre pare saralopaṃ saññogesu sarūpalopaṃ dyakārasamaññogassa jjakāradvayañca katvā nipphajjanti. Etesu dajjāsīti yaṃ rūpaṃ tassāvayavassa ākārassa ekāraṃ katvā aparampi ‘‘dajjesī’’ti rūpaṃ bhavatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Esa nayo aññatrāpi yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbo.
因为正自觉者的巴利语法则具有不可思议的威神,确实不可思议,甚深难入,不是依凭任意特征便能成立的,唯有依循如理施设的特征方能成就。正如“khattiyā titthiyā cetiyāni”等句中,在ya音前发生元音省略,所以可见“athetthekasataṃ khatyā”、“evampi titthyā puthuso vadanti”、“ārāmarukkhacetyāni”等用例。同样,在“sākacchati taccha”句中,也是先建立“saha kathayati”或“saṃkathayati”以及“tathya”等词形,将saha词中的ha音脱落,将saṃ词中的nigahīta脱落,将sa音所带的元音变成长音,在ya音前作元音省略,再将thya辅音结合变为ccha复辅音,在不相似的结合中,一音变得与另一音相似。由此,“sākacchati taccha”等词形成立。因此,可见“aññamaññaṃ sākacchiṃsu”、“kālena dhammasākacchā”、“bhūtaṃ taccha”等语例。显示巴利原文
Acinteyyānubhāvassa hi sammāsambuddhassa pāḷinayo acinteyyoyeva hoti, gambhīro dukkhogāḷho, na yena kenaci lakkhaṇena sādhetabbo, yathātanti viraciteheva lakkhaṇehi sādhetabbo. Tathā hi ‘‘khattiyā titthiyā cetiyānī’’tiādīsu yakāre pare saralopo bhavati, tena ‘‘athetthekasataṃ khatyā. Evampi titthyā puthuso vadanti. Ārāmarukkhacetyānī’’ti payogā dissanti. Tathā ‘‘sākacchati taccha’’nti etthāpi ‘‘saha kathayatī’’tivā ‘‘saṃkathayatī’’ti vā ‘‘tathya’’nti ca padarūpaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā sahasaddassa hakāralopaṃ, saṃsadde ca niggahītalopaṃ katvā sakāragatassa sarassa dīghaṃ katvā yakāre pare saralopaṃ katvā tato thyakārasaññogassa cchayugaṃ katvā visabhāgasaññoge eko ekassa sabhāgattamāpajjati. Tena ‘‘sākacchati taccha’’nti rūpāni sijjhanti. Tathā hi ‘‘aññamaññaṃ sākacchiṃsu. Kālena dhammasākacchā. Bhūtaṃ tacchaṃ. Yathātathiyaṃ viditvāpi dhammaṃ, sammā so loke paribbajeyyā’’ti savikapāni payogāni dissanti. ‘‘Najjā’’tiādīsupi ‘‘nadiyā’’tiādīni padarūpāni patiṭṭhapetvā vaṇṇasandhivasena yakāre pare lopavidhi labbhatiyeva. Vividho hi sāsanānukūlo rūpanipphādanupāyo, upari ca etesaṃ sādhanatthaṃ ‘‘saralopo yamanarādīsū’’tiādīni lakkhaṇāni bhavissanti. Tattha –
“dajjā dajju”等词,是依第七格(依格)所作的变化。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dajjā dajju’’ntiādīni, sattamīnaṃ vasena me; Vuttāni yogirājassa, sāsanatthaṃ mahesino.
于此当说:注释师们虽将“mātaraṃ tena dosena, dajjāhaṃ dakarakkhino”中的“dajjaṃ”一词,以现在时的意义解释为“dammī”(我给予),但它依然只是第七格(位格)的用法。因为诸师虽知“这是第七格之用”,却担心“他人有时或将之误解为其他假设义”,故而作了这般解释。同样,他们将“anāparādhakammantaṃ, na dajjaṃ dakarakkhino”中的“na dajjaṃ”一词,以未来时的意义解释为“nāhaṃ dakarakkhassa dassāmi”(我不将给予守护者),但它也仍是第七格用法,只因涉及应说为未来之义,才作了如此解释。而在“Neva dajjaṃ mahosadha”中,则直接以第七格之用解释为“na tveva dadeyya”(绝不应给予)。如此,当知“dajjaṃ”一词的判定。显示巴利原文
Atridaṃ vattabbaṃ, kiñcāpi aṭṭhakathācariyehi ‘‘mātaraṃ tena dosena, dajjāhaṃ dakarakkhino’’ti ettha dajjanti padassa ‘‘dammī’’ti vattamānāvasena vivaraṇaṃ kataṃ, tathāpi sattamīpayogoyeva. Ācariyā hi ‘‘sattamīpayogo aya’’nti jānantāpi ‘‘kadāci aññe parikappatthampi gaṇheyyu’’nti āsaṅkāya evaṃ vivaraṇamakaṃsu. Tathā kiñcāpi tehi ‘‘anāparādhakammantaṃ, na dajjaṃ dakarakkhino’’ti ettha na dajjanti padassa ‘‘nāhaṃ dakarakkhassa dassāmī’’ti bhavissantīvasena vivaraṇaṃ kataṃ, tathāpi sattamīpayogoyeva, anāgataṃ pana paṭicca vattabbatthattā evaṃ vivaraṇaṃ kataṃ. ‘‘Neva dajjaṃ mahosadha’’nti ettha pana ‘‘na tveva dadeyya’’nti sattamīpayogavaseneva vivaraṇaṃ katanti. Evaṃ dajjaṃpadassa vinicchayo veditabbo.
今就间接过去时等,说明词形变化。‘Dada, dadū. Dadū’一词,与‘nārado iti nāmena, kassapo iti maṃ vidū’等句中的‘vidū’(智者)一词形式相同。Dade, dadittha, dadaṃ, dadimha。Dadittha, dadire。Dadittho, dadivho。显示巴利原文
Idāni parokkhādivasena padakkamo kathiyati. ‘‘Dada, dadū. Dadū’’ti ca idaṃ ‘‘nārado iti nāmena, kassapo iti maṃ vidū’’tiādīsu vidūsaddena samaṃ. Dade, dadittha, dadaṃ, dadimha. Dadittha, dadire. Dadittho, dadivho.
于此处,‘dadittho’一词与‘sañjagghittho mayā saha. Mā kisittho mayā vinā. Mā naṃ kalale akkamittho’等句中的‘sañjagghittho’等形式相同。依此方法,于一切处应随所得之例,审察其相似性。Dadaṃ, dadimhe。以上为间接过去时词形。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca daditthoti idaṃ ‘‘sañjagghittho mayā saha. Mā kisittho mayā vinā. Mā naṃ kalale akkamittho’’tiādīsu ‘‘sañjagghittho’’tiādīhi samaṃ. Iminā nayena sabbattha labbhamānavasena sadisatā upaparikkhitabbā. Dadaṃ, dadimhe. Parokkhāsahibharūpāni.
Adadā, adadū. Adade, adadattha. Adadaṃ, adadamha. Adadattha, adadatthuṃ. Adadase, adadavhaṃ. Adadiṃ, adadamhase。依‘yesaṃ no na dadamhase’(我等不给予他们)之例,亦应取无增音‘a-’之词形。以上是昨日过去时词形。显示巴利原文
Adadā, adadū. Adade, adadattha. Adadaṃ, adadamha. Adadattha, adadatthuṃ. Adadase, adadavhaṃ. Adadiṃ adadamhase. Iti anakārapubbampi rūpaṃ gahetabbaṃ ‘‘yesaṃ no na dadamhase’’ti dassanato. Hiyyattanīsahitarūpāni.
Adadi, adaduṃ, adadiṃsu. Adado, adadittha. Adadiṃ, adadimhā. Adadā, adadū. Adadase, adadivhaṃ. Adadaṃ, adadimhe。以上为今日过去时诸词形。显示巴利原文
Adadi, adaduṃ, adadiṃsu. Adado, adadittha. Adadiṃ, adadimhā. Adadā, adadū. Adadase, adadivhaṃ. Adadaṃ, adadimhe. Ajjatanīsahitarūpāni.
‘Dadissati, dadissanti’等,一切应知。以上为未来时诸词形。显示巴利原文
‘‘Dadissati, dadissanti’’ iccādi sabbaṃ neyyaṃ. Bhavissantīsahitarūpāni.
‘Adadisā, dadissā, adadissaṃsu, dadissaṃsu’等,一切应知。以上为超时态诸词形。显示巴利原文
‘‘Adadisā, dadissā, adadissaṃsu, dadissaṃsu’’ iccādi ca sabbaṃ neyyaṃ. Kālātipattisahitarūpāni.
此外,还有一些现在时等词形:Deti, denti. Desi, detha. Demi, dammi, dema, damma. Detu, dentu. Dehi, detha. Demi, dammi, dema, damma。为己之词形则并不通行。第七格(位格)用法和间接过去时用法亦不通行。然而,昨日过去时与今日过去时的某些用法,因在圣典中出现,故为通行,且可与‘adā, adū, ado, ada’等形式配合使用。由此,可见如下用例:Adā dānaṃ purindado(因陀罗曾行布施)。Varañceme ado sakka(帝释天啊,若你曾给予我此殊胜)。Brāhmaṇānaṃ adaṃ gajaṃ(我曾给予婆罗门象)。Adāsime(我曾给予这些)。Adaṃsu te mamokāsaṃ(他们曾给予我机会)。Adāsiṃ brāhmaṇe tadā(那时我曾给予婆罗门)。‘Dassati, dassanti’等,一切应知。‘Adassā, dassā, adassaṃsu, das’等亦应知。显示巴利原文
Aparānipi vattamānādisahitarūpāni bhavanti. Deti, denti. Desi, detha. Demi, dammi, dema, damma. Detu, dentu. Dehi, detha. Demi, dammi, dema, damma. Attanopadāni appasiddhāni. Sattamīnayo ca parokkhānayo ca appasiddho. Hiyuttanīnayo pana ajjatanīnayo ca koci koci pasiddho pāḷiyaṃ āgatattā, sakkā ca ‘‘adā, adū, ado, ada’’ntiādinā yojetuṃ. Tathā hi nayo dissati. Adā dānaṃ purindado. Varañceme ado sakka. Brāhmaṇānaṃ adaṃ gajaṃ. Adāsime. Adaṃsu te mamokāsaṃ. Adāsiṃ brāhmaṇe tadāti. ‘‘Dassati, dassanti’’ iccādi sabbaṃ neyyaṃ. ‘‘Adassā, dassā, adassaṃsu, dassaṃsu, dassiṃsu’’ iccādi ca sabbaṃ neyyaṃ.
同样,ādadāti, ādadanti. Ādadāsi, ādadātha. Ādadāmi, ādadāma。依迦旃延的主张,则说为己词形‘ādatte’。如此,‘ādadātu, ādadeyya’等,一切应知。Ādetu, ādeyya 等,应随宜配合。同样,‘dāpeti, ādāpeti’等,亦应随宜配合。显示巴利原文
Tathā ādadāti, ādadanti. Ādadāsi, ādadātha. Ādadāmi, ādadāma. Kaccāyanamate ‘‘ādatte’’ti attanopadaṃ vuttaṃ. Evaṃ ‘‘ādadātu, ādadeyya’’ iccādi sabbaṃ neyyaṃ. Ādetu ādeyya iccādi yathārahaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Evameva ca ‘‘dāpeti, ādāpetī’’tiādīnipi yathārahaṃ yojetabbāni.
词根‘dā’表鄙贱地行走。Dāti(去)。Suddāti(善去)。Suddāti 派生为 Suddo(首陀罗,阳性)、suddī(首陀罗女,阴性)。此处,Suddo 即 suddāti 之意,是说:以打击伤害他人等粗暴行径,以及木工等卑贱工作,而一再轻率地趋向鄙秽之处,故称 Suddo。因为‘su’是表迅速的虚词,‘dā’是表鄙贱行走的语根,因其能表达鄙贱之去。Sudda(首陀罗)的妻子,称为 suddī(首陀罗女)。显示巴利原文
Dākucchite gamane. Dāti. Suddāti. Suddo, suddī. Tattha suddoti suddātīti suddo, parapothanādiluddācārakammunā dārukammādikhuddācārakammunā ca lahuṃ lahuṃ kucchitaṃ gacchatīti attho. Tathā hi su iti sīghatthe nipāto, dā iti garahattho dhātu kucchitagativācakattā. Suddassa bhariyā suddī.
词根‘du’表去。Davati(去)。Dumo(树)。此处,davati即去、生长之义,因其通过根、干、枝、节、叶、花、果而得以增长、发育、茂盛,故称dumo(树)。显示巴利原文
Du gatiyaṃ. Davati. Dumo. Ettha ca davati gacchati mūlakkhandhasākhāviṭapapattapallavapupphaphalehi vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ pāpuṇātīti dumo.
词根‘des’表净化。净化即令清净。Dāyati(净化)。Dāyanaṃ(净化)。如gāyati(唱),gāyanaṃ(唱)。Dāyituṃ、dāyitvā,属词根部分之‘e’变为‘āya’。亦有‘Dātuṃ, datvā’等词形。显示巴利原文
Desodhane. Sodhanaṃ pariyodāpanaṃ. Dāyati. Dāyanaṃ. Yathā gāyati, gāyanaṃ. Dāyituṃ, dāyitvā, dhātāvayavassekārassa āyādeso. ‘‘Dātuṃ, datvā’’ iccapi rūpāni.
此处“dātunti”意为“净化”。而“datvā”应理解为“净化之后”。正如“愚者、不智者、无能者,在遭到追问时,不能澄清疑问”这句中,“dātu”一词的意思就是“净化”。有些人将其义解作“给予”,那是不正确的。因为,一个被他人追问的人,并非称为“给予回答”。因此,在“向老师澄清疑问后,返回了波罗奈城”等句中,“anuyogaṃ datvā”也应理解为“澄清疑问之后”,即“净化疑问之后”。同样地,古代诸师在“anuyogadāpanattha”这一处,也阐明了相同的意思。如何阐明呢?“anuyogadāpanattha”意为“为了使人净化疑问”。因为,发出堪能摧破的狮子吼,从意义上说,就是在净化疑问;而追问者,则是在使人净化疑问。这一点也是他们所说。“dātunti”意为“净化”。有些人将其义解作“给予”,那是不正确的。因为,发出狮子吼的人,并非就在那里“给予疑问”。在《一切遍释大论》的注释中,古代诸师也说“dānaṃ datvā意为净化了那个思心所之后”,阐明了“净化”的意义。显示巴利原文
Tatra dātunti sodhetuṃ. Datvāti sodhetvāti attho gahetabbo. Tathā hi ‘‘bālo abyatto nappaṭibalo anuyuñjiyamāno anuyogaṃ dātu’’nti ettha dātunti padassa sodhetunti attho. Keci ‘‘dānattha’’nti atthaṃ vadanti, taṃ na yuttaṃ. Na hi yo parehi anuyuñjiyati, so anuyogaṃ deti nāmāti. Tasmā ‘‘ācariyassa anuyogaṃ datvā bārāṇasiṃ paccāgacchī’’tiādīsupi anuyogaṃ datvāti anuyogaṃ sodhetvāti atthoyeva gahetabbo. Tathā hi pubbācariyehi ‘‘anuyogadāpanattha’’nti etasmiṃ padese esoyevattho vibhāvito. Kathaṃ? Anuyogadāpanatthanti anuyogaṃ sodhāpetuṃ. Vimaddakkhamañhi sīhanādaṃ nadanto atthato anuyogaṃ sodheti nāma, anuyuñjanto ca naṃ sodhāpeti nāmāti. Idampi ca tehi vuttaṃ. Dātunti sodhetuṃ. Keci ‘‘dānattha’’nti atthaṃ vadanti, taṃ na yuttaṃ. Na hi yo sīhanādaṃ nadati, so eva tattha anuyogaṃ detīti. Samantapaṭṭhānamahāpakaraṇa saṃvaṇṇanāyampi pubbācariyehi ‘‘dānaṃ datvāti taṃ cetanaṃ pariyodāpetvā’’ti sodhanattho vutto. Dullabhā ayaṃ nīti sādhukaṃ citte ṭhapetabbā.
词根“de”意为“保护”。被给予。布施(dāna)、摄颂(uddāna)、为给予、已给予。其中,“布施”意为从恶趣中保护、守护,故称为布施,即布施之思心所。“摄颂”意为,对于已说或将说的义理,不令其因散乱而忘失,而向上作保护,这便是摄颂,即结集之说。或者,“摄颂”是指结颂等摄颂。显示巴利原文
De pālane. Dīyati. Dānaṃ, uddānaṃ dāyituṃ, dāyitvā. Tattha dānanti duggatito dāyati rakkhatīti dānaṃ, dānacetanā. Uddānanti vuttassa atthassa vakkhamānassa vā vippakiṇṇabhāvena nassituṃ adatvā uddhaṃ dānaṃ rakkhaṇaṃ uddānaṃ, saṅgahavacananti attho. Atha vā uddānanti pacchuddānādikaṃ uddānaṃ.
词根“khāda”意为“咀嚼、吃”。他吃。可食物(khādikā)、吃的行为(khādana)、互相吞食(aññamaññakhādikā)。以先前业报为食者(pubbaphalakhādikā)、硬食(khajja)、软食(khādanīya)、诸蕴(khandha)。显示巴利原文
Khāda bhakkhane. Khādati. Khādikā, khādanaṃ, aññamaññakhādikā. Pubbaphalakhādikā, khajjaṃ, khādanīyaṃ, khandhā.
其中,“硬食”(khajja)指糕饼。“软食”(khādanīya)指糕饼、水果、块茎等。由于在“软食或主食”中,主食被单独提及,因此“吃”(khādana)是指对硬食或软食的咀嚼。此外,“伤害”也被称为“吃”。诸蕴(khandha)因被生、老、病、苦等吞食,故称为“蕴”,即色、受、想、行、识。如同“衣服会丢失、被烧、被老鼠咬坏”中,“被咬坏”(khajjanti)一词具有被动意义。显示巴利原文
Tattha khajjanti pūvo. Khādanīyanti pūvaphalāphalādi. ‘‘Khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā’’ti visuṃ bhojanīyassa vacanato khādanaṃ nāma khajjassa vā khādanīyassa vā bhakkhanaṃ. Apica hiṃsāpi ‘‘khādana’’nti vuccati. Jātijarābyādhidukkhādīhi khajjantīti khandhā, rūpavedanāsaññāsaṅkhāraviññāṇāni. ‘‘Cīvarāni nassantipi ḍayhantipi undūrehipi khajjantī’’ti ettha viya khajjanti saddo kammattho.
词根“bada”有“坚固”之义。坚固的状态,称为“theriyaṃ”,正如“dakkhiyaṃ”表示善巧的状态。“他坚固”即是此义。又,枣树(badarī)、枣子(badara)。关于此,有偈颂云:显示巴利原文
Badatheriye. Thirabhāvo theriyaṃ, yathā dakkhiyaṃ. Badati. Badarī, badaraṃ. Atridaṃ vuccati –
“Kakkandhu、badarī、kolī,这些亦名kola、kulama;”
“Tenila、badara,以及名为koliya之树也。”
显示巴利原文 Kakkandhu badarī kolī, kolaṃ kulavamiccapi; Tenilaṃ badarañcāti, nāmaṃ rukkhassa koliyāti.
词根“khada”有“坚定”与“伤害”之义。依“theriyā”(坚固性)来看,此处的“ca”为连接词。khadati(他坚定/伤害)。khadira(儿茶树)。显示巴利原文
Khada dhitihiṃsāsu ca. Theriyāpekkhāya cakāro. Khadati. Khadiro.
词根“gada”意为“清晰地说话”。gadati(他说话)。āgadana(前来之说),即他所说的与所来的一致,故为tathāgata(如来)。sugada(善说者),即很好地说话。显示巴利原文
Gada viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Gadati. Āgadanaṃ, tatho āgado etassāti tathāgato. Suṭṭhu gadatīti sugado.
词根“rada”意为“挖掘、划伤”。radati(他挖掘/划伤)。radana(牙齿)、rada(獠牙)、dāṭhārada(长牙)。此处radana意为牙齿。显示巴利原文
Rada vilekhane. Radati. Radano, rado, dāṭhārado. Atra radanoti danto.
词根“nada”意为“发出不清晰的声音”。狮子吼叫(nadati)、发出叫声(paṇadati)。吼声(nāda)、河流(nadī)。因在山间、林中等处发出声音,故称河流(nadī)。然而,依据“nada”与“i”两个词根,也有“流动而前进,故为河流”这样的词源解释。显示巴利原文
Nada abyattasadde. Sīho nadati, paṇadati. Nādo, nadī. Pabbatesu vanādīsu nadatīti nadī. Nada i iti dhātudvayavasena pana ‘‘nadantī gacchatīti nadī’’tipi nibbacanaṃ vadanti.
在此,有人或许会问:“你们所说的‘nada意为发出不清晰的声音’这个词根,是仅用于不清晰的声音,还是在某些地方也用于清晰的语言呢?”(答:)它只用于不清晰的声音。如果这样,在“狮子吼叫”等句中,因为那是畜生等的声音,意义不明显,“nada”一词算是不清晰的声音,这倒可以成立;然而,在“此人作狮子吼”等句中,人的语言难道也成了不清晰的声音吗?其实不然。即使是清晰的人类的语言,也是通过“像狮子一样”这样的类比观察,着眼于狮子吼的特征,才用“nada”一词来表述,而不是着眼于人的特征。正如依云的譬喻所说:“什么样的人是既吼叫又降雨的人?”经文中,吼叫与降雨在人的身上虽不存在,但因其说法和作为类似于云的吼叫、降雨,故仍可这样说。同样地,由于无畏的特质,其语言发出时与狮子吼相似,所以说“作狮子吼”。这样,即便是人的语言,也可以用意义不清晰的“nada”一词来表述。显示巴利原文
Kecettha vadeyyuṃ yā panesā ‘‘nada abyattasadde’ti dhātu tumhehi vuttā, sā kiṃniccamabyattasaddeyeva vattati, udāhu katthaci viyattiyampi vācāyaṃ vattatī’’ti? Niccamabyattasaddeyeva vattatīti. Yajjevaṃ ‘‘sīho nadatī’’tiādīsu tiracchānagatādisaddabhāvena avibhāvitatthatāya nadasaddo abyattasaddo hotu, ‘‘sīho viya ayaṃ puriso nadatī’’tiādīsu pana manussabhāsāpi abyattasaddo siyāti? Tanna viyattāpi samānā manussabhāsā sīho viyāti evaṃ samupekkhāvasena sīhapadatthassāpekkhanato nadasaddena niddisiyati , na purisāpekkhanavasena. Yathā hi valāhakūpamāvasena kathitaṃ, ‘‘kathañca puggalo gajjitā ca vassitā ca hotī’’ti pāḷiyaṃ gajjanaṃ vassanañca puggale alabbhamānampi valāhakassa gajjanavassanasadisatāya bhāsanakaraṇakriyāyūpalabbhanato vattabbameva hoti, evameva nibbhayabhāvena sīhanādasadisiyā vācāya niccharaṇato sīho viya nadatīti avibhāvitatthavantena nadasaddena manussabhāsāpi niddisitabbā hoti.
此处也应以芒果譬喻等为例来说明。因为“未熟”“已熟”等性质并不存在于人之中,而是存在于芒果等事物之中。尽管如此,世尊为了从另一角度阐明其相似性,才说了芒果譬喻等。同样地,“nada”这个音声,就其作为不清晰声音的本质而言,原本只应用于畜生等的声音,但为了阐发其他含义,在“作狮子吼”等语句中,也依循习惯用法而用于人类语言,并非就其本质而言。因为就本质而言,人类语言既不能以“nada”声,也不能以“vassita”声等来指称。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ambaphalūpamādayopi āharitvā dassetabbā. Na hi pakkāmakatādīni puggalesu vijjanti, atha kho ambaphalādīsu eva vijjanti, evaṃ santepi bhagavatā aññenākārena sadisattaṃ vibhāvetuṃ ambaphalūpamādayo vuttā, evameva nadasaddo abyattasaddabhāvena tiracchānagatasaddādīsu eva vattabbopi atthantaravibhāvanatthaṃ ‘‘sīho viya nadatī’’tiādīsu manussabhāsāyampi rūḷhiyā vutto, na sabhāvato. Tathā hi sabhāvato nadasaddenapi vassitasaddādīhipi manussabhāsā niddisitabbā na hotīti. Yadi evaṃ –
豺狼的叫声与鸟类的鸣声,容易了知;
国王啊,人类的语言,比那更难了知。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suvijānaṃ siṅgālānaṃ, sakuṇānañca vassitaṃ; Manussavassitaṃ rāja, dubbijānataraṃ tato’’ti
此处为何以“vassita”(叫声)一词来指称人类语言呢?诚然,人类语言也有用“vassita”一词指称的情形,但即便如此,鉴于“豺狼的叫声与鸟类的鸣声,容易了知”这一说法是基于“vassita”一词的运用,因此适合以与之相应的方式加以指称,故将其指称为与“vassita”相似的声响。因为并没有“人鸣叫”等独立的运用可见,而“鸟鸣叫、啾啾叫”等运用却可见到。因此,如同“投入战斗后,河边的草发出狮子吼”等语句一样,应依语境领会其含义。如此,应知“nada”(音声)这个语根本质上仅指不清晰的声音,而非清晰的语言。显示巴利原文
Ettha kasmā vassitasaddena manussabhāsā niddisiyatīti? Saccaṃ manussabhāsāpi vassitasaddena niddiṭṭhā dissati, evaṃ santepi sā ‘‘suvijānaṃ siṅgālānaṃ, sakuṇānañca vassita’’nti vassitasaddavasena payogassa vacanato tadanurūpaṃ niddisituṃ arahatīti mantvā vassitasaddasadisī niddiṭṭhā. Na hi ‘‘manusso vassatī’’tiādinā visuṃ payogā dissanti, ‘‘sakuṇo vassati, kūjatī’’tiādinā pana payogā dissanti, tasmā ‘‘saṅgāmaṃ otaritvāna, sīhanādaṃ nadi kuso’’tiādīsu viya yathārahaṃ attho gahetabbo. Evaṃ nadadhātu sabhāvato abyattasaddeyeva hoti, na viyattiyaṃ vācāyanti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
“Adda”有行走、请求之义。即“addati”(他行走/请求)。显示巴利原文
Adda gatiyaṃ yācane ca. Addati.
“Nadda”“gadda”表声音。即“naddati”(他发声)、“gaddati”(他发声)。显示巴利原文
Nadda gadda sadde. Naddati. Gaddati.
“Tadda”有伤害之义。即“taddati”(他伤害)。显示巴利原文
Tadda hiṃsāyaṃ. Taddati.
“Kadda”,意为低劣的声音。“Kaddati”(他发出低劣的声音)。“Kaddamo”(泥泞)。显示巴利原文
Kadda kucchite sadde. Kaddati. Kaddamo.
“Khadda”,意为咬、显示。此处“显示”指牙齿、利器等的切割作用。由于词根自身的体性,它与能作、运用相随。“Khaddati”(他咬/显示)。显示巴利原文
Khadda daṃsane. Daṃsanamiha dantasukatakattikā kriyā abhidhīyate. Sabhāvattā dhātuyā sādhanappayogasamavāyī. Khaddati.
“Adi”,意为系缚。“Andati”(他系缚)。“Andu”(系缚、镣铐)。此处“andu”一词应取阴性,因为巴利经典中可见阴性用法:“婆私吒,譬如这条阿致罗筏底河,水满齐岸,乌鸦可饮。那时,有一人欲至彼岸、寻求彼岸、向往彼岸、想渡过彼岸。他站在此岸,被坚固的镣铐将双臂反绑,牢牢束缚。”其中,“andu”指任何能作系缚之物。因为经中说“犹如在镣铐房中的人”。或者指一种特殊的系缚,因为经中说“他们斩断镣铐等系缚后逃跑了”。此外,由于具有系缚、捆绑之义,如同镣铐一般,五欲功德也被称为“andu”。世尊曾这样说:“婆私吒,这五种欲功德,在圣者的律中,被称为镣铐,也被称为系缚。”此词根是依随增语法而说。但在某些地方,也有不随增语法的,例如:“诸比丘,无明是诸不善法的前导,随之而起的是无惭。”此处的“anuandati”(随缚)即“anubandhati”(随结),成为“anvadi”。“anvadi”本身即“anvadeva”,应知为词干分析与连声分析。正如注释书中所说:“‘anvadeva’意为……”显示巴利原文
Adi bandhane. Andati. Andu. Andusaddopanettha itthiliṅgo gahetabbo pāḷiyaṃ itthiliṅgappayogadassanato ‘‘seyyathāpi vāseṭṭha ayaṃ aciravatī nadī pūrā udakassa samatittikā kākapeyyā, atha puriso āgaccheyya pāratthiko pāragavesī pāragāmī pāraṃ taritukāmo, so orimatīre daḷhāya anduyā pacchābāhaṃ gāḷhabandhanabandho’’ti. Tatra andūti yaṃ kiñci bandhanaṃ vā. ‘‘Yathā andughare puriso’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Bandhanaviseso vā, ‘‘andubandhanādīni chinditvā palāyiṃsū’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Apica andanaṭṭhena bandhanaṭṭhena andu viyātipi andu, pañca kāmaguṇā. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā ‘‘ime kho vāseṭṭha pañca kāmaguṇā ariyassa vinaye andūtipi bandhanantipi vuccantī’’ti. Niggahītāgamavasenāyaṃ dhātu vuttā. Katthaci pana vigataniggahītāgamopi hoti, taṃ yathā? ‘‘Avijjā bhikkhave pubbaṅgamā akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā anvadeva ahirika’’nti pāḷi. Ettha anuandati anubandhatīti anvadi. Anvadi eva anvadevāti kitaviggaho sandhiviggaho ca veditabbo. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘anvadevāti anubandhamānamevā’’ti vuttaṃ, taṃ avijjamahirikaṃ anubandhamānameva hotīti attho.
“Idi”,意为最高主宰;“Indati”,即他主宰;“Indanaṃ”,即主宰;“Indo”,即主宰者、因陀罗。显示巴利原文
Idi paramissariye indati. Indanaṃ, indo.
此处,“indo”泛指任何处于主宰地位者。因为他能主宰,于他人中得自在,故称为“indo”。此外,“indo”也指帝释天。因为帝释天有许多名称——显示巴利原文
Ettha indoti adhipatibhūto yo koci. So hi indati paresu issariyaṃ pāpuṇātīti indoti vuccati. Apica indoti sakko. Sakkassa hi anekāni nāmāni –
帝释、施主、因陀罗、降敌者、教诫者;
千眼者、摩伽婆、天神之王、修阇之夫。
千眼者、千目者、执金刚杵者;
祭祀之主、大因陀罗、憍尸迦、天界象王。
诸天之主、诸天之依怙,婆娑婆,为三十三天之王;
降伏百敌者、执金刚杵者、阿修罗的调伏者;
乾达婆王、天神主,统领诸天的天主、阿修罗的征服者。
显示巴利原文 Sakko purindado indo, vatrabhū pākasāsano; Sahassanetto maghavā, devarājā sujampati. Sahassakkho dasasata-locano vajirāvudho; Hūtapati mahindo ca, kosiyo devakuñjaro. Surādhipo suranātho, vāsavo tidivādhibhū; Jambāri ceva vajira-hattho asurasāsano; Gandharājā devindo, surindo asurābhibhūti.
如是,名称有种种。义理虽一,但因言语生起之缘有种种,故有多名。因此,世尊说:显示巴利原文
Evaṃ anekāni nāmāni. Ekopi hi attho anekasaddappavattinimittatāya anekanāmo. Tenāha bhagavā –
“萨咖,尊者!诸天之主先前为人时,名为摩伽青年,故称‘摩伽婆’。萨咖,尊者!诸天之主先前为人时,曾行布施,故称‘施主’。萨咖,尊者!诸天之主先前为人时,曾殷重布施,故称‘萨咖’。萨咖,尊者!诸天之主先前为人时,曾施予住所,故称‘婆娑婆’。萨咖,尊者!诸天之主于一刹那能思惟千种事,故称‘千眼者’。萨咖,尊者!诸天之主之妻为阿修罗女苏迦,故称‘苏迦之夫’。萨咖,尊者!诸天之主统治三十三天之主权与霸权,故称‘诸天之主’。”显示巴利原文
Sakko mahāli devānamindo pubbe manussabhūto samāno magho nāma māṇavo ahosi, tasmā ‘‘maghavā’’ti vuccati. Sakko mahāli devānamindo pubbe manussabhūto samāno pure dānaṃ adāsi, tasmā ‘‘purindado’’ti vuccati. Sakko mahāli devānamindo pubbe manussabhūto samāno sakkaccaṃ dānaṃ adāsi, tasmā ‘‘sakko’’ti vuccati. Sakko mahāli devānamindo pubbe manussabhūto samāno āvāsaṃ adāsi, tasmā ‘‘vāsavo’’ti vuccati. Sakko mahāli devānamindo sahassaṃ atthānaṃ muhuttena cinteti, tasmā ‘‘sahassakkho’’ti vuccati. Sakkassa mahāli devānamindassa sujā nāma asurakaññā pajāpati, tasmā ‘‘sujampatī’’ti vuccati. Sakko mahāli devānamindo devānaṃ tāvatiṃsānaṃ issariyādhipaccaṃ rajjaṃ kāreti, tasmā ‘‘devānamindo’’ti vuccatīti.
如是,即使是一义,亦显现为多种言语生起之缘。显示巴利原文
Evamekassāpi atthassa anekāni saddappavattinimittāni dissanti.
正如依于某种生起的因缘,‘因陀罗’之名施用于三十三天之主,而非依此因缘而生‘萨咖’等名,实依他缘而生。正如依于某种因缘,‘慧’之名施用于正见,而非依此因缘而生‘明’等名。正如依于某种因缘,‘心’之名施用于以俱生法之先导而生起的法,而非依此因缘而生‘识’等名。若无某种生起的因缘,名言则不生起。是故应知:虽同为一义——即世俗义与胜义义,亦因言语生起的种种因缘而有多名。显示巴利原文
Tathā hi yena pavattinimittena tāvatiṃsādhipatimhi indasaddo pavatto, na tena tattha sakkādisaddā pavattā, atha kho aññena. Tathā yena sammādiṭṭhiyaṃ paññāsaddo pavatto, na tena tattha vijjādisaddā. Yena sampayuttadhammānaṃ pubbaṅgamabhāvena uppannadhammasmiṃ cittasaddo pavatto, na tena tattha viññāṇādisaddā. Na hi vinā kenaci pavattinimittena saddo pavattatīti. Ekopi attho sammutyattho ca paramattho ca anekasaddappavttinimittatāya anekanāmoti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
于此或问:“诸位说‘名称’,那么何者为名?”答曰:在此类文义中,言语生起之缘即被称为‘名’,亦被称为‘相’。正如‘名’与‘相’二词亦可指称音声,如“我将另寻嘉名与善相”等语中所说。作为非真实法、被称为‘施设名’的、义理上言语生起之缘,亦被称为‘名’,如“名与姓不衰老,有相者”等语中所说。是故应知,以‘名’与‘相’之词,阐明了言语生起之缘。所谓的言语生起之缘,应理解为由世间共许所成就、决定表达某特定义理的共相之特殊相。先师曾说:如是存在的共相特殊相即名为‘施设’。以其对彼彼义理命名此音声,作彼义理之名想,故为‘名’;由诸行相而令知,故为‘施设’。然而,对于有表达变异的声音,若问‘由诸行相令知,此即是施设’,此则无可言说。因为唯应绝对认定音声本身即是施设,此如圣典所明:‘词无碍解以有限为所缘’、‘词无碍解以现在为所缘’、‘词无碍解以外为所缘’。但此处是依言语生起之缘,故以‘名’来阐明义理。如是,由先师所执取的种种共相特殊相、被称为‘施设名’的言语生起之缘,应知:即使是一所知义,亦有多相。是故具寿苏赫曼陀,得无碍解者说:显示巴利原文
Ettha siyā ‘‘nāmānīti vadatha, kiṃ nāmaṃ nāmā’’ti. Vuccate – īdise ṭhāne atthesu saddappavattinimittaṃ ‘‘nāma’’nti gahitaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘liṅga’’ntipi vuccati. Tathā hi ‘‘nāma’’nti ca ‘‘liṅga’’nti ca saddopi vuccati, ‘‘aññaṃ sobhanaṃ nāmaṃ pariyesissāmi. Liṅgañca nippajjate’’tiādīsu viya. Asabhāvadhammabhūtaṃ nāmapaññattisaṅkhātaṃ atthesu saddappavattinimittampi vuccati ‘‘nāmagottaṃ na jīrati. Sataliṅgo’’tiādīsu viya. Iti nāmasaddenapi liṅgasaddenapi saddappavattinimittassa kathanaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Saddappavattinimittañca nāma lokasaṅketasiddho taṃtaṃvacanatthaniyato sāmaññākāravisesoti gahetabbaṃ. So evaṃbhūtoyeva sāmaññākāraviseso nāma paññattīti pubbācariyā vadanti . So hi tasmiṃ tasmiṃ atthe saddaṃ nāmeti tassa tassa atthassa nāmasaññaṃ karotīti nāmaṃ, pakārehi ñāpanato paññatti ca. Saviññattivikārassa pana saddassa sammutiparamatthasaccānaṃ pakārehi ñāpanato paññattibhāve vattabbameva natthi. Saddasseva hi ekantena paññattibhāvo icchitabbo ‘‘niruttipaṭisambhidā parittārammaṇā’’ti ca ‘‘niruttipaṭisambhidā paccuppannārammaṇā’’ti ca ‘‘niruttipaṭisambhidā bahiddhārammaṇā’’ti ca pāḷidassanato. Idha pana saddappavattinimittādhikārattā nāmavasena attho pakāsito. Evaṃ anekavidhassa sāmaññākāravisesoti pubbācariyehi gahitassa nāmapaññattisaṅkhātassa saddappavattinimittassa vasena ekopi ñeyyattho anekaliṅgoti gahetabbo. Tenāha āyasmā suhemanto pabhinnapaṭisambhido –
具有百相之义,持守百种特征者;
只见一面的愚者,却似具足百面的智者。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sataliṅgassa atthassa, satalakkhaṇadhārino; Ekaṅgadassī dummedho, satadassīva paṇḍito’’ti.
同样地,对于一切名称,通达理趣者应依此方法,如理阐明其义。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sabbābhidhānesupi iminā nayena yathārahaṃ attho vibhāvetabbo nayaññūhi.
“Vidi”表部分义。“Vindati”为得。若有称名,则见为“vindo”。例如“kaṇḍati”(咬),而成“kaṇḍo”(刺)。显示巴利原文
Vidi avayave. Vindati. Yadi abhidhānamatthi, ‘‘vindo’’ti dissati. Yathā kaṇḍati. Kaṇḍo.
“Khidi”有“部分”之义,是故知月者说为“canda”(月)。依他们之见,其词形为“khindati”。显示巴利原文
Khidi avayaveti candaviduno vadanti. Tesaṃ mate ‘‘khindatī’’ti rūpaṃ.
“Nidi”意为“腹”。“腹”一词有呵责之义。故有Nindati(责)、Nindā(责难)。显示巴利原文
Nidi kucchāyaṃ. Kucchāsaddo garahattho. Nindati. Nindā.
阿图拉,此乃古事,非如今日之事;
他们责难默坐者,也责难多语者,
言语适度者同样遭人责难,世间没有完全不受责备的人。
非难、非德、指责、呵斥与恶名,
恶名、恶誉、恶赞,及非称颂。
显示巴利原文 Porāṇametaṃ atula, netaṃ ajjatanāmiva; Nindanti tuṇhimāsīnaṃ, nindanti bahubhāṇinaṃ; Mitabhāṇimpi nindanti, natthi loke anindito. Avaṇṇo aguṇo nindā, garahā ayasopi ca; Asiloko akitti ca, asilāghā ca atthuti.
“Nanda”表成就义。此为不及物动词词根。有子者以子而喜。他们确实以死为喜。你以吉祥之车而喜。喜林园。然而,与“abhi”前缀结合时,此亦为及物动词。来者令其欢喜,死则不令欢喜。显示巴利原文
Nanda samiddhiyaṃ. Akammikā dhātu. Nandati puttehi puttimā. Nandāya nuna maraṇena. Nandasi sirivāhana. Nandanaṃ vanaṃ. Abhisaddayoge panāyaṃ sakammakopi. Abhinandanti āgataṃ nābhinandanti maraṇaṃ.
见到如吉祥一般端严的身相,那个家族便满心欢喜;
因此,我得名为‘喜悦’,美好而殊胜。
若人得见那竹林,即是人中最可喜悦者的欢喜园;
他便已善见那欢喜园——不死天王的极喜园。
显示巴利原文 Sirīva rūpiniṃ disvā, nanditaṃ āsi taṃ kulaṃ; Tena nandāti me nāmaṃ, sundaraṃ pavaraṃ ahu. Rammaṃ veḷuvanaṃ yena, na diṭṭhaṃ sugatālayaṃ; Na tena nandanaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, iti maññe mahesayaṃ. Yena veḷuvanaṃ diṭṭhaṃ, naranandananandanaṃ; Sudiṭṭhaṃ nandanaṃ tena, amarindasunandanaṃ.
“cadi”有令喜悦与光辉之义。令喜悦即安乐;光辉即庄严。能令喜悦。旃檀、月亮。显示巴利原文
Cadi hilādane dittiyañca. Hilādanaṃ sukhanaṃ. Ditti sobhā. Candati. Candano, cando.
在此,旃檀也有多种名称——旃檀、香心木、摩罗耶所产、金旃檀、黄旃檀、赤旃檀、牛乳凉旃檀。因具足清凉功德,能令众生喜悦,平息热恼,生起安乐,故称旃檀。月亮,即月神,也因具足清凉功德,以其光芒令众生喜悦,平息热恼,生起安乐,故称月亮。又或者,月亮能照耀、辉耀,以荣光闪耀,故称月亮。而在传承义注中则说:‘能生起欲求,故称月亮。’月亮也有多种名称——显示巴利原文
Ettha ca candanassapi anekāni nāmāni – candanaṃ, gandhasāro, malayajo, suvaṇṇacandanaṃ, haricandanaṃ, rattacandanaṃ, gosītacandanaṃ. Candayati hilādayati sītaguṇasamaṅgitāya sattānaṃ paliḷāhaṃ vūpasamentaṃ sukhaṃ uppādetīti candanaṃ. Candoti somo, sopi candayati hilādayati sītaguṇasampattiyā attano pabhāya sattānaṃ pariḷāhaṃ vūpasamento sukhaṃ uppādetīti candoti vuccati. Atha vā candati dibbati siriyā virocatīti cando. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu pana ‘‘chandaṃ janetīti cando’’ti vuttaṃ. Tassāpi anekāni nāmāni –
月亮、星宿之王、因陀、月神、夜之作者;
月、不害、夜之主,药草之主、夜之夫。
甘露、清净、熏香与光柱,以及光辉与宽宥之藏;
星宿之主与主夜神,以及妙光者。
显示巴利原文 Cando nakkhattarājā ca, indu somo nisākaro; Candimā mā nisānātho, osadhī so nisāpati. Uḷurājā sasaṅko ca, himaraṃsi sasīpi ca; Dvijarājā sasadharo, tārāpati himaṃsu ca. Kumudabandhavo ceva, migaṅko ca kalānidhi; Sudhaṃ sudhi dhūpi yūpa-rasmi ceva khamākaro; Nakkhatteso ca rajanī-karo subbhaṃsu eva ca.
此即彼。它带来疲倦。它是疲倦。显示巴利原文
Tadi cetāyaṃ. Tandati. Tandī.
‘Kadi’表呼唤与哭泣。哭泣,号泣。已号泣,正在号泣者,号泣者。显示巴利原文
Kadi kaladi avhāne rodane ca. Kandati, pakkandati. Pakkanduṃ, kandanto, kalandako.
‘Kalidi’表悲叹。悲叹。显示巴利原文
Kalidi paridevane. Kalindati.
‘Khoda’表打击。打击。显示巴利原文
Khoda paṭighāte. Khodati.
‘khanda’一词有行走与干涸之义。‘khandati’意为行走。‘khando’是一位天神之名,又称‘持矛童子’。显示巴利原文
Khanda gatisosanesu. Khandati. Khando. Khando nāma eko devo, yo ‘‘kumāro sattidharo’’ti ca vuccati.
因刺痛、伤害而表现出怒火。表现为愤怒激烈。显示巴利原文
Khudi āpavane. Khundati.
‘sidi’意为清凉。‘sītiyaṃ’即清凉之状态。‘sindati’是正在清凉。‘sosindo’为正在干涸者,‘sotatto’为已受热恼者。显示巴利原文
Sidi sītiye. Sītiyaṃ sītibhāvo. Sindati. Sosindo, sotatto.
‘Vanda’用于敬礼与称赞。敬礼,敬礼。敬礼,敬礼,敬礼者。显示巴利原文
Vanda abhivādanathutīsu. Vandati, abhivandati. Abhivandanā, vandanaṃ, vandako.
在此,“vandati”一词的含义是“尊敬”或“称赞”。正如复注作者所说:“vandeti,即 vandāmi,或 thomemi”。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana vandatīti padassa namassati thometi vāti attho. Tathā hi suttantaṭīkākāro ‘‘vandeti vandāmi thomemi vā’’ti āha.
词根“Bhadi”用于“善美”与“安乐”二义。“kallāṇa”即善美,“sokhiya”即安乐的状态,也就是乐。其动词形为“bhandati”;衍生词形有“bhandako”、“bhaddo”、“bhadro”。显示巴利原文
Bhadi kallāṇe sokhiye ca. Kallāṇaṃ kalyāṇaṃ, sokhiyaṃ sukhino bhāvo, sukhamiccevattho. Bhandati. Bhandako, bhaddo, bhadro.
“Mad”一词,用于欢喜、赞叹、喜悦、陶醉、睡眠、行走等义。其动词形式为 mandati,派生词为 mando。显示巴利原文
Madithutimodamadasupanagatīsu. Mandati. Mando.
然而,此处“mando”亦指无智者乃至幼童。其中,无智者因无明而称赞不应称赞之人,故称为 mando;于不应欢喜处而欢喜,故称为 mando;于布施、持戒等福德善行中放逸,故称为 mando;不思惟自他之利与不利,而以嚼食、啖食等令自身积满脂肪,沉于睡眠,故称为 mando;见他人不合宜的举止便随顺效仿、执取,故称为 mando;又因一再结生而屡次入于母胎,故称为 mando。诚如世尊所说:“愚者一再入于母胎。”至于幼童,因不知何为合宜与不合宜,或仰卧、或侧卧而眠,故称为 mando。正如是——显示巴利原文
Ettha pana mandoti aññāṇīpi bāladārakopi vuccati. Tattha aññāṇī mandati aññāṇabhāvena appasaṃsitabbampi puggalaṃ thometīti mando. Mandati amoditabbaṭṭhānepi modatīti mando. Mandati dānasīlādipuññakriyāsu pamajjatīti mando. Mandati attano ca paresañca hitāhitaṃ acintento khādanīyabhojanīyādīhi attano kāyaṃ sañjātamedaṃ kurumāno supatīti mando. Mandati ayuttaṃ paresaṃ kriyaṃ diṭṭhānugatiāpajjanena gacchati gaṇhātīti mando. Atha vā mandati punappunaṃ paṭisandhiggahaṇavasena gabbhaṃ gacchatīti mando. Vuttañhi bhagavatā ‘‘punappunaṃ gabbhamupeti mando’’ti. Bāladārako pana mandati yuttāyuttamajānanto uttānaseyyaṃparivattanaseyyaṃ vā supatīti mando. Tathā hi –
此身如新鲜酥油般细嫩,如初生嫩叶般柔软;
愚人仰卧,因毗舍阇鬼的恐怖而惊惧。
心怀悲戚者,卧于大仙足下;
“我等将此奉献予您,尊主!请您成为救护,导师!”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nonītasukhumālaṃ maṃ, jātapallavakomalaṃ; Mandaṃ uttānasayanaṃ, pisācabhayatajjitā. Pādamūle mahesissa, sāyesuṃ dīnamānasā; Idaṃ dadāma te nātha, saraṇaṃ hohi nāyakā’’ti
如所说,从尚能仰卧算起,直至十岁的愚钝阶段,都应视其为“愚钝者”,也就是“幼童”。然而,“manda”一词亦可作为无实义的虚词使用,但此处取其语基之义,故非所取;再者,亦可依“mandati”这一语基来解释,即“以微薄之力而行、而转起”之义。显示巴利原文
Vuttaṃ, iti uttānasayanato paṭṭhāya yāva mandadasakaṃ, tāva ‘‘mando’’ti ‘‘dārako’’ti daṭṭhabbo. Appatthavācakopi pana mandasaddo hoti, so pāṭipadikattā idha nādhippeto, atha vā mandati appabhāvena gacchati pavattatīti nipphannapāṭipadikavasenapi gahetabbo.
“Muda”,用于“笑”义。笑即喜悦,即满足。其动词形有 modati(喜悦)、pamodati(欣喜)、sammodati(欢喜);衍生词有 sammodako(喜悦者);“sammodamānā gacchanti muditā”意为“满怀欢喜而行者,即是喜心者”;名词为 mudā(喜悦)。显示巴利原文
Muda hāse. Hasanaṃ hāso tuṭṭhi. Modati, pamodati. Sammodati. Sammodako. Sammodamānā gacchanti muditā. Mudā.
“Had”,用于“排粪”之义。所谓排粪,即粪便的排出、排泄。其动词形有 hadati(排便)、uhadati(排泄);名词为 hadano(排便)。显示巴利原文
Hadakarīsossagge. Karīsossaggo nāma karīsassa ossajjanaṃ vissajjanaṃ. Hadati. Uhadati. Hadano.
此处,有圣典文句为证:“众幼童于我等之敷具上,或大便,或小便。”其中,uhadanti 即行大便,ummihanti 即行小便。后一词之义,应依词根“secana”(浇洒)而解。然而,此词根亦属 curādi 群,以其兼具二群之故。于此,有《行藏》圣典文句为证:“mutteti ohadeti ca。”其中,mutteti 即行小便,ohadeti 即排放粪便。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘yesaṃ no santhate dārakā uhadantipi ummihantipī’’ti ayaṃ pāḷi nidassanaṃ, tatra uhadantipīti vaccampi karonti. Ummihantipīti passāvampi karonti. Pacchimapadassattho miha secaneti dhātuvasena daṭṭhabbo. Ayaṃ pana curādigaṇepi vattati dvigaṇikattā. Imasmiñhi ṭhāne ‘‘mutteti ohadeti cā’’ti cariyāpiṭakapāḷippadeso nidassanaṃ. Tattha muttetīti passāvaṃ karoti. Ohadetīti karīsaṃ vissajjeti.
“Ud”用于“喜悦”与“游戏”二义。其动词形式为 udati;派生词有 udānaṃ、udaggo。显示巴利原文
Uda mode kīḷāyañca. Udati. Udānaṃ. Udaggo.
此处,“udāna”(优陀那)是以什么意义而称为优陀那呢?是以“发出”(udānana)的意义。什么是这“发出”呢?即由喜悦之冲动所激起的言说。譬如,当油等无法容纳所应计量的物品,满溢流出时,便称为“avaseka”(溢出);又如,当水无法被湖泊容纳,漫溢而流时,便称为“ogho”(洪流)。同样地,当心无法持守由喜悦冲动所激起的寻思之波动,它变得强烈,无法安住于内,便经由语门而出,不期待领受者——这种特殊的言说,便称为“udāna”。“Udaggo”(昂扬的)意即已生起喜悦的状态。显示巴利原文
Tattha udānanti kenaṭṭhena udānaṃ? Udānanaṭṭhena. Kimidaṃ udānanaṃ nāma? Pībhivegasamuṭṭhāpito udāhāro. Yathā hi yaṃ telādi minitabbavatthu mānaṃgahetuṃ na sakkoti, vissanditvā gacchati, taṃ ‘‘avaseko’’ti vuccati. Yañca jalaṃ taḷākaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti, ajjhottharitvā gacchati, taṃ ‘‘ogho’’ti vuccati, evameva yaṃ pītivegasamuṭṭhāpitaṃ vitakkavipphāraṃ hadayaṃ sandhāretuṃ na sakkoti, so adhiko hutvā anto asaṇṭhahitvā vacīdvārena nikkhamanto paṭiggāhakanirapekkho udāhāraviseso ‘‘udāna’’nti vuccati. Udaggoti sañjātasomanasso.
词根“kuda”、“khuda”、“guda”等唯表嬉戏之义。例如:kodati、khodati、godati。显示巴利原文
Kuda khuda guda kīḷāyameva. Kodati. Khodati. Godati.
词根“sūda”表“流出”义。如:sūdati(流出);suttaṃ(经,即已流出者);sūdo(厨师)。例句:Rañño sūdā mahānase(国王的厨师们在御厨中)。显示巴利原文
Sūda paggharaṇe. Sūdati. Suttaṃ. Sūdo. Rañño sūdā mahānase.
在此,“suttaṃ”(经)的意思是:如同母牛流出乳汁,它使义理流出,故名为“经”,即三藏佛语。然而,由于该词根是及物动词词根,可以依使役的方式来解释“使流出”的含义。同样,正如“karoti”(做)一词可用“nipphādeti”(产生、造成)的含义来解释一样。“sūdo”(厨师)指做饭的人,亦被称为“āḷāriko”(御厨)、“odaniko”(煮饭者)、“sūpakāro”(汤师)、“rasako”(调味师)。他凭借娴熟的烹饪技巧,将食物“如此这般烹制后,使嚼食或啖食变得芳香、可意、美味”,从而“流出”(即产生)味道,因此称为“sūdo”。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca suttanti sūdati dhenu viya khīraṃ atthe paggharāpetīti suttaṃ, tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Sakammikadhātuttā pana ‘‘paggharāpetī’’ti kāritavasena attho kathetuṃ labbhati. Tathā hi ‘‘karotī’’ti padassa ‘‘nipphādetī’’ti attho kathetuṃ labbhati. Sūdoti bhattakāro. Yo ‘‘āḷāriko, odaniko, sūpakāro, rasako’’ti ca vuccati. Sūdati ‘‘evañcevañca kate khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā sugandhaṃ manāpaṃ surasañca bhavissatī’’ti randhanakriyāya sukusalatāya rasaṃ paggharāpeti abhinibbattetīti sūdo.
词根“Rahada”用于表示“不清晰的声音”。如:rahadati(发出不清晰的声音)。Rahado(湖泊)。显示巴利原文
Rahada abyattasadde. Rahadati. Rahado.
词根“Hilādi”用于表示“快乐”。其中的“ca”(且)字,呼应前文义。例如:hilādati(使欢喜)。Hilādanaṃ(欢喜),hilādo(喜悦),mettāsahāyakatasattamahāhilādo(以慈为伴的第七大喜悦)。显示巴利原文
Hilādi sukhe ca. Cakāro pubbatthāpekkhako. Hilādati. Hilādanaṃ, hilādo, mettāsahāyakatasattamahāhilādo.
词根“Sadda”用于表示“恶声”。如:saddati(发出声音)。显示巴利原文
Sadda kucchite sadde. Saddati.
“Mida”这一词根用于“油脂”之义。所谓“油脂”,有称为“脂肪”的油脂和“喜悦之脂”两种。此处所指,乃是称为“脂肪”的油脂,如 medati(有脂肪)、medo(脂肪)。显示巴利原文
Mida snehe. Sneho nāma vasāsaṅkhāto sneho pītisnehoti duvidho. Idha pana vasāsaṅkhāto sneho adhippeto, medati medo.
在此,“medati”的意思是:此人具备脂肪。“Medo”(脂肪),是指遍满胖人全身,或依止于瘦人的腿肉等处而存在的凝固油脂,其颜色如姜黄。在使役形式中,有“medeti”、“medayati”等形态。正如经中所见:“他们使此身有力,使此身增长,使此身有脂肪。”其中,“medenti”意为“使产生脂肪”。然而,当此词根属于 divādi 群组,用于喜悦之脂的意义时,其单纯主动形式为“mejjati”;当它属于 curādi 群组时,其单纯主动形式则为“medeti”、“medayati”,应当如此看待。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca medatīti medasahito bhavati ayaṃ purisoti attho. Medo nāma thūlassa sakalasarīraṃ pharitvā kisassa jaṅghamaṃsādīni nissāya ṭhito patthinnasineho, so vaṇṇena haliddivaṇṇo hoti. Kārite ‘‘medeti medayatī’’ti rūpāni. Tathā hi ‘‘te imaṃ kāyaṃ balaṃ gāhenti nāma brūhenti nāma medenti nāmā’’ti pāḷi dissati. Tattha medentīti sañjātamedaṃ karontīti attho. Imissā pana dhātuyā divādigaṇaṃ pattāya pītisinehatthe ‘‘mejjatī’’ti suddhakatturūpaṃ bhavati. Curādigaṇaṃ pana pattāya ‘‘medeti medayatī’’ti suddhakatturūpāni bhavantīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
“Sida”词根用于“释放”之义,如 sidati(释放)。Sedo(汗)。显示巴利原文
Sida mocane. Sidati. Sedo.
“Sanda”是“流动”的词根。“流动”即连续不断地进行。例如“水流动”(sandati udakaṃ)、“巨大的福德之流”(mahanto puññābhisando)。显示巴利原文
Sanda pasavane. Pasavanaṃ sandanaṃ avicchedappavatti. Sandati udakaṃ. Mahanto puññābhisando.
在此所说的“福德之流”(puññābhisando)即是福德之流,亦可称为“福德之河”。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca puññābhisandoti puññappavāho, puññanadītipi vattuṃ yujjati.
【碾压义根「踏」】『踏』者,碾压也。其派生词有:碾压(过去分词形)、「尽行碾压」。「摧伏魔军者」。踏碎荆棘。显示巴利原文
Madda maddane. Maddabhi, pamaddati. Mārasenappamaddano. Kaṇṭakaṃ maddati.
【悬垂义根「垂」】『悬垂』者,悬垂之状态也。其派生词:垂挂。显示巴利原文
Kadi velambe. Vilambabhāvo velambo. Kandati.
【呼唤哭泣义根「哭」】兼具呼唤与哭泣二义。其派生词:哭泣。显示巴利原文
Kada avhāne rodane ca. Kadati.
【悬垂义根「垂」】『悬垂』者,悬垂之状态也。其派生词:垂挂。显示巴利原文
Khadi ujjhane. Chandati.
【沉没、散开、行止终了义根「沉」】『散开』者,扩散也。『行止终了』者,行进之终了、结束、止灭,即沉坐之义。沉没;葫芦沉没。沉没、衰减、满足、安详、彻底安详。净信。已净信者。彻底净信者。令净信者。已被令净信者。宫殿。令衰减者。懈怠者。已坐者。坐着者。于一切坐息者中,即鸟群中。坐具、已坐。坐。牛之坐处、近依。令沉没。令沉没(使役)。令沉没(使役)。令沉没(使役)。令净信。为坐。为令坐、令坐、令坐、令坐已。『将我置于膝上后,父亲教导利益』。亦有『坐已』之读法。坐已。坐已。为坐。坐。坐。已沉没。已衰减。已衰减。显示巴利原文
Sada sādane. Sadati. Assādo.
「去除、消除」的意思。显示巴利原文
Sīda visaraṇagatyāvasānesu. Visaraṇaṃ vippharaṇaṃ. Gatyāvasānaṃ gamanassa avasānaṃ osānaṃ abhāvakaraṇaṃ, nisīdananti attho. Sīdati, lābūni sīdanti. Saṃsīdati, osīdati, pasīdati, vippasīdati. Pasādo. Pasanno. Vippasanno. Pasādako. Pasādito. Pāsādo. Osīdāpako. Kusīto. Āsīno. Nisinno. Nisinnako. Sannisīvesu pakkhisu. Nisīdanaṃ, nisinnaṃ. Nisajjā. Gonisādo, upanisā. Sīdeti. Sīdayati. Sīdāpeti. Sīdāpayati. Pasādeti. Nisīdituṃ. Nisīdāpetuṃ, nisādetuṃ, nisīdāpeti, nisīdāpetvā. Ucchaṅge maṃ nisādetvā, pitā atthānusāsati. Nisīditvātipi pāṭho. Nisīditvā. Nisīditvāna. Nisīdituna . Nisīdiya. Nisīdiyāna. Saṃsīditvā. Avasīditvā. Osīditvā.
「保持、留存」的意思。又有「满足、安适」的含义。显示巴利原文
Tattha kusītoti vīriyenādhigantabbassa atthassa alābhato kucchitenākārena sīdatīti kusīto. Atha vā sayampi kucchitenākārena sīdati aññepi sīdāpeti taṃ nissāya aññesaṃ sīdanassa sambhavatoti kusīto. Tathā hi vuttaṃ –
“安坐”等词,有离散、分散之义;行止终了,即行动结束、终止、止息的作用,称为安坐。安坐是安乐的基础,有安乐、获得安乐;逐渐安乐、衰减、满足、安详、彻底安详;安乐、安详者、彻底安详者、使安乐者、被安乐者;建筑物;使衰减者;心有烦恼者;已坐者、坐着者;在邻近之处、近旁、侧翼;安坐、坐定、安止。作牧牛时令安乐之事,称为放牧安止。又有坐、使坐、使安乐;安乐、使安乐;使坐、使安坐;至顶点放牧安止者,父亲嘱咐他;即使已坐,复行经扎;已坐、已坐着、已坐者、已坐之人;逐渐坐着、以坐着之态;逐渐安乐;已安坐、已放牧安止、已衰减安坐。显示巴利原文
‘‘Parittaṃ kaṭṭhamārūyha, yathā sīde mahaṇṇave;
此处所说的“心有烦恼”,是指当应得之事须以精进获得时,由于心生烦恼而坐着,表现出粗重不安;或者自身因粗重不安而坐,也有他人因依赖他人安坐而得以安乐的含义,这便称为心有烦恼。正如所说:
显示巴利原文 Evaṃ kusītamāgamma, sādhajīvīpi sīdatī’’ti;
“带着以刀斧等作成的护具,如同登上大树一般安坐;”显示巴利原文
Kusītoti cettha dassa tattaṃ ‘‘sugato’’ti ettha viya ‘‘satasmīti hotī’’ti ettha viya ca. Tathā hi sīdatīti sataṃ, aniccassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Iminā ucchedadiṭṭhi vuttā. Sataiti cettha avibhattiko niddeso. Sannisīvesūti parissamavinodanatthaṃ sabbaso nisīdantesu, vissamamānesūti attho, dakārassa vakāraṃ katvā niddeso. Nisīdananti nisīdanakriyā. Mañcapīṭhādikaṃ vā āsanaṃ. Tañhi nisīdanti etthāti nisīdananti vuccati. Nisinnanti nisīdanakriyā eva. Ettha pana ‘‘gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Mātugāmena saddhiṃ raho maññe tayā nisinnanti kukkuccaṃ upadahatītiādīsu cassa payogo veditabbo. Ettha hi gamanaṃ gabhaṃ, ṭhānaṃ ṭhitaṃ, nisīdanaṃ nisannaṃ, supanaṃ suttaṃ, jāgaraṇaṃ jāgaritaṃ, bhāsanaṃ bhāsitanti vuccati. Nisajjāti nisīdanā. Gonisādoti gonisajjanā. Upanisāti upanisīdati phalaṃ etthāti upanisā, kāraṇaṃ. Nisādetunti nisīdāpetuṃ. Nisādetvāti nisīdāpetvā.
以如此粗躁不安而来至此,即使是普通众生也能得到安坐。
显示巴利原文 Bhāve napuṃsako ñeyyo, nisinnanti ravo pana;
“懈怠者”——此处“达”字的变化,如同“善逝”中的用例,亦如同“于存在者中则是”的用法。所谓“沉没”,即指“存在者”,这是无常的异名,用以说明断见。此处的“存在者”一词,是不带格尾的表述。“于一切坐息者中”——指为消除疲劳而完全坐下休息的人,也就是休憩者,这里将“达”字转为“瓦”字来表达。“坐下之行为”即坐具,也就是床、椅等座位。那里可坐,故称坐具。“已坐者”也就是坐下之行为。应当了知它的用法,如见于“行、立、坐、卧、醒、语、默,皆具正知”、“与女人独处,我想你是坐着心生追悔”等处。在这些地方:行走称为行,站立称为立,坐下称为坐,睡眠称为卧,清醒称为醒,言说称为语。“坐息”,就是坐下。“牛之坐处”,是令牛坐卧之处。“近依”,果报依止于此,故称近依,即原因。“令坐”是不定式,使他就座。“令坐已”是使他就座之后。显示巴利原文
Vāccaliṅgo tiliṅgo so, gatādīsupyayaṃ nayo.
Cada 用于“祈求”义。Yācana(祈求)即恳请(ajjhesana)。Cadati 即他祈求。显示巴利原文
Cada yācane. Yācanaṃ ajjhesanaṃ. Cadati.
Mida、meda 用于滋润、脂肪、伤害等义。Midati(他滋润)。Medati(他积聚脂肪/他伤害)。显示巴利原文
Mida meda medhāhiṃsāsu. Midati. Medati.
Nida、neda 用于诃责、聚集等义。Kucchā 意为诃责。Sannikarisaṃ 意为聚集,是特定的表述方式。Nidati(他诃责)。Nedati(他斥责)。显示巴利原文
Nida neda kucchāsannikarisesu. Kucchā garahā. Sannikarisaṃ vohāraviseso. Nidati. Nedati.
Bundi 用于锐利义。Nisānaṃ 意为锐利,即刺激、尖锐性。Bundati(他变锐利)。Bondi(锐利)。显示巴利原文
Bundi nisāne. Nisānaṃ tejanaṃ tikkhatā. Bundati. Bondi.
此处,bondi 指身体。实则,因身体中有诸种 bundāni——或为离间语、粗恶语等锐利不善法,或为智慧、精进等锐利善法——故称为 bondi;纵在表“联结”之义时,亦有 u 音转为 o 音的情形。此中义趣,当依恶人与善人的情形来理解。至于 bondi 一词作为身体之义——显示巴利原文
Ettha ca bondīti sarīraṃ. Tañhi bundāni tikkhāni pisuṇapharusavācādīni vā paññāvīriyādīni vā ettha santīti bondīti vuccati, saññogaparattepi ukārassokārādeso, pāpakalyāṇajanavasenesa attho daṭṭhabbo. Bondisaddassa sarīravācakatā pana –
我不再,亦非不再,也并非一再地不再;
我将献出象的身躯,实因被恐惧所追逼”等语句中。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāhaṃ puna na ca puna, na cāpi apunappunaṃ; Hatthibondiṃ pavekkhāmi, tathā hi bhayatajjito’’tiādīsu
应当观察。以下是它的种种名称:显示巴利原文
Daṭṭhabbā. Imānissa nāmāni –
身体、deha(身)、sarīra(躯体),vapu(形)、bimba(像)、viggaha(身相);
Bondi(身)、gatta(肢体)、tanu(身躯),以及attabhāvo(自体)、upadhi(依处);
Samussayo(积聚)——这些正是身体(deha)的诸名称。
显示巴利原文 Kāyo dehaṃ sarīrañca, vapu bimbañca viggahaṃ; Bondi gattaṃ tanu ceva, attabhāvo tathūpadhi; Samussayoti cetāni, dehanāmāni honti hi.
Vada(说)用于言语的表达。有 vadati(他说)、vajjati(他说)。vadeti(他说/教诫)、ovadati(教诫)、ovadeti(教诫)、paṭivadati(反驳)。abhivadati(宣称)、anuvadati(随说)、upavadati(责备)、apavadati(指责)。nivadati(陷入)。其他亦应如理配合。其中,依‘诸尊者,请说“amma”’的圣典所示,故有 vajjati(说)一词。然而,有些师长期许‘vajjeti’的形态,经审察若合理则可采纳。又依‘优婆塞对比丘说。大王以此因缘,大牟尼教诫众人’的显示,故亦说 vadeti 与 ovadeti。这一切都是纯主动语态的动词。显示巴利原文
Vada viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ. Vadati, vajjati. Vadeti, ovadati, ovadeti, paṭivadati. Abhivadati, anuvadati, upavadati, apavadati. Nivadati. Aññānipi yojetabbāni. Tattha ‘‘vajjantu bhonto amma’’nti pāḷidassanato vajjatīti padaṃ vuttaṃ. Keci pana garū ‘‘vajjetī’’ti rūpaṃ icchanti, taṃ upaparikkhitvā yuttañce gahetabbaṃ, ‘‘upāsako bhikkhuṃ vadeti. Tena yogena janakāyaṃ, ovadeti mahāmunī’’ti ca dassanato vadeti ovadetīti ca vuttaṃ. Sabbānetāni suddhakattupadāni.
教导、使说、令说、使令说。责备、使回避,这些是使役动词。显示巴利原文
Ovādeti , vādayati, vādāpeti, vādāpayati. Vajjento, vajjayanto, imāni hetukattupadāni.
在业用句中,有“被说、被教诫、被呵责。正被说、正被呵责、正被教诫时,却不遵奉教敕”等用法。而“论说、教诫、反驳、争论、敬礼、随说、讥毁、诽谤、争论、告知、应说、言说”等名词性词语,也应如此结合。显示巴利原文
Kamme ‘‘vadiyati, ovadiyati, vajjiyati. Vadiyamāno, vajjamāno, ovadiyamāno, ovajjamāno na karoti sāsanaṃ’’ iccādīni bhavanti. ‘‘Vādo, ovādo, paṭivādo, pavādo, abhivādanaṃ, anuvādo, upavādo, apavādo, vivādo, nivādanaṃ, vajjaṃ, vadanaṃ’’ iccevamādīni nāmikapadāni yojetabbāni.
“为了说、说了、争论了”等,以及以 -tuṃ 结尾的不定式等词语,也是如此。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vadituṃ, vaditvā, vivaditvā’’ iccevamādīni ca tumantādīni padāni.
其中,“vāda”指言谈。应当说、应被说的,即是“vajja”。那是什么?是言语。由此,凭借真实之语——“愿我与具德之夫共住”——在此句中,言语即被称为“vajja”。人们以此而说,故为“vadana”,即口。口的名称有如下这些:显示巴利原文
Tattha vādoti kathā. Vaditabbaṃ vattabbanti vajjaṃ, kiṃ taṃ? Vacanaṃ. Etena saccavajjena, samaṅginī sāmikena homīti ettha hi vacanaṃ ‘‘vajja’’nti vuccati. Vadanti etenāti vadanaṃ, mukhaṃ. Mukhassa hi imāni nāmāni –
Vadanaṃ lapanaṃ tuṇḍaṃ, mukha massañca ānanaṃ; Sūkarādimukhaṃ tuṇḍa-miti ñeyyaṃ visesato.
所谓‘说’,即如父亲对儿子说。又如鼓‘说’,指发出声音,即放出音响,这是它的含义。这一理则同样适用于‘vajjati’。显示巴利原文
Tatra vadatīti pitā puttaṃ vadati. Apica vadatīti bherī vadati, nādaṃ muñcatīti attho. Esa nayo vajjatīti etthāpi.
此处为词形变化表:他说、他们说。你说、你们说。我说、我们说。他说、他们说(中间语态)。你说、你们说(中间语态)。我说、我们说(中间语态)。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ padamālā, vadati, vadanti. Vadasi, vadatha. Vadāmi, vadāma. Vadate, vadante. Vadase, vadavhe. Vade, vadamhe.
愿他说、愿他们说。你说、说、你们说。我说、我们说。愿他二人说、愿他们说(中间语态)。你说、你们说(中间语态)。我说、我们说(中间语态)。显示巴利原文
Vadatu, vadantu. Vadāhi, vada, vadatha. Vadāmi, vadāma. Vadataṃ, vadantaṃ. Vadassu, vadavho. Vade, vadāmase.
他说、他们说。你说、你们说。我说、我们说。他说、他们说(中间语态)。你说、你们说(中间语态)。我说、我们说(中间语态)。显示巴利原文
Vajjati, vajjanti. Vajjasi, vajjatha. Vajjāmi, vajjāma. Vajjate, vajjante. Vajjase, vajjavhe. Vajje, vajjamhe.
愿他说、愿他们说。你说、说、你们说。我说、我们说。愿他二人说、愿他们说(中间语态)。你说、你们说(中间语态)。我说、我们说(中间语态)。应知此二词形变化系列,是依‘vad’词根转为‘vajja’等而说。此处有微细义理抉择:‘人间与天界的乐器,那时皆奏响’——此句中,‘vajjanti’是纯粹主动动词,以其能表显故。如同什么?显示巴利原文
Vajjatu , vajjantu. Vajjāhi, vajja, vajjatha. Vajjāmi, vajjāma. Vajjataṃ, vajjantaṃ. Vajjassu, vajjavho. Vajje, vajjāmhase. Imā dve padamālā vadadhātussa vajjādesavasena vuttāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Atrāyaṃ sukhumatthavinicchayo, ‘‘mānussakā ca dibbā ca, tūriyā vajjanti tāvade’’ti pāḷi. Ettha vajjantīti idaṃ suddhakattupadaṃ taddīpakattā. Kiṃ viya?
令螺贝与铜鼓齐鸣,令单面鼓皆奏响;
愿紧系的鼓鸣响,愿众鼓发出悦耳之声。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Udīrayantu saṅkhapaṇavā, vadantu ekapokkharā; Nadantu bheī sannaddhā, vaggū vadantu dundubhī’’ti
此处如同“令其发声”“令其宣说”等词。正如注疏中依纯粹主动态所释的:“‘vajjanti’者,当知是以现在时表过去时。”因此,在此类情形下,应视作词根 vad 变为 vajja 的替代形式。显示巴利原文
Ettha ‘‘udīrayantu vadantu’’ādīni viya. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘vajjantīti vajjiṃsūti atītavacane vattamānavacanaṃ veditabba’’nti suddhakattuvasena vivaraṇaṃ kataṃ, tasmā īdisesu ṭhānesu vadadhātussa vajjādeso daṭṭhabbo.
法螺、响器,以及众多大鼓;
在虚空中鸣响,因见天空如此希有之奇观。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi diṇḍimā bahū; Antalikkhamhi vajjanti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe’’ti
然而,此处的“vajjanti”是使役主动词,因其揭示了使役者。又由于它属于音韵连声的范畴,故以“vādayanti”这一使役动词的形式成立。正如先确立“vādayanti”的词形之后,略去后面的 ya 音,dy 的组合变为 jja 双写,且前一个字母变为短音。因此,注疏中以使役主动态解释说:“‘vajjanti’即‘vādayanti’。”由此,应依使役主动态来领会其义:“诸天在虚空中见到世尊的双神变稀有奇迹后,便在天空演奏这些法螺、响器等乐器。”所以,在此类情形中,vad 词根并不变为 vajja 的替代形式。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana vajjantīti hetukattupadaṃ taddīpakattā. Tañca kho vaṇṇasandhivisayattā vādayantīti kāritapadarūpena siddhaṃ. Tathā hi ‘‘vādayantī’’ti padarūpaṃ patiṭṭhapetvā yakāre pare saralopo kato, dyakārasaññogassa jjakāradvayaṃ pubbakkharassa rassattañca bhavati. Tenāha aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘vajjantīti vādayantī’’ti hetukattuvasena vivaraṇaṃ. Tathā hi ‘‘devatā nabhe accherakaṃ bhagavato yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ disvā antalikkhe etāni saṅkhapaṇavādīni tūriyāni vādayantī’’ti hetukattuvasena attho gahetabbo bhavati, tasmā īdisesu ṭhānesu vadassa vajjādeso na bhavati.
对此,有人或许会说:“在‘antalikkhamhi vajjanti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe’这一句中,‘vajjanti’一词也仅仅是单纯主动词,而非使役主动词,即便将它解释为‘vajjanti 即 vādayanti’。正如在‘ye kecime diṭṭhiparibbasānā, idameva saccanti vivādayanti’以及‘evampi viggayha vivādayanti’等语句中,‘vādayanti’一词与‘vadanti’同义,这在教法中也可以见到。”但此说不然,因为“disvā”是表示“见”这一动作的词语。法螺、响器等不可能有见神变等行为,因为它们没有能见之心。确是如此,然而——显示巴利原文
Kecettha vadeyyuṃ ‘‘antalikkhamhi vajjanti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe’’ti etthāpi ‘‘vajjantī’’ti padaṃ suddhakattupadameva, na hetukattupadaṃ ‘‘vajjantīti vādayantī’’ti vivaraṇe katepi, tathā hi ‘‘ye kecime diṭṭhiparibbasānā, ‘‘idameva sacca’nti vivādayantī’’ti ca ‘‘evampi viggayha vivādayantī’’ti ca evamādīsu vadantipadena samānatthaṃ ‘‘vādayantī’’ti padañca sāsane diṭṭha’’nti? Tanna, ‘‘disvā’’ti dassanakriyāvacanato. Na hi saṅkhapaṇavādīnaṃ pāṭihāriyādidassanaṃ upapajjati dassanacittassa abhāvatoti. Saccaṃ, tathāpi –
见到哭喊的孩童,高大茂盛的树木,
自己俯下身来,亲近那些孩童。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rādante dārake disvā, ubbiddhā vipulā dumā; Sayamevonamitvāna, upagacchanti dārake’’ti
正如在此处,因为是譬喻性的用法,“见”这个词完全可以适用。因此,将“vajjanti”解释为“vādayanti”(演奏),难道只是依主动语态而作吗?并非如此,下文——显示巴利原文
Ettha viya upacaritattā upapajjateva dassanavacanaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘vajjantīti vādayantī’’ti vivaraṇaṃ suddhakattuvasena katanti? Tanna, heṭṭhā –
歌声缭绕在虚空,在风所行经的道路上响起;
见天空中稀有之相,便演奏蒙皮之鼓。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Saṅgītiyo ca vattanti, ambare anilañjase; Cammanaddhāni vādenti, disvānaccherakaṃ nabhe’’ti
依此偈颂,对“vādenti 即 vādayanti 诸天”这一带剩余文句的解释,是依据使役主动态而作的。又,若有人说:“因‘saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi diṇḍimā bahū’是以主格宣说,故‘vajjanti’一词为表动作对象的词。”这也并非如此,因为解释并非依动作对象而作,而是依主动者而作。于此应当如此决断。显示巴利原文
Iminnā gāthāya ‘‘vādentīti vādayanti devatā’’ti sapāṭhasesassa atthavivaraṇassa hetukattuvasena katattā. Athāpi vadeyyuṃ ‘‘saṅkhā ca paṇavā ceva, athopi diṇḍimā bahū’ti paccattavacanavasena vuttattā vajjantīti padaṃ kammavācakapada’’nti ce? Tampi na, kammavasena vivaraṇassa akatattā, kattuvasena pana katattāti niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ.
此处应作如是抉择:语根“vad”分属两种语群——bhūvādi 语群与 curādi 语群。它在 bhūvādi 语群中变化时,先产生“vadati, vajjati”等纯主动形式,其后产生“vādeti, vādayati, vādāpeti, vādāpayati”这四种使动主动形式;在 curādi 语群中,则先产生“vādeti, vādayati”等纯主动形式,其后产生“vādāpeti, vādāpayati”这两种使动主动形式。是故,在教法中可见“vādenti, vādayanti”等纯主动动词。像“vadeyya, vadeyyuṃ”等一切形式,皆可依此推知;而“vajjeyya, vajjeyyuṃ”等一切形式,亦应依“vajja”等为首的变化而类推。显示巴利原文
Ayamettha vinicchayo veditabbo. Dvigaṇiko vadadhātu bhūvādigaṇiko ca curādigaṇiko ca. So hi bhūvādigaṇe vattanto ‘‘vadati vajjatī’’ti suddhakatturūpāni janetvā ‘‘vādeti, vādayati, vādāpeti, vādāpayatī’’ti cattāri hetukatturūpāni janeti, curādigaṇe pana ‘‘vādeti, vādayatī’’ti suddhakatturūpāni janetvā ‘‘vādāpeti, vādāpayatī’’ti ca dve hetukatturūpāni janeti, tasmā sāsane ‘‘vādenti vādayantī’’ti suddhakattupadāni dissanti. ‘‘Vadeyya, vadeyyuṃ’’ iccādi sabbaṃ neyyaṃ. ‘‘Vajjeyya, vajjeyyuṃ’’ iccādi ca sabbaṃ neyyaṃ vajjādesavasena.
此外,亦可说“vadeyya”、“vadeyyuṃ”、“vajjuṃ”等。正如“pitā mātā ca te dajjuṃ”这一词句。此处,巴利文“vajjuṃ vā te na vā vajjuṃ, natthi nāsāya rūhanā”即是例证,其义为:他们或许会说,或许不说。尚有“vadeyyāsi, vajjāsi, vajjesi”等形态,如“vutto vajjāsi vandanaṃ”(你说过敬礼的话),又如“vajjesi kho tvaṃ vāmūraṃ”(你确已避开左大腿)。还有“vadeyyātha, vajjātha”,例如“ammaṃ arogaṃ vajjātha”(你们应祝母亲无病)。再有“vadeyyāmi, vajjāmi, vadeyyāma, vajjāma”等形态,以及“vadetha, vaderaṃ”、“vadetho, vadeyyāvho, vajjāvho”、“vadeyyaṃ, vajjaṃ, vadeyyāmhe, vajjā”等。显示巴利原文
Atha vā vadeyya, vadeyyuṃ, vajjuṃ. Pitā mātā ca te dajjunti padamiva. Ettha ca ‘‘vajjuṃ vā te na vā vajjuṃ, natthi nāsāya rūhanā’’ti pāḷi nidassanaṃ. Vadeyyuṃ vāna vadeyyuṃvāti attho. Vadeyyāsi, vajjāsi, vajjesi iccapi. Vutto vajjāsi vandanaṃ. Vajjesi kho tvaṃ vāmūraṃ. Vadeyyātha, vajjātha. Ammaṃ arogaṃ vajjātha. Vadeyyāmi, vajjāmi, vadeyyāma, vajjāma. Vadetha, vaderaṃ. Vadetho, vadeyyāvho, vajjāvho. Vadeyyaṃ, vajjaṃ, vadeyyāmhe, vajjāmhe. Pubbe viya idhāpi yakāre pare saralopo daṭṭhabbo. Aññānipi upaparikkhitvā gahetabbāni.
下面说明完全过去时等形态。vada、pāvada,如同babhuva。省略da音时,也会出现“pāva”这一形式,就如“paṭipaṃ vadehi bhaddante”句中的“paṭipaṃ”一词。同样,巴利文中有“yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāva”之句。在此,前缀“pa”被赋予长音,说为“pāvadati”、“pāvacana”等形式,而“pāvā”一词属于过去时语。然而,在注释书中,论师虽知此为过去时语,却仍依现在时语,将其解释为“‘pāvā’即是说”,这是因为在此类情形中,由于时态转用,须以现在时来表其含义。显示巴利原文
Idāni parokkhādirūpāni kathayāma. Vada, pāvada, yathā babhuva. Dakāralope ‘‘pāva’’ itipi rūpaṃ bhavati, ‘‘paṭipaṃ vadehi bhaddante’’ti ettha ‘‘paṭipa’’nti padaṃ viya. Tathā hi ‘‘yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāva’’ iti pāḷi dissati. Ettha pasaddo upasaggo dīghaṃ katvā vutto ‘‘pāvadati pāvacana’’ntiādīsu viya, pāvāti ca idaṃ atītavacanaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana atītavacanaṃ idanti jānantopi garu vattamānavacanavasena ‘‘pāvāti vadatī’’ti vivaraṇamakāsi īdisesu ṭhānesu kālavipallāsavasena atthassa vattabbattā.
再者,具寿舍利弗在《无碍解道》中,举出“yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāvā”这一词句后,以现在时语词解释说:“ātumā”是自我,“sayameva pāvā”则是自己宣说自己,意即“我是具戒者”或“我是具足善行之人”。或者,“pāvā”一词并非仅由vad语根所成,亦可由ū语根所成。因为,它是在前缀pa之后的ū语根应用时,将u转为o,再于其后的完全过去时a字母前,将o转为āv,完成连音组合而成立。因此,由于ū语根与vad语根的意义相同,且由ū语根所成的形式与由vad语根所成的形式相同,论师便以vad语根来解释为“自己宣说自己”,应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Āyasmāpi ca sāriputto niddese ‘‘yo ātumānaṃ sayameva pāvā’’ti padaṃ nikkhipitvā ātumā vuccati attā, sayameva pāvāti sayameva attānaṃ pāvadati, ‘‘ahamasmi sīlasampanno’’ti vā ‘‘vatasampanno’’ti vāti vattamānavacanena atthaṃ niddisi. Atha vā pāvāti idaṃ na kevalaṃ vadadhātuvaseneva nipphannaṃ, atha kho udhātuvasenapi. Tathā hi idaṃ papubbassa usadde iti dhātussa payoge ukārassa okārādesaṃ katvā tato parokkhābhūte akāre pare okārassa āvādesaṃ tato ca sandhikiccaṃ katvā sijjhati, tasmā udhātussa vadadhātuyā samānatthattā tannipphannarūpassa ca vadadhātuyā nipphannarūpena samānarūpattā ‘‘sayameva attānaṃ pāvadatī’’ti vadadhātuvasena niddisīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
现在将中断的词列接续起来。vada, vaduṃ。vade, vadittha, vadaṃ, vadimha。vadittha, vadire。vadittho, vadivho。vadiṃ, vadimhe。pāvada,亦有 pāva 等形式。pāvadu。pāvade, pāvadittha。pāvadaṃ, pāvadimha。pāvadittha, pāvadire。pāvadittho, pāvadivho。pāvadiṃ, pāvadimhe。同样地,诸如“vajja, vajju”等,皆为完全过去时的形态。显示巴利原文
Idāni vicchinnā padamālā ghaṭīyati. Vada, vaduṃ. Vade, vadittha, vadaṃ, vadimha. Vadittha, vadire. Vadittho, vadivho. Vadiṃ, vadimhe. Pāvada, pāva iccapi. Pāvadu. Pāvade, pāvadittha. Pāvadaṃ, pāvadimha. Pāvadittha, pāvadire. Pāvadittho, pāvadivho. Pāvadiṃ, pāvadimhe. Tathā ‘‘vajja, vajju’’ iccādīni parokkhārūpāni.
“avadā, avadū。avajjā, avajjū”等,是昨日过去时的形态。显示巴利原文
‘‘Avadā, avadū. Avajjā, avajjū’’ iccādīni hiyyattanīrūpāni.
“avadi, vadi, avaduṃ, vaduṃ, avadiṃsu, vadiṃsu。avajji, vajji”等,则是今日过去时的形态。显示巴利原文
‘‘Avadi, vadi, avaduṃ, vaduṃ, avadiṃsu, vadiṃsu. Avajji, vajji’’ iccādīni ajjatanīrūpāni.
“vadissati, vadissanti”、“vajjissati, vajjissanti”等是未来时的形态。显示巴利原文
‘‘Vadissati, vadissanti. Vajjissati, vajjissanti’’ iccādīni bhavissantīrūpāni.
“avadissā, vadissā, avajjissā, vajjissā”等是超时相的形态。其余一切形态,亦应尽可能详细展开。然而,vad 语根本为清晰的语言表达所用,但在诸如“vadantaṃ ekapokkharā. Bherivādako”等句中,亦通过转喻的方式,用于不清晰的声音,应当如此了知。显示巴利原文
‘‘Avadissā, vadissā, avajjissā, vajjissā’’ iccādīni kālātipattirūpāni. Sesāni sabbānipi yathāsambhavaṃ vitthāretabbāni. Yā panettha vadadhātu viyattiyaṃ vācāyaṃ vuttā, sā katthaci ‘‘vadantaṃ ekapokkharā. Bherivādako’’tiādīsu abyattasaddepi vattati upacaritavasenāti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
Vid 语根,表知。ñāṇa 即了知。vidati、vedo、vidū。于使动形式中,有如“vedeti, vedayati. sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. vedayanti ca te tuṭṭhiṃ, devā mānusakā ubho”等用例。其中,pavedeti 意为使之觉悟、使之知、使之阐示。vedo 是指能了知微细事理者,这是智慧的名称,因为在“Vedehamuni”一词中,智慧即被称为 vedo。或者,vedo 也是吠陀经典的名称,因为人们仅由诵读便知其承载者“此人是婆罗门”,或婆罗门们通过它知晓自己所应作之事,故得名 vedo。吠陀又分为梨俱吠陀、夜柔吠陀、娑摩吠陀三种。至于阿闼婆吠陀,因含有伤害他众的内容,志向高洁者不学,所以在巴利圣典中说“通达三吠陀者”。这些亦称为“chando, manto, suti”。显示巴利原文
Vidañāṇe. Ñāṇaṃ jānanaṃ. Vidati. Vedo. Vidū. Kārite ‘‘vedeti. Vedayati. Sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. Vedayanti ca te tuṭṭhiṃ, devā mānusakā ubho’’ti payogā. Tattha pavedetīti bodheti ñāpeti pakāseti. Vedoti vidati sukhumampi kāraṇaṃ ājānātīti vedo, paññāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. ‘‘Vedehamunī’’ti ettha hi ñāṇaṃ vedoti vuccati. Vedoti vā vedaganthassapi nāmaṃ vidanti jānanti etena uccāritamattena tadādhāraṃ puggalaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇo aya’’nti, vidanti vā etena brāhmaṇā attanā kattabbakiccanti vedo. So pana iruvedayajuvedasāmavedavasena tividho. Āthabbaṇavedaṃ pana paṇītajjhāsayā na sikkhanti parūpaghātasahitattā. Tasmā pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ pāragū’’ti vuttaṃ. Eteyeva ‘‘chando, manto, sutī’’ti ca vuccanti.
他亦出现在‘Pāvaka’(火)中,是‘jātasadda’(生起之声)的先导。
它紧随‘jātasadda’(生起之声)之后;而当‘sati’(念)存在时,亦能令喜悦生起。
“Vedagū sabbadhamme”(通达一切法者)一句中,此词也用于“已知”之义。
显示巴利原文 Paññāyaṃ tuṭṭhiyaṃ vede, vedasaddo pavattati; Pāvakepi ca so diṭṭho, jātasaddapurecaro; Pacchānuge jātasadde, sati tuṭṭhajanepi ca; ‘‘Vedagū sabbadhamme’’ti etthāpi viditesu ca.
“Vidū”(智者)指贤明之人。他如实了知业、果以及善等诸法,故被称为“Vidū”(智者)。显示巴利原文
Vidūti paṇḍitamanusso. So hi yathāsabhāvato kammañca phalañca kusalādibhede ca dhamme vidatīti ‘‘vidū’’ti vuccati.
“Ruda”(哭泣)意为流泪,应作为及物动词来理解。其形式有 rodati、rudati(他哭泣)等。另有 ruṇṇaṃ(已哭泣)、ruditaṃ(已哭泣)、rodanaṃ(哭泣)、rodanto(正在哭泣)、rodamāno(正在哭泣)、rodantī(正在哭泣的女性)、rodamānā(正在哭泣的女性)、rudamukhā(哭泣的脸)、rudaṃ(哭泣)、rudanto(正在哭泣)。显示巴利原文
Ruda assuvimocane, sakammikavasenimissā attho gahetabbo. Rodati, rudati iccapi. Ruṇṇaṃ. Ruditaṃ. Rodanaṃ. Rodanto. Rodamāno. Rodantī. Rodamānā. Rudamukhā. Rudaṃ. Rudanto.
其中,‘rodati’(哭泣)——为何而哭?他为死去的儿子或兄弟而哭泣。关于此,圣典中有言:‘尊者,我并非为此而哭,即世尊对我所说的那件事。’然而,此处的含义是——‘尊者,对于世尊对我所说的那事,我并非为此而悲泣、哀号、叹息’,应如此作为及物动词的用法来理解其义。显示巴利原文
Tattha rodatīti kiṃ rodati? Mataṃ puttaṃ vā bhātaraṃ vā rodati. Tatrāyaṃ pāḷi ‘‘nāhaṃ bhante etaṃ rodāmi, yaṃ maṃ bhante bhagavā evamāha’’. Ayaṃ panettha attho – ‘‘yaṃ maṃ bhante bhagavā evamāha, ahaṃ etaṃ bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ na parodāmi na paridevāmi na anutthunāmī’ti evaṃ sakammikavasenattho veditabbo, na assumuñcanamattena.
‘母亲啊,她们为死者而哭泣,或为那不见其活着的人而哭;
母亲啊,她们看见活着,为何你却为我而哭泣呢?’
显示巴利原文 ‘Mataṃ vā amma rodanti, yo vā jīvaṃ na dissati; Jīvantaṃ amma passanti, kasmā maṃ amma rodasī’ti
这是注释书的话语:“此处的用法是”。复注这样说:“为了显示:正如及物动词词根依特殊意义可转为不及物,如‘vibuddho puriso’(觉醒的人)、‘vibuddho kamalasaṇḍo’(盛开的莲丛);同样地,依特殊意义,不及物动词也可转为及物,因此说‘na paridevāmi na anutthunāmi’(我不悲泣、不哀叹)。其中,‘anutthunā’(哀叹)一词在‘purāṇāni anutthuna’(哀叹旧事)等句中即作及物动词使用。而‘此处的用法是’这句话,正是为了显示在此偈颂中,‘anutthunana’(哀叹)即指‘rudana’(哭泣)。”显示巴利原文
Ayañcettha payogo’’ti idamaṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ. Idaṃ pana ṭīkāvacanaṃ – ‘‘yathā sakammakā dhātusaddā atthavisesavasena akammakā honti ‘vibuddho puriso vibuddho kamalasaṇḍo’ti, evaṃ atthavisesavasena akammakāpi sakammakā hontīti dassetuṃ ‘na paridevāmi na anutthunāmī’ti āha. Anutthunasaddo sakammakavasena payujjati ‘purāṇāni anutthuna’ntiādīsu. Ayañcettha payogoti iminā gāthāya anutthunanaṃ rudanaṃ adhippetanti dassetī’’ti.
‘Dalidda’(贫穷)意为恶趣。‘Duggati’(恶趣)的含义是“苦的归趣、立足之处”,此义适用于“apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati”(生于无幸处、恶趣、堕处、地狱)等句。但此处不取此义,而应取另一含义。如何是“duggati”(贫穷)?即“以苦、以艰难而得而行,获得饮食等,是为duggati”,也就是“dalidda”(贫穷)。有“daliddo”(贫穷的男人)、“daliddī”(贫穷的女人)、“dāliddiyaṃ”(贫穷的状态)。其中,“daliddati”(他贫穷)的含义是:一切所欲之物都只能通过向他人乞求,以苦而获得,不乞求则不得。“Duliddo”(贫穷者)即恶趣之人,“Daliddī”(贫穷者)即恶趣之女。贫穷者的状态是“dāliddiyaṃ”(贫穷)。在这里,由于世俗用法中可见“dalidda…”显示巴利原文
Dalidda duggatiyaṃ. Dukkhassa gati patiṭṭhāti duggatīti ayaṃ attho ‘‘apāyaṃ duggatiṃvinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjatī’’tiādīsu yujjati, idha pana idaṃ atthaṃ aggahetvā añño attho gahetabbo. Kathaṃ duggatīti? Dukkhena kicchena gati gamanaṃ annapānādilābho duggatīti. Daliddati. Daliddo, daliddī, dāliddiyaṃ. Tattha daliddatīti sabbaṃ icchiticchitaṃ paraṃ yācitvā eva dukkhena adhigacchati, na ayācitvāti attho. Duliddoti duggatamanusso. Daliddīti duggatā nārī. Daliddassa bhāvo dāliddiyaṃ. Ettha ca sabbameva ‘‘daliddatī’’ti lokikappayogadassanato ‘‘daliddatī’’ti kriyāpadaṃ vibhāvitaṃ. Sāsane pana taṃ kriyāpadaṃ na āgataṃ, ‘‘daliddo daliddī’’ti nāmapadāniyeva āgatāni. Anāgatampi taṃ ‘‘nāthatī’’ti padamiva sāsanānulomattā gahetabbameva. Garū pana kaccāyanamatavasena dala duggatimhīti duggativācakadaladhātuto iddapaccayaṃ katvā ‘‘daliddo’’ti nāmapadaṃ dassesuṃ.
‘Tuda’(刺、折磨)意为伤害。有主动形式‘tudati’(他刺)、‘vitudati’(他刺)。被动语态则有‘tujjati’(被刺)、‘vitujjamāno’(正被刺)、‘vedanābhibhunno’(被苦受所征服)等形式。显示巴利原文
Tuda byathane. Tudati, vitudati. Kammani ‘‘tujjati, vitujjamāno, vedanābhibhunno’’ti rūpāni.
那些不自调御之人,以言语刺伤他人,
犹如战象在沙场上遭利箭所伤。
听闻他人吐露的粗恶言语之后,
比丘应以无瞋之心安忍。
显示巴利原文 Tudanti vācāhi janā asaññatā, Sarehi saṅgāmagataṃva kuñjaraṃ; Sutvāna vākyaṃ pharusaṃ udīritaṃ, Adhivāsaye bhikkhu aduṭṭhacitto;
‘Nuda’根,义为研磨。研磨即粉碎、碾碎;‘nudati’意为推除;‘panudati’意为驱除。驱除。显示巴利原文
Nuda peraṇe. Peraṇaṃ cuṇṇikaraṇaṃ pisanaṃ, nudati, panudati. Panudanaṃ.
‘Vidi’根,义为获得。‘Vindati’意为获得。奋起者获得财富。‘Govindo’(牧牛者)。显示巴利原文
Vidi lābhe. Vindati. Uṭṭhātā vindate dhanaṃ. Govindo.
‘Khadi’(词根),表‘击破’。击破,即全面打击、杀灭。‘Khandati’意为咬碎。显示巴利原文
Khadi parighāte. Parighātaṃ samantato hananaṃ. Khandati.
「vid」根,义为获得。动词形为「获得」。『精进者获得财富』。「牧牛者」[Pali: Govinda],即牧得牛者之义。显示巴利原文
Dakārantadhāturūpāni.
「khad」根,义为击破。击破,即四面八方地打击、粉碎之意。动词形为「咬碎」。显示巴利原文
Dhakārantadhātu
‘dhā’根,表‘持’。‘dadhāti’意为持;‘vidadhāti’意为特别安排。凡智者作精巧的筹划。‘nidhiṃ nidheti’指他藏置宝藏;所谓宝藏,即被藏匿之物。如是善好地安置着。从那宝藏处取用。‘nidahati’指他藏置。‘天神啊,我藏置于何处?’‘paridahati’指他披上。凡将受持戒行者。‘dhassati’意为燃烧。‘paridhassati’意为完全燃尽。他称他人为愚者。阿姆巴达,释迦族以乌咖咖王为祖父。他对如来的觉悟生起信。‘saddhā’是信;‘saddahanā’是信解;‘saddhātabbaṃ’是应信受;‘saddahitabbaṃ’是应信受之;‘saddhāyiko’是可信的;‘paccayiko’是可依赖的。言语可信的近事女。‘saddahituṃ’为了信;‘saddahitvā’信解已。特别的依持。耳根的专注。他倾注耳根。倾注耳根的人。倾注耳根之后。死王的领域、魔的领域、名称。界、持者、特定者。规则。名称、所指称之义、具含义的语言、执取。显示巴利原文
Dhā dhāraṇe. Dadhāti, vidadhāti. Yaṃ paṇḍito nipuṇaṃ saṃvidheti. Nidhiṃ nidheti. Nidhi nāma nidhīyati. Tāva sunihito santo. Yato nidhiṃ parihari. Nidahati. Kuhiṃ deva nidahāmi. Paridahati. Yo vattaṃ paridahissati. Dhassati. Paridhassati. Bāloti paraṃ padahati. Sakyā kho ambaṭṭha rājānaṃ ukkākaṃ pitāmahaṃ dahanti. Saddahati tathāgatassa bodhiṃ. Saddhā, saddahanā, saddhātabbaṃ, saddahitabbaṃ, saddhāyiko, paccayiko. Saddheyyavacasā upāsikā. Saddahituṃ, saddahitvā. Visesādhānaṃ. Sotāvadhānaṃ. Sotaṃ odahati. Ohitasoto. Sotaṃ odahitvā. Maccudheyyaṃ, māradheyyaṃ, nāmadheyyaṃ, dhātu, dhātā, vidhātā. Vidhi. Abhidhānaṃ, abhidheyyaṃ, nidhānavatī vācā, ādhānagāhī, sandhi. Aññānipi yojetabbāni.
‘dhā’根,前加‘vi-’则表‘作、造作’义;前加‘abhi-’则表‘言说’义。
前缀「nyāsa-」,随其所宜,用于表示「安置」、「安立」与「结合」等义。
显示巴利原文 Vipubbo dhā karotyatthe, abhipubbo tu bhāsane; Nyāsaṃpubbo yathāyogaṃ, nyāsāropanasandhisu.
然而,在此词根「dhā」之前的前缀「api」,其元音「a」于某些情况下恒常失落,于某些情况下恒常不失。此处先说失落:关门(pidahati)、正在关门者(pidahanto)、为了关(pidahituṃ)、已关后(pidahitvā),如是元音「a」失落。未关门(apidahitvā),如是元音「a」不失。在这里,「a」并非前缀「api」的组成分,那又是什么呢?它只是一个表示遮止的虚词,而前缀的组成分则隐没不现,这便是恒常失落。是故,在此词根「dhā」之前的前缀「api」,其元音「a」于某些情况下恒常失落,于某些情况下恒常不失。这实在稀有,实在前所未有。诚然,在世尊的教法中,即便如是理趣,亦能令智者之心惊叹——于同一词根、同一前缀、同一语义中,竟能依失落与不失而作分别。如今,为令闻者生起最上善巧,我们将此两种形式合于一处,引出具有他们形式的胜者圣典——显示巴利原文
Imasmā pana dhādhātuto pubbassa api iccupasaggassa akāro kvaci niccaṃ lopaṃ pappoti, kvaci niccaṃ lopaṃ na pappoti. Atra lopo vuccate, dvāraṃ pidahati, dvāraṃ pidahanto, pidahituṃ, pidahitvā, evaṃ akāralopo bhavati. Dvāraṃ apidahitvā, evaṃ akāralopo na bhavati. Ettha hi akāro apiupasaggassa avayavo na hoti. Kinti ce? Paṭisedhatthavācako nipātoyeva, upasaggāvayavo pana adassanaṃ gato, ayaṃ niccālopo. Evaṃ dhādhātuto pubbassa api iccupasaggassa akāro kvaci niccaṃ lopaṃ pappoti, kvaci niccaṃ lopaṃ na pappoti. Idaṃ acchariyaṃ idaṃ abbhutaṃ. Yatra hi nāma bhagavato pāvacane evarūpapopi nayo sandissati viññūnaṃ hadayavimhāpanakaro, yo ekasmiṃyeva dhātumhi ekasmiṃyeva upasagge ekasmiṃyevatthe kvaci lopālopavasena vibhajituṃ labbhati. Idāni mayaṃ sotūnaṃ paramakosallajananatthaṃ tadubhayampi ākāraṃ ekajjhaṃ karontā tadākāravatiṃ jinavarapāḷiṃ ānayāma –
「他们将为我堵住恒河,婆罗门,我不能那样做;」
想要阻挡大海,如何可能呢?
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Gaṅgaṃ me pidahissanti, na taṃ sakkomi brāhmaṇa; Apidhetuṃ mahāsindhuṃ, taṃ kathaṃ so bhavissati; Na te sakkomi akkhātuṃ, atthaṃ dhammañca pucchito. Cittatthasādhaniṃ etaṃ, gāthaṃ sambhavajātake; Paññāsambhavamicchanto, kare citte sumedhaso’’ti.
【词根】dhu 有行进与坚固等义。gati 意为行进,theriya 意为坚固性。dhavati(奔流)。dhuvaṃ(恒常)。显示巴利原文
Dhu gatitheriyesu. Gati gamanaṃ, theriyaṃ thirabhāvo. Dhavati. Dhuvaṃ.
此处,dhuvaṃ 意为坚固。如“常、恒、永住、不变坏法”等语中,dhuvaṃ 即指某种坚固的法。或者,依行进与坚固之义,dhuvaṃ 应成为涅槃的异名。因为那涅槃是欲解脱生、老、病、死、忧愁等者所应奔赴、应当前往之处,故为 dhuvaṃ;又因其无生灭而具有恒常性,故为坚固、永住、恒常,即 dhuvaṃ。世尊正是依此义而说:“诸比丘,我将为你们宣说恒常与导向恒常之道。” dhuva 一词在“言词恒常”中作坚固义用;在“诸比丘,我将宣说恒常”中则指涅槃;而在“你必将成佛”中,则作为表决定的不变词使用,应当如此理解。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca dhuvanti thiraṃ. ‘‘Nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo’’tiādīsu viya, tasmā dhuvanti thiraṃ kiñci dhammajātaṃ. Atha vā dhuvanti idaṃ gatitheriyatthavasena nibbānasseva adhivacanaṃ bhavitumarahati. Tañhi jātijarābyādhimaraṇasokādito muccitukāmehi dhavitabbaṃ gantabbanti dhuvaṃ, uppādavayābhāvena vā niccasabhāvattā dhavati thiraṃ sassataṃ bhavatīti dhuvaṃ. Yañhi sandhāya bhagavatā ‘‘dhuvañca vo bhikkhave desessāmi dhuvagāminiñca paṭipada’’nti vuttaṃ. Dhuvasaddo ‘‘vacanaṃ dhuvasassata’’nti ettha thire vattati. ‘‘Dhuvañca bhikkhave desessāmī’’ti ettha nibbāne. ‘‘Dhuvaṃ buddho bhavissasī’’ti ettha pana ekaṃse nipātapadabhāvena vattatīti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
词根 dhū 表“摇动”之义。其中 ū 转为 ūva。有 dhūvati(摇动)、dhūvitā(摇动者)、dhūvitabbaṃ(应被摇动)。在音节缩短时,亦出现 dhuto(已被摇落)、dhutavā(已摇落者)等形式。显示巴利原文
Dhū vidhūnane. Ūkārassa ūvattaṃ. Dhūvati. Dhūvitā, dhūvitabbaṃ. Rassatte ‘‘dhuto, dhutavā’’ iccapi rūpāni bhavanti.
词根 dhe 表“饮”之义。有 dhayati(饮)、dhīyati(被饮)、dhena(饮)等。显示巴利原文
Dhe pāne. Dhayati, dhīyati. Dhena.
在此,dhenu(母畜)意指“幼子由此饮乳”,故称为 dhenu。如“母牛、母马、母鹿”等,dhenu 一词依其通义,可指一切有幼子的雌性畜生,但大多用于指母牛。正如经中所见:“施七百头母牛”。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca dhenūti dhayati pivati ito khīraṃ potakoti dhenu, ‘‘godhenu, assadhenu, migadhenū’’ti dhenusaddo sāmaññavasena sapotikāsu tiracchānagatitthīsu vattati, evaṃ santepi yebhuyyena gāviyaṃ vattati. Tathā hi ‘‘satta dhenusate datvā’’ti pāḷi dissati.
词根 sidh 具行进义,如 sedhati(行进)、nisedhati(遮止)、paṭisedhati(拒绝)。siddho(已成就)、pasiddho(已显明)、nisiddho(被遮止)、paṭisiddho(被拒绝)、paṭisedhito(被遮止者)、paṭisedhako(遮止者)、paṭisedho(遮止)、paṭisedhituṃ(为了遮止)、paṭisedhitvā(遮止已)。此处,由于前缀具有不可思议之力,与之结合时,词根 sidh 能生起种种不同意义;其他词根亦复如是。显示巴利原文
Sidhugatiyaṃ sedhati, nisedhati, paṭisedhati. Siddho, pasiddho, nisiddho, paṭisiddho, paṭisedhito, paṭisedhako, paṭisedho, paṭisedhituṃ, paṭisedhitvā. Idha acinteyyabalattā upasaggānaṃ taṃyoge sidhudhātussa nānappakārā atthā sambhavanti, aññesampi evameva.
词根 sidh 亦具教诫与吉祥之义。sattha 即教诫,maṅgalya 即灭罪或因于增长。sedhati(教诫)。siddho(已成就)、pasiddho(已显明)、pasiddhi(显明)。显示巴利原文
Sidhu satthe maṅgalye ca. Satthaṃ sāsanaṃ, maṅgalyaṃ pāpavināsanaṃ vuddhikāraṇaṃ vā. Sedhati. Siddho, pasiddho, pasiddhi.
Dadha 为词根,义为执持。‘令众生得满足故,名为 dadhi(给予)’,因 dha 变为 ha,遂成‘dahati’(执持)之形。如:此女执持此女为祖母;这些男子执持此男子为祖父。应令心安止。在安止之心。显示巴利原文
Dadha dhāraṇe. Janassa tuṭṭhiṃ dadhateti dadhi. Dhakārassa hakāratte ‘‘dahatī’’ti rūpaṃ. Ayaṃ itthī imaṃ itthiṃ ayyikaṃ dahati. Ime purisā imaṃ purisaṃ pitāmahaṃ dahanti. Cittaṃ samādahātabbaṃ. Samādahaṃ cittaṃ.
Edha(词根),义为增长与获得。Edhati(增长)。Edho(增长),sukhedhito(依乐而增长)。于深处稳定而增长(gādham edhati)。显示巴利原文
Edha vuddhiyaṃ lābhe ca. Edhati. Edho, sukhedhito. Gambhīre gādhamedhati.
此处,edho即edhati(增长)。以此而令清净之火增长,故称为edho。Indanaṃ(燃料),upādānaṃ(执取)。Sukhedhito意为依乐而增长,即依乐而养育之义。Gādham edhatī意为于所依处(gādhaṃ)确立而增长、获得。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca edhoti edhati. Vaḍḍhati etena pāvakoti edho. Indanaṃ, upādānaṃ. Sukhedhitoti sukhena edhito, sukhasaṃvaḍḍhitoti attho. Gādhamedhatīti gādhaṃ patiṭṭhitaṃ edhati labhati.
Baddha(词根),义为收摄。收摄即束缚的行为。Baddhati(收摄),vinibaddhati(遍收摄)。Vinibaddhā(已遍收摄)。显示巴利原文
Baddha saṃharise. Saṃhariso vinibaddhakriyā. Baddhati, vinibaddhati. Vinibaddhā.
词根Gādha,有住立、依止、根基、香等义。Gādhati意为确立。Gādhaṃ kattā意为确立者。因深(gambhīra)而无底(agādhaṃ)。显示巴利原文
Gādha patiṭṭhānissayagandhesu. Gādhati. Gādhaṃ kattā. Gambhīrato agādhaṃ.
词根Bādha,义为扰乱。Bādhati意为扰乱,vibādhati意为遍扰乱。Ābādho指疾病。以扰乱心故,名为ābādho(疾病)。显示巴利原文
Bādha viloḷane bādhati, vibādhati. Ābādho. Ābādhati cittaṃ viloḷetīti ābādho.
词根Nādha,义为乞求等。Nādhati意为乞求。Nādhanaṃ意为乞求之事。显示巴利原文
Nādhayācanādīsu. Nādhati. Nādhanaṃ.
Bandha 为词根,意为“结缚”。由此衍生:Bandhati(结缚)、Bandhanako(结缚者)、bandho(结缚)、bandhāpito(使结缚)、paṭibandho(系缚)、bandhanaṃ(结缚具)、bandho(结缚)、sambandhanaṃ(连结)、sambandho(连结)、pabandho(系属)、bandhu(亲属)。显示巴利原文
Bandha bandhane bandhati. Bandhanako, bandho, bandhāpito, paṭibandho, bandhanaṃ, bandho, sambandhanaṃ, sambandho, pabandho, bandhu.
其中,bandhanaṃ(结缚),指以其系缚众生,故名“结缚”,如锁链等。而“此为我等家族”,依应连结之义,故称 bandhu(亲属);然在《长老偈注》中,则说为“以爱缚相连结者为亲属”。显示巴利原文
Tattha bandhananti bandhanti satte etenāti bandhanaṃ, saṅkhalikādi. ‘‘Ayaṃ amhākaṃ vaṃso’’ti sambandhitabbaṭṭhena bandhu, theragāthāsaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ pana ‘‘pemabandhanena bandhū’’ti vuttaṃ.
Dadhi 为词根,意为“迟缓行”。迟缓行即迟缓进行。由此有 Dandhati(迟缓)、Dandho(迟缓者)、dandhapañño(迟钝慧者)。若于当迟缓时反迅速,于当迅速处反迟缓,则是如此。显示巴利原文
Dadhi asīghacāre. Asīghacāro asīghappavatti. Dandhati. Dandho, dandhapañño. Yo dandhakāle tarati, taraṇīye ca dandhati.
Vaddha(词根)意为增长。Vaddhati(增长)、Vaddhi(增长)、Vuddhi(增长)、Vaddho(增长者)、Vuddho(增长者)、Jātivuddho(种姓增长)、Guṇavuddho(功德增长)、Vayovuddho(年龄增长)。显示巴利原文
Vaddha vaddhane. Vaddhati. Vaddhi, vuddhi, vaddho, vuddho, jātivuddho, guṇavuddho, vayovuddho.
恭敬年长者之人,是通达法之人;
于现法得称赞,于来世生善趣。
显示巴利原文 Ye vuddhamapacāyanti, narā dhammassa kovidā; Diṭṭheva dhamme pāsaṃsā, samparāye ca suggatiṃ.
善哉,善言辞。善持守。显示巴利原文
Sadhu saddakucchiyaṃ. Sadhati.
Piḷadhi:指装饰。Piḷandhati:装饰之。Piḷandhanaṃ:装饰物。显示巴利原文
Piḷadhi alaṅkāre. Piḷandhati. Piḷandhanaṃ.
Piḷandhanamalaṅkāro, maṇḍanañca vibhūsanaṃ; Pasādhanañcābharaṇaṃ, pariyāyā ime matā.
Medha 有伤害与集会之义。动词 medhati 意指伤害。由此衍生出 medhā(智慧)与 medhāvī(智者)。此处所说的“智慧”,犹如雷电击碎山岩般击碎烦恼,故称智慧。或者,智慧与吉祥、戒等善士法共行,不孤立独处,故称智慧——这便是智慧的名称。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Medha hiṃsāyaṃ saṅgame ca. Medhati. Medhā, medhāvī. Atra medhāti asani viya siluccaye kilese medhati hiṃsatīti medhā. Medhati vā siriyā sīlādīhi ca sappurisadhammehi saha gacchati na ekikā hutvā tiṭṭhatīti medhā, paññāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Tathā hi –
犹如星宿之王在群星中;
戒、吉祥与真实之法,
皆追随具智慧者而成立。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Paññā hi seṭṭhā kusalā vadanti, Nakkhattarājāriva tārakānaṃ; Sīlaṃ sirī cāpi satañca dhammo, Anvāyikā paññavato bhavantī’’ti
如上所说。所谓“智者”,即成就法明与智慧之人。显示巴利原文
Vuttaṃ. Medhāvīti dhammojapaññāya ca samannāgato puggalo.
随缘而为智慧所成就。」显示巴利原文
Sadhu madhu unde. Sadhati. Madhati. Madhu.
Budha词根,意为觉悟。动词形为bodhati(他觉悟)。Buddho(觉悟者)。Abhisambuddhāno(正在完全觉悟者)。Sambuddhaṃ(已完全觉悟者)。Asambuddhaṃ(未觉悟者)。Bodhi(觉悟、菩提)。此词根亦见于Divādi组,彼组中有bujjhati之形,此处则为bodhati之形。经文中见“了知讥毁者”(Yo nindaṃ apabodhati)之句。使役形则有bodheti等。显示巴利原文
Budha bodhane. Bodhati. Buddho. Abhisambuddhāno. Sambuddhaṃ. Asambuddhaṃ. Bodhi. Divādigaṇepi ayaṃ dissati. Tatrahi ‘‘bujjhatī’’ti rūpaṃ, idha pana ‘‘bodhatī’’ti rūpaṃ. ‘‘Yo nindaṃ apabodhatī’’ti pāḷi dissati. Kārite pana ‘‘bodheti’’ iccādīni.
词根 Yudha,意为战斗、交战。其动词形为 yodhati(他战斗),名词形如 yodho(战士)。例句:Yodhetha māraṃ paññāvudhena,意为“应以智慧之武器与魔罗战斗”。Yuddhaṃ 指战斗、战争。Caraṇāyudho 或 caraṇāvudho,意为“以行为为武器者”或“以行为为兵刃者”。Āvudhaṃ 指武器。而属于 Divādi 组者,则有 yujjhatī 之形。显示巴利原文
Yudha sampahāre. Yodhati. Yodho. Yodhetha māraṃ paññāvudhena. Yuddhaṃ. Caraṇāyudho, caraṇāvudho vā. Āvudhaṃ. Divādigaṇikassa panassa ‘‘yujjhatī’’ti rūpaṃ.
词根 Dīdhi,意为光耀与穿射。其动词形为 dīdhati(他光耀),名词形为 dīdhiti(光耀性)。在此,dīdhiti 即指光线。光线的名称,实有多种。显示巴利原文
Dīdhi dittivedhanesu. Dīdhati. Dīdhiti. Ettha ca dīdhitīti rasmi. Anekāni hi rasmināmāni.
如 rasmi(光线)、ābhā(光芒)、pabhā(光辉)、raṃsi(光线)、ditti(光耀)、bhā(光)、ruci(光泽)、dīdhiti(灿烂之光)等,皆是光线的异名。
Marīci(阳焰)、juti(光明)、bhāṇu(光曜)、aṃsu(光线)、mayūkho(光束)、kiraṇo(辉耀)、karo(光芒)——
以及Nāgadhāma(龙光)与āloko(明朗),这些皆是表示光线的词语。
显示巴利原文 Rasmi ābhā pabhā raṃsi, ditti bhā ruci dīdhiti; Marīci juti bhāṇva’su, mayūkho kiraṇo karo; Nāgadhāmo ca āloko, iccete rasmivācakā.
以 na 音结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Nakārantadhātu
Nī根,意为引导。neti(他引导)、nayati(他引导)、vineti(他调伏)。调伏心中之苦恼(Vineyya hadaye daraṃ)。āneti(他带来)、ānayati(他引来)。引导者(Netā)、调伏者(Vinetā)、领导者(Nāyako)。应被引导者(Neyyo)、应被调伏者(Veneyyo)、能调教者(Venayiko)。已受调伏之人(Vinīto puriso)。“儿啊,你被鬼魅牵引之时,为何仍在凝望?”(Nīyamāne pisācena, kinnu tāta udikkhati)。正被引导者(Nīyanto)。引导的准则(Nettaṃ)。引导的线索(Netti)。有的引导已彻底拔除(Bhavanetti samūhatā)。依循准则者(Nettiko)。诚然,引水者引来水源(Udakañhi nayanti nettikā)。引导者(Nettā)。当准则走上正直之道时(Nette ujuṃ gate sati)。道理(Nayo)。律仪(Vinayo)。处所(Āya)。显示巴利原文
Nī naye. Neti, nayati, vineti. Vineyya hadaye daraṃ. Āneti. Ānayati. Netā. Vinetā. Nāyako. Neyyo . Veneyyo. Venayiko. Vinīto puriso. Nīyamāne pisācena, kinnu tāta udikkhati. Nīyanto. Nettaṃ. Netti. Bhavanetti samūhatā. Nettiko. Udakañhi nayanti nettikā. Nettā. Nette ujuṃ gate sati. Nayo. Vinayo. Āyatanaṃ. Netuṃ. Vinetuṃ. Netvā. Vinetvā iccādīni.
其中,所谓“引导之工具”:能显示自身之平与不平而引导者,故为“眼”。所谓“引导之线索”:以此引导众生者,故为“绳索”。所谓“有之索”:即有之绳索,这是渴爱的名称。因为以此渴爱,众生犹如牛被系颈,被牵引至种种有,故称为“有之索”。“引导者”:即农夫。“引导者”:即牛群之长、牛群之主。“引导”:引导、行进为“引导”,即圣典之流传。或者,应于各处被引导者,故为“引导”,即依同类性质应被引导之行相。被引导者,故为“引导”,如实性引导等。以此而被引导者,故为“引导”,如远离二边之引导等。显示巴利原文
Tattha nettanti samavisamaṃ dassentaṃ attabhāvaṃ netīti nettaṃ, cakkhu. Nettīti nenti etāya satteti netti, rajju. Bhavanettīti bhavarajju, taṇhāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Tāya hi sattā goṇā viya gīvāya bandhitvā taṃ taṃ bhavaṃ niyyanti, tasmā bhavanettīti vuccati. Nettikāti kassakā. Nettāti gavajeṭṭhako yūthapati. Nayoti nayanaṃ gamanaṃ nayo, pāḷigati. Atha vā tattha tattha netabboti nayo, sadisabhāvena netabbākāro. Nīyatīti nayo, tathattanayādi. Nīyati etenāti nayo, antadvayavivajjananayādi.
如此,引导有六种:如实性引导、到达引导、说法引导、远离二边引导、不可思议引导、意图引导。其中,如实性引导通过远离二边引导而被导引,到达引导通过不可思议引导而被导引,说法引导通过意图引导而被导引。在这里,前三种引导是以作业来成就而被称为“引导”;后三种引导则是以工具来成就,以此引导如实性等三种引导,故也称为“引导”。若对此义加以广释,则篇幅冗长,故不详述。显示巴利原文
Tathā hi chabbidho nayo tathattanayo pattinayo desanānayo antadvayavivajjananayo acinteyyanayo adhippāyanayoti. Tesu tathattanayo antadvayavivajjananayena nīyati, pattinayo acinteyyanayena, desanānayo adhippāyanayena nīyati. Etthādimhi tividho nayo kammasādhanena nīyatīti ‘‘nayo’’ti vuccati, pacchimo pana tividho nayo karaṇasādhanena nīyati etena tathattādinayattayamiti ‘‘nayo’’ti vuccati. Imasmiṃ atthe papañciyamāne ganthavitthāro siyāti vitthāro na dassito.
另有四种引导:一性引导、差异性引导、无功用引导、法尔如是引导。显示巴利原文
Aparopi catubbidho nayo ekattanayo nānattanayo abyāpāranayo evaṃdhammatānayoti.
在此调伏众生,或依此而调伏,故名为“律”。亦因能调伏身语,而名为“律”。“处”者,指于无始轮回中流转、极其漫长的轮回之苦,只要还未回转,它便一直进行、一直流转,因此称为“处”。显示巴利原文
Vineti satte ettha, etenāti vā vinayo. Kāyavācānaṃ vinayanatopi vinayo. Āyatananti anamatagge saṃsāre pavattaṃ atīva āyataṃ saṃsāradukkhaṃ yāva na nivattati, tāva nayateva pavattatevāti āyatanaṃ.
然而,此处为词义举要。“处”一词,如“马以甘谟惹为处,牛以南道为处”,在此指出生地;又如“群鸟栖息于悦意之处”……显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ panettha atthuddhāro. ‘‘Āyatananti assānaṃ kambojo āyatanaṃ, gunnaṃ dakkhiṇāpatho āyatana’’nti ettha sañjātiṭṭhānaṃ āyaanaṃ nāma. ‘‘Manorame āyatane, sevanti naṃ vihaṅgamā.
“求荫者随荫而去,求果者食果而住”,此处指集会处。“诸比丘,有此五种解脱处”,此处指原因。此外,其余用法于“由此准备、安置”等处也已阐明。显示巴利原文
Chāyaṃ chāyatthino yanti, phalatthaṃ phalabhojino’’ti ettha samosaraṇaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Pañcimāni bhikkhave vimuttāyatanānī’’ti ettha kāraṇaṃ. Aññepi pana payogā yata patiyataneti ettha pakāsitā.
词根√nī,表引导之义。他引导,他带领。引导。显示巴利原文
Nī pāpane. Neti, nayati. Nayanaṃ.
词根√nu,表称赞之义。他称赞,他赞扬。被称赞。显示巴利原文
Nu thutiyaṃ. Noti, navati. Nuto.
词根√than、√pan、√dhan,用于表示声响、财富等义。他发出声响。他赞扬。他有财富。显示巴利原文
Thana pana dhana sadde. Thanati. Panati. Dhanati.
词根√kan,意为光辉、可爱。由此而有‘他闪耀’、‘少女’、‘黄金’等义。显示巴利原文
Kana dittikantīsu. Kanati. Kaññā. Kanakaṃ.
此处,因安住于青春年华,以容色之美而闪耀、辉映、光彩夺目,故称‘少女’。又或,因被男子们所渴望、所欲求、所希求,故亦名‘少女’,即年轻女子。‘黄金’者,因其闪耀,或因它熠熠生辉,故为‘黄金’,即金子。金子有众多名称。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca yobbanibhāve ṭhitattā rūpavilāsena kanati dippati virocatīti kaññā. Atha vā kaniyati kāmiyabhi abhipatthiyati purisehītipi kaññā, yobbanitthī. Kanakanti kanati, kanīyatīti vā kanakaṃ, suvaṇṇaṃ. Suvaṇṇassa hi anekāni nāmāni.
金、黄金、纯金,赡部金、生金亦然;
生色、炼金,及其种种分类之色;
赡部河金、有角金,以及称为最上金者,皆已宣说。
显示巴利原文 Suvaṇṇaṃ kanakaṃ hemaṃ, kañcanaṃ haṭakampi ca; Jātarūpaṃ tapanīyaṃ, vaṇṇaṃ tabbhedakā pana; Jambunadaṃ siṅgikañca, cāmikaranti bhāsitā.
词根√van、√san,表敬奉等义。vanati:他敬奉;vanaṃ:林;sanati:他获得。显示巴利原文
Vanasana sambhattiyaṃ. Vanati. Vanaṃ. Sanati.
此处,“林野”(vana):孔雀、杜鹃等有情依止、受用之处,故称“林野”,即丛林。有烦恼的人依止、受用(烦恼),故亦称为“林野”,指贪欲。显示巴利原文
Tattha vananti. Taṃ sambhajanti mayūrakokilādayo sattāti vanaṃ, araññaṃ. Vanati sambhajati saṃkilesapuggalanti vanaṃ, taṇhā.
“mana”(意),有“近处、重复”之义。其动词形式为“manati”(思维),名词形式为“mano”(意)。显示巴利原文
Mana abbhāse. Manati. Mano.
“māna”(慢),有“审察、思量”之义。其动词形式为“vīmaṃsati”(审察),名词形式为“vīmaṃsā”(审察)。显示巴利原文
Māna vīmaṃsāyaṃ, vīmaṃsati. Vīmaṃsā.
词根 jana、suna 有“发声、听闻”之义,动词形 janati(发声/知晓)、sunati(听闻)。显示巴利原文
Jana suna sadde. Janati. Sunati.
此处,经文“为何你的一只手臂知晓,另一只手臂不知晓?”即是例证。其中,janati(知晓)指听闻声音、发出声响。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘kasmā te eko bhujo janati, eko te na janatī bhujo’’ti pāḷi nidassanaṃ. Tattha janatīti sunati saddaṃ karoti.
词根 khanu 表示“挖掘、开凿”之义,动词形 khanati(挖掘)。由此衍生 sukhaṃ(乐)、dukkhaṃ(苦),khato 指坑穴。显示巴利原文
Khanu avadāraṇe khanati. Sukhaṃ. Dukkhaṃ. Khato āvāṭo.
其中,‘乐’(sukha)者,善能拔苦,故名为乐;‘苦’(dukkha)者,恶拔身心之乐,故名为苦。以此二法互为对立。或可说,‘苦’以两种方式割裂于心,故名为苦。而依致使类动词(curādigaṇa)的规则,应取‘令之乐者,故名为乐;令之苦者,故名为苦’这样的语源解说。若依复合词的规则,亦可取‘易于堪忍者,故名为乐;难于堪忍者,故名为苦’这样的语源解说。因为诸词的语源、派生、运用及其理据,本有多途。显示巴利原文
Tattha sukhanti suṭṭhu dukkhaṃ khanatīti sukhaṃ. Duṭṭhu khanati kāyikacetasikasukhanti dukkhaṃ. Aññamaññapaṭipakkhā hi ete dhammā. Dvidhā cittaṃ khanatīti vā dukkhaṃ. Curādigaṇavasena pana ‘‘sukhayatīti sukhaṃ, dukkhayatīti dukkha’’nti nibbacanāni gahetabbāni. Samāsapaavasena ‘‘sukaraṃ khamassāti sukhaṃ, dukkaraṃ khamassāti dukkha’’nti nibbacanānipi vividhā hi saddānaṃ byuppatti pavatti nimittañca.
词根‘dāna’有‘砍断、截断’之义。其动词形式‘dānati’即截断。由此衍生出‘apadānaṃ’(离断、传记,即‘譬喻’之语源)。显示巴利原文
Dāna avakhaṇḍane. Dānati. Apadānaṃ.
词根‘sāna’有‘磨砺、使锋利’之义。由此衍生出‘tejanaṃ’(磨砺之物)、‘nisānaṃ’(磨刀石)。其动词形式为‘sānati’(磨砺)。显示巴利原文
Sāna tejane. Tejanaṃ nisānaṃ. Sānati.
词根“hana”具有“杀害”“打击”与“前往”之义。此处以“杀害”一语,便含摄了以粗恶言语逼恼和以棍棒等捶打之义,因此应取其“杀害”“打击”与“前往”的意涵。正如经中所说:“国王们抓住盗贼后,或杀害,或捆绑。”注释者在解释此经文的意义时说:“‘杀害’指的是殴打与砍断。”在此,“砍断”既指砍断手足等,亦指以斩首的方式杀死。“hana”有“vadha”等异形和“ghāta”等异形。其动词变位如:hanti, hanati, hananti;hanasi, hanatha。余者皆可类推。显示巴利原文
Hana hiṃsāgatīsu. Ettha pana hiṃsāvacanena pharusāya vācāya pīḷanañca daṇḍādīhi paharaṇañca gahitaṃ, tasmā hana hiṃsāpaharaṇagatīsūti attho gahetabbo. Tathā hi ‘‘rājāno coraṃ gahetvā haneyyuṃ vā bandheyyuṃ vā’’ti. Pāṭhassa atthaṃ saṃvaṇṇentehi ‘‘haneyyunti potheyyuñceva chindeyyuñcā’’ti vuttaṃ. Ettha ca chedanaṃ nāma hatthapādādichedanaṃ vā sīsacchedavasena māraṇaṃ vā. Hanassa vadhādeso ghātādeso ca bhavati, hanti hanati, hananti. Hanasi, hanatha. Sesaṃ sabbaṃ neyyaṃ.
由此可得“杀害”等四种含义。在“他以手脚打击”中,“打击”(hanti)意为“殴打”。在“愤怒者甚至杀害自己的父亲;他们高声尖叫,以激烈(的言语)残害其中优秀者”中,“杀害”(hanti)意为“杀死”。也有“vadhati, vadheti, ghāteti”等形式。其中,在“他殴打而不哭泣,犯恶作罪……一再殴打自己后哭泣”等句中,“vadha”指“殴打”。在“杀害生命”“杀生”中,“vadha”指“杀死”。在“这是砍断康达哈拉的刑罚;他杀死众生”等句中,“vadha”指“杀死”。显示巴利原文
Hiṃsādayo cattāro atthā labbhanti. ‘‘Hanti hatthehi pādehī’’ti ettha pana hantīti paharatīti attho. ‘‘Kuddho hi pitaraṃ hanti. Vikkosamānā tibbāhi, hanti nesaṃ varaṃ vara’’nti. Ettha hantīti mārentīti attho. ‘‘Vadhati, vadheti, ghāteti’’ iccapi rūpāni bhavanti. Tattha ‘‘vadhati na rodati, āpatti dukkaṭassa. Attānaṃ vadhitvā vadhitvā rodatī’’tiādīsu vadho paharaṇaṃ. Pāṇaṃ vadheti. Pāṇavadho. ‘‘Esa vadho khaṇḍahālassa. Satte ghātetī’’ti ca ādīsu vadho māraṇaṃ.
在“拖鞋”(upāhana)、“新娘”(vadhū)等词语中,含有“hana”“vadha”等词义的引申。诸如“打击人”“抵御冷热”等,为主动语态的例子。“提婆达多被耶输达多打击。故当酷烈的日晒和寒风生起时,他便遭受阻碍。”其中,基于“如于丛林灌木中”的规则,主语的语尾变为“e”。应与“以寺院”一词相连等等,此为被动语态的例子。由此派生:hantā(杀手)、hato(被杀者)、vadhako(杀手)、vadhū(新娘/被杀者)、āghāto(愤怒/打击)、upaghāto(伤害)、ghātako(杀手)、paṭigho(嗔恚/反击)、saṅgho(僧团/集合)、byaggho(老虎)、sakuṇagghi(鹰)。还有不定式、独立式等形式,如hantuṃ, hanituṃ, hantvā, hanitvā, vajjhetvā, vadhitvā等,这些是带有名词后缀与“tumanta”等词缀的形式。显示巴利原文
‘‘Upāhanaṃ, vadhū’’ti ca ettha hanavadhasaddatthogamanaṃ. ‘‘Purisaṃ hanati. Sītaṃ uṇhaṃ paṭihanati’’ iccādīni kattupadāni. Devadatto yaññadattena haññati. Tato vātātape ghore, sañjāte paṭihaññati. Paccattavacanassekārattaṃ, yathā ‘‘vanappagumbe’’ti. Vihārenāti padaṃ sambandhitabbaṃ, iccādīni kammapadāni. Hantā. Hato. Vadhako. Vadhū. Āghāto. Upaghāto. Ghātako. Paṭigho. Saṅgho. Byaggho. Sakuṇagghi. Hantuṃ, hanituṃ, hantvā, hanitvā. Vajjhetvā, vadhitvā iccādīni sanāmikāni tumantādipadāni.
其中,“upāhanaṃ”(鞋):凭借它去往、到达各自之处,又从彼处返回、到来,故名 upāhanaṃ(鞋)。“vadhū”(妻/媳):因烦恼的驱使,连狗也会去亲近,故称 vadhū,这是所有妇女的通称。或者,vadhū 指儿媳。正如“那么,儿媳啊,当你到了经期,花已生成时,你应告知我”这句中,vadhū 即指儿媳。而她又被婆婆、公公以“这是我们儿子的妻子”而认识、理解,故称 vadhū。由于“去”义的词在某些情况下可解释为“知”义,此理可以成立。“suṇhā, suṇisā, vadhū”这些是同义词。“saṅgho”(僧团):比丘的集合。共同和合地从事同一羯磨,故称 saṅgho;或者,善巧地以各道之剑斩断、灭除烦恼,故也称 saṅgho,这是根据凡夫与圣者而说的。“byaggho”(虎):攻击、残杀种种众生,故称 byaggho。它也被称为“viyaggho, vaggho”。另外,“puṇḍarīko”是其名字。“sakuṇagghi”(鹰):杀害弱小。显示巴利原文
Tattha upāhananti taṃ taṃ ṭhānaṃ upahananti upagacchanti tato ca āhananti āgacchanti etenāti upāhanaṃ. Vadhūti kilesavasena sunakhampi upagamanasīlāti vadhū, sabbāsaṃ itthīnaṃ sādhāraṇametaṃ. Atha vā vadhūti suṇisā. Tathā hi ‘‘tena hi vadhu yadā utunī ahosi, pupphaṃ te uppannaṃ, atha me āroceyyāsī’’ti ettha vadhūti suṇisā vuccati. Sā pana ‘‘ayaṃ no puttassa bhariyā’’ti sassusasurehi adhigantabbā jānitabbāti vadhūti vuccati. Gatyatthānaṃ katthaci buddhiyatthakathanato ayamattho labbhateva. ‘‘Suṇhā, suṇisā, vadhū’’ iccete pariyāyā. Saṅghoti bhikkhusamūho. Samaggaṃ kammaṃ samupagacchatīti saṅgho, suṭṭhu vā kilese hanti tena tena maggāsinā māretītipi saṅgho, puthujjanāriyavasena vuttānetāni. Vividhe satte āhanati bhuso ghātetīti byaggho. So eva ‘‘viyaggho, vaggho’’ti ca vuccati. Aparampi puṇḍarīkoti tassa nāmaṃ. Dubbale sakuṇe hantīti sakuṇagghi, seno, ayaṃ pana hanadhātu divādigaṇe ‘‘paṭihaññatī’’ti akammakaṃ kattupadaṃ janeti. Tathā hi ‘‘buddhassa bhagavato vohāro lokiye sote paṭihaññatī’’tiādikā pāḷiyo dissanti.
“Ana pāṇane”意为呼吸。“Pāṇanaṃ sasanaṃ”意为生命的气息。“Anati”意为呼吸。“Ānaṃ, pānaṃ”意为吸气与呼气。其中,“ānaṃ”是入息,“pānaṃ”是出息。律藏注释中说:“其中,入息是向外出去的风,出息是向内进入的风。”但在经藏注释中,则是以相反的次序出现。这是因为一切住胎者从母胎出来时,首先内部的风向外出去,之后外部的风带着微尘向内进入,触及上颚而止息,所以在律藏注释中说:“入息是向外出去的风,出息是向内进入的风。”在这两种解释中,依律藏的解释,内里生起的气息是入息,外部生起的气息是出息。而依经藏的解释,即使向外出去后,由于向内而起气息,故为入息;即使内里生起后,由于向外而起气息,故为出息。应知,此解释与“以念随观入息之初中后时,因内心向外散乱,身与心皆变得亢奋、动摇、躁动”,以及“以念随观出息之初中后时,因内心向外散乱,身与心皆变得亢奋、动摇、躁动”这些经文相符。显示巴利原文
Ana pāṇane. Pāṇanaṃ sasanaṃ. Anati. Ānaṃ, pānaṃ. ‘‘Tattha ānanti assāso. Pānanti passāso. Etesu assāsoti bahi nikkhamanavāto. Passāsoti anto pavisanavāto’’ti vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttaṃ, suttantaṭṭhakathāsu pana uppaṭipāṭiyā āgataṃ. Tattha yasmā sabbesampi gabbhaseyyakānaṃ mātukucchito nikkhamanakāle paṭhamaṃ abbhantaravāto bahi nikkhamati, pacchā bāhiravāto sukhumaṃ rajaṃ gahetvā abbhantaraṃ pavisanto tāluṃ āhacca nibbāyati, tasmā vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘assāsoti bahi nikkhamanavāto, passāsoti anto pavisanavāto’’ti vuttaṃ. Etesu dvīsu nayesu vinayanayena anto uṭṭhitasasanaṃ assāso, bahi uṭṭhitasasanaṃ passāso. Suttantanayena pana bahi uṭṭhahitvāpi anto sasanato assāso. Anto uṭṭhahitvāpi bahi sasanato passāso. Ayameva ca nayo ‘‘assāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchato ajjhattaṃ vikkhepagatena cittena kāyopi cittampi sāraddhā ca honti iñjitā ca phanditā cā’’ti, ‘‘passāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchato bahiddhā vikkhepagatena cittena kāyopi cittampi sāraddhā ca honti iñjitā ca phanditā cā’’ti imāya pāḷiyā sametīti veditabbaṃ.
“Dhana dhaññe”(财富与谷物)。“Dhananaṃ dhaññaṃ”即财富就是谷物,意指吉祥、福德与智慧的成就。因为界义大多依状态而说,除了像树皮等的分类。正如在状态义上,与现在分词后缀“yap”结合,将“n”变为“y”,称“thenanaṃ”为“theyyaṃ”(偷盗);同样,此处与“yap”后缀结合,将“n”变为“ññ”,称“dhananaṃ”为“dhaññaṃ”(谷物/财富)。或者,富有者的状态是“dhaññaṃ”,即依于谷物之中。“Dhanti, dhanati”(富有)。“Dhanitaṃ”(已富有的)。“Dhaññaṃ”(谷物/财富)。然而,由于“谷物”一词包含了吉祥、福德与智慧的成就,因此在“她生下了具足谷物、福德与瑞相的儿子”等句中,应以“谷物”来领会吉祥与智慧,因为福德已被单独说出。显示巴利原文
Dhana dhaññe. Dhananaṃ dhaññaṃ, siripuññapaññānaṃ sampadāti attho. Dhātuattho hi yebhuyyena bhāvavasena kathiyati ṭhapetvā vakkarukkhataceti evamādippabhedaṃ. Yathā bhāvatthe vattamānena yapaccayena saddhiṃ nakārassa yyakāraṃ katvā thenanaṃ theyyanti vuccati, evamidha yapaccayena saddhiṃ nakārassa ññakāraṃ katvā dhananaṃ dhaññanti vuccati. Dhanino vā bhāvo dhaññaṃ, tasmiṃ dhaññe. Dhanti, dhanati. Dhanitaṃ. Dhaññaṃ. Yasmā pana dhaññasaddena siripuññapaññāsampadā gahitā, tasmā ‘‘dhaññapuññalakkhaṇasampannaṃ puttaṃ vijāyī’’tiādīsu dhaññasaddena siripaññāva gahetabbā puññassa visuṃ vacanato.
集会散去之时,应受呵责的粗暴之徒;
凡是得见其面之人,他们确是具足福德的人中雄杰。
手指修长、指甲铜色,有美好、宽阔的脚踵;
那些将顶礼足下者,也是吉祥的持德者。
甜美、喜悦、无过失、有益的话语;
那些将听闻这些话语者,也是吉祥的无上人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nadato parisāyante, vāditabbapahārino; Ye te dakkhanti vadanaṃ, dhaññā te narapuṅgava. Dīghaṅgulī tambanakhe, subhe āyatapaṇhike; Ye pāde paṇamissanti, tepi dhaññā guṇandhara. Madhurāni pahaṭṭhāni, dosagghāni hitāni ca; Yetevākyāni sossanti, tepi dhaññānaruttamā’’ti
甜美而温和的言语,能断除烦恼与不善的言词;显示巴利原文
Evamādīsu pana dhaññasaddena puññasampadā gahetabbā, puññasampadāya vā saddhiṃ siripaññāsampadāpi gahetabbā. Idamettha nibbacanaṃ ‘‘dhaññaṃ siripuññapaññāsampadā etesaṃ atthīti dhaññā’’ti. ‘‘Dhaññaṃ maṅgalasammata’’nti ettha tu ‘‘uttamaratanaṃ ida’’nti dhanāyitabbaṃ saddhāyitabbanti dhaññaṃ, sirisampannaṃ puññasampannaṃ paññāsampannantipi attho yujjati. ‘‘Dhaññaṃ dhanaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpa’’nti ca ādīsu ‘‘natthi dhaññasamaṃ dhana’’nti vacanato dhanāyitabbanti dhaññaṃ, kiṃ taṃ? Pubbaṇṇaṃ. Apica osadhivisesopi dhaññanti vuccati. Dhanasaddassa ca pana samāsavasena ‘‘adhano, niddhano’’ti ca natthi dhanaṃ etassāti atthena daliddapuggalo vuccati. ‘‘Nidhanaṃ yātī’’tiettha tu kampanatthavācakassa dhūdhātussa vasena vināso nidhananti vuccatīti.
‘Muna gatiyaṃ’(了知、行去)。‘Munati’(他了知/他行去)。显示巴利原文
Muna gatiyaṃ. Munati.
‘Cine maññanāyaṃ’(收集、思量)。这是一个未省略的词根,正如‘gile’(吞),又如‘mile’(闭)。‘Cināyati, ocināyati’(他收集/他轻视)。‘愿所有的人都轻视他’,这是此处的引文例证。‘Ocināyati’意为‘愿他轻视’。显示巴利原文
Cine maññanāyaṃ. Aluttantoyaṃ dhātu, yathā gile, yathā ca mile. Cināyati, ocināyati. ‘‘Sabbo taṃ jano ocināyatū’’ti idamettha pāḷi nidassanaṃ. Ocināyatati avamaññatūti.
巴咖拉结尾的词根。显示巴利原文
Pakārantadhātu
今当说明以『pa』为声母结尾之词根的诸词形——显示巴利原文
Idāni pavaggantadhāturūpāni vuccante –
「pā」,表饮用之义。『饮』者,即饮用之事。『他饮、他们饮;让他饮、让他们饮』等,应随宜配列。显示巴利原文
Pā pāne. Pānaṃ pivanaṃ. ‘‘Pāti, pānti. Pātu, pāntu’’ iccādi yathārahaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
速速伸过脖子来,我饶不了你性命;
我被拔起的这舌头啊,箭将饮其血。
显示巴利原文 Khippaṃ gīvaṃ pasārehi, na te dassāmi jīvitaṃ; Ayañhite mayā rūḷho, saro pāssati lohitanti.
速速伸展舌头,我不愿见你生存。显示巴利原文
Atra hi pāssatīti pivissati. ‘‘Pāssati, pāssanti. Pāssasi, pāssatha. Pāssāmi, pāssāma’’ iccādinā, ‘‘apassā, apassaṃsu’’ iccādinā ca nayena sesaṃ sabbaṃ yojetabbaṃ nayaññūhi. Ko hi samattho sabbāni buddhavacanasāgare vicitrāni vippakiṇṇarūpantararatanāni uddharitvā dassetuṃ, tasmā sabbāsupi dhātūsu saṅkhepena gahaṇūpāyamattameva dassitaṃ. Pivati, pivanti. Pivaṃ, pivanto, pivamāno, pivaṃ bhāgirasodakaṃ. Kārite kumāraṃ khīraṃ pāyeti. Muhuttaṃ taṇhāsamanaṃ, khīraṃ tvaṃ pāyito mayā. Kamme pīyati, pītaṃ. Tumādīsu ‘‘pātuṃ, pivituṃ, pitvā, pivitvā, pāyetvā’’ iccādīni yojetabbāni. Aññesupi ṭhānesu pāḷinayānurūpena saddarūpāni evameva yojetabbāni.
“pā”有守护之义:pāti(他守护)、nipāti(他守护)、pitā(父亲)、gopo(牧牛者)。显示巴利原文
Pā rakkhaṇe. Pāti. Nipāti. Pitā, gopo.
“pā”有充满之义:pāti(他充满)、vippāti(他遍满)、vippo(婆罗门)。显示巴利原文
Pā pūraṇe. Pāti, vippāti. Vippo.
“vippo”即婆罗门。因为他以殊胜的吠陀诵习等自身的婆罗门行,充满世间人之心意,并将吠陀充满自心,故称“vippo”。在“我生于婆罗门家”中,婆罗门即称为“vippo”,其家族则为婆罗门家族。显示巴利原文
Vippoti brāhmaṇo. So hi vippeti pūreti visiṭṭhena veduccāraṇādinā attano brāhmaṇakammena lokassa ajjhāsayaṃ attano ca hadaye vedānīti vippoti vuccati. ‘‘Jāto vippakule aha’’nti ettha hi brāhmaṇo ‘‘vippo’’ti vuccati. Tassa kulaṃ vippakulanti.
「pū」,表净化之义。净化。儿子,福德。此处「儿子」因能净化、维系自己的家族,故称「putto」。不过,若归入「ki」等词群,则应说为「punāti」。显示巴利原文
Pū pavane. Pavati. Putto, puññaṃ. Ettha puttoti attano kulaṃ pavati sodhetīti putto. Kiyādigaṇaṃ pana patvā ‘‘punātī’’ti vattabbaṃ.
「Putto」(儿子)、「atrajo」(亲生子)、「suto」(所生子)、「sūnu」(善生子),
「Tanujo」(身生子)、「tanayo」(相续者)、「araso」(无恼者);
以及‘putta’(子)、‘natta’(孙子)等词,
都称为‘apaccanti’(不衰退者)。
而在阴性的语词中,应说作‘puttī’与‘atrajā’;
于其余各处,则应随宜而说。
于巴利语中,女性亦以‘puttī’与‘atrajā’称之;
显示巴利原文 Putto’trajo suto sūnu, Tanujo tanayo’raso; Puttanattādayo cātha, Apaccanti pavuccare. Itthiliṅgamhi vattabbe, puttīti atrajāti ca; Vattabbaṃ sesaṭṭhānesu, yathārahamudīraye; Pāḷiyañhi atrajāti, itthī puttī kathiyati;
然就此而言——显示巴利原文
Ettha pana –
那时,韦提哈王的两个亲生女儿,年方七岁,甚为可爱;
名为卢叉的王女对乳母这样说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tato dve sattarattassa, vedehassatrajā piyā; Rājakaññā rucā nāma, dhātimātaramabravī’’ti
此处引巴利文以为例证。“puttī”(女儿)、“dhītā”(女儿)、“duhitā”(女儿)、“attajā”(亲生者)等,皆是同义词。因此,由于“atrajā”显示为女性词形,对于“suta”等词,也应根据能否见到女性词形来加以考察。正如世间于“vesso”(吠舍男)、“suddo”(首陀罗男)、“naro”(男人)、“kiṃpuriso”(紧那罗男)等词,通过配对而有“vessī”(吠舍女)、“suddī”(首陀罗女)、“nārī”(女人)、“kiṃpurisī”(紧那罗女)等女性词形可见;然而,于“puriso”(人)、“pumā”(男人)等词,配对时却无女性词形可见。此处,“puñña”一词,由“能清净有情”故,名为“puñña”;又或者,由达到某种数目等之后而能清净,故亦说为“puñña”。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pāḷi nidassanaṃ. ‘‘Puttī, dhītā, duhitā, attajā’’ti iccete pariyāyā. Evaṃ atrajāti itthivācakassa itthiliṅgassa dassanato sutasaddādīsupi itthiliṅganayo labbhamānālabbhamānavasena upaparikkhitabbo. Tathā hi loke ‘‘vesso, suddo, naro, kiṃpuriso’’ iccādīnaṃ yugaḷabhāvena ‘‘vessī, suddī, nārī, kiṃpurisī’’tiādīni itthivācakāni liṅgāni dissanti. ‘‘Puriso pumā’’ iccādīnaṃ pana yugaḷabhāvena itthivācakāni itthiliṅgāni na dissanti. Puññanti ettha pana attano kārakaṃ pavati sodhetīti puññaṃ. Kiyādigaṇaṃ pana patvā punātīti puññanti vattabbaṃ.
此外,还有一种应说的意义,它依止于词源之相;
因此,此处应了知词源释义,从“生起人民”等开始。
显示巴利原文 Añño atthopi vattabbo, niruttilakkhaṇassito; Tasmā nibbacanaṃ ñeyyaṃ, janapūjādito idha.
令他人产生应受供养的状态,故名为功德(puñña)。或恒常产生被供养的状态,故名为功德。或净化众生的自作,故名为功德。或彻底净化非功德,故名为功德。显示巴利原文
Paraṃ pujjabhavaṃ janetīti puññaṃ. Sadā pūjitaṃ vā janetīti puññaṃ. Janaṃ attakāraṃ punātīti puññaṃ. Asesaṃ apuññaṃ punātīti puññaṃ.
Kalyāṇaṃ kusalaṃ puññaṃ, subhamicceva niddise; Kammassa kusalassādhi-vacanaṃ vacane paṭu.
“Pe”意为“去”。他去了,他们去。你派遣,你们派遣。诸比丘,于此有一类未调伏马,当被勒令“去!”时,虽遭刺、受鞭策、被车夫催促,却向后退避,从后方将车拽回。它误入歧途,令车倾覆。显示巴利原文
Pe gatiyaṃ. Peti, penti. Pesi, petha. Idha bhikkhave ekacco assakhaḷuṅko pehīti vutto viddho samāno codito sārathinā pacchato paṭisakkati, piṭṭhito rathaṃ paṭivatteti. Ummaggaṃ gaṇhāti, ubbaṭumaṃ rathaṃ karoti.
“Pe”是“增长”之意。增长、已增长、未增长。此处“无增长处”,意指此处无有增长、无有增进,故称无增长处。亦可依“aya”词根来理解其义:从增长、增进或快乐中离去,故为无增长处,其所指即地狱、畜生道、饿鬼界、阿修罗身。显示巴利原文
Pevuddhiyaṃ payati. Pāyo, apāyo. Ettha apāyoti natthi pāyo vuddhi etthāti apāyo. Ayadhātuvasenapi attho netabbo, ayato vuddhito, sukhato vā apetoti apāyo, nirayatiracchānayonipettivisayaasurakāyā.
“Pe”是“干涸”之意。使之干涸,或使干涸。智者:此处,智者令敌对枯竭、使之干涸,或由此而守护自身,故称智者,或言正知者。显示巴利原文
Pe sosane. Pāyati, payati vā. Nipako. Ettha nipako nipayati visoseti paṭipakkhaṃ, tato vā attānaṃ nipāti rakkhatīti nipako, sampajāno.
“Gupa”是“守护”之意。他守护。守护者。显示巴利原文
Gupa rakkhaṇe. Gopati. Gopako.
犹如边城,内外俱护;显示巴利原文
Nagaraṃ yathā paccantaṃ, guttaṃ sāntarabāhiraṃ.
如是守护自身,切莫错失良机。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ gopetha attānaṃ, khaṇo ve mā upaccagā.
“Gopetha”意为应守护、应防护。显示巴利原文
Gopethāti gopeyya rakkheyya.
“Vapa”是延续义。他播种。显示巴利原文
Vapa santāne. Vapati.
“Sapa”是诅咒义。他诅咒。显示巴利原文
Sapa samavāye. Sapati.
“Cupa”是缓行义。他缓行。显示巴利原文
Cupa mandagatiyaṃ. Copati.
“Tupa”用于伤害义。如:他伤害。他被伤害。显示巴利原文
Tupa hiṃsāyaṃ. Topati. Tuppati.
“Gupa”用于守护、厌离义。如:他守护,他厌离。正在厌离,正厌离者。厌离者。已厌离等。显示巴利原文
Gupa gopanajigucchanesu. Gopati, jigucchati. Jigucchaṃ, jigucchamāno. Jegucchī. Jigucchitvā iccādīni.
“Kapu”用于伤害、思惟、香气义。如:他适合。樟脑。显示巴利原文
Kapu hiṃsātakkalagandhesu. Kappati. Kappūro.
“Kapu”表“适合”义。此适合我们,此不适合我们。显示巴利原文
Kapu sāmatthiye. Idaṃ amhākaṃ kappati. Netaṃ amhesu kappati.
“Kapa”表“悲悯”义。如:kapati(他悲悯)、kapaṇo(可怜者)、kāpaññaṃ(可怜之状)。其中,kapati意为悲悯,kāpaññaṃ意为可怜者的状态。显示巴利原文
Kapa karuṇāyaṃ. Kapati. Kapaṇo, kāpaññaṃ. Tattha kapatīti karuṇāyati, kāpaññanti kapaṇabhāvo.
『Sapa』在诅咒义中。他诅咒。诅咒,重誓,被诅咒者,能诅咒者。显示巴利原文
Sapaakkose. Sapati. Sapatho, abhisapatho, abhisapito, sapanako.
“Vapa”是播种的意思。他播下种子。播种者。已播种的谷物。种子已被人播下。正在被播种的种子。播种庆典。显示巴利原文
Vapa bījanikkhepe. Bījaṃ vapati. Vāpako. Vāpitaṃ dhaññaṃ. Vuttaṃ bījaṃ purisena. Bījaṃ vappati. Vappamaṅgalaṃ.
“Supa”是睡眠的意思。他入睡。不系缚于女人的牟尼们,安稳而眠。已入睡的人、梦境、已眠。显示巴利原文
Supa sayane. Supati. Sukhaṃ supanti munayo, ye itthīsu na bajjhare. Sutto puriso, supanaṃ, suttaṃ.
“Khipa”是研磨的意思。研磨,即粉碎、碾细。他研磨。研磨之人。显示巴利原文
Khipa peraṇe. Peraṇaṃ cuṇṇikaraṇaṃ pisanaṃ. Khepati. Khepako.
Khipa,用于不清晰声音义。他发出不清晰的声音。即不清晰的声音。当世间导师说法时,发出了不清晰的声音。显示巴利原文
Khipa abyattasadde. Khipati. Khipitasaddo. Yadā ca dhammaṃ desento, khipi lokagganāyako.
【投掷】义。投掷、抛起、散掷、掷下、收拢。已掷、已抛起、已投入、已散掷等。显示巴利原文
Khipa chaḍḍano. Khipati, ukkhipati, vikkhipati, avakhipati, saṃkhipati. Khittaṃ, ukkhittaṃ, pakkhittaṃ, vikkhittaṃ iccādīni.
【吐唾】义。吐唾即吐出唾液。吐唾。调配药物后,向口中吐入唾液。显示巴利原文
Opa niṭṭhubhane. Niṭṭhubhanaṃ kheḷapātanaṃ. Opati. Osadhaṃ saṅkharitvā mukhe kheḷaṃ opi.
涂抹之义。涂抹。即以最胜光明遍照。显示巴利原文
Lipi upalepe. Lepati. Littaṃ paramena tejasā.
行进之义。行进。显示巴利原文
Khipi gatiyaṃ. Khimpati.
投掷之义。投掷。显示巴利原文
Ḍipa khepe. Ḍepati.
【摘取】义。所谓摘取,是指在谷物、树木等上,不折断稻穗或豆荚,也不折断小枝,就那样原样用手抓住,拉过来,只取种子,或只取叶子。人摘取稻穗,摘取树叶。摘取者、已摘取、为了摘取、已摘取后。显示巴利原文
Nidapi nidampane. Nidampanaṃ nāma sassarukkhādīsu vīhisīsaṃ vā varakasīsaṃ vā acchinditvā khuddakasākhaṃ vā abhañjitvā yathāṭhitameva hatthena gahetvā ākaḍḍhitvā bījamattasseva vā paṇṇamattasseva vā gahaṇaṃ. Puriso vīhisīsaṃ nidampati, rukkhapattaṃ nidampati. Nidampako, nidampitaṃ, nidampituṃ, nidampitvā.
【照耀】义。照耀即光明。白天太阳照耀。显示巴利原文
Tapadittiyaṃ. Ditti virocanaṃ. Divā tapatiādicco.
【畏惧】义。畏惧即惊惧、怖畏。畏惧、极度畏惧。惭、愧为财富。显示巴利原文
Tapa ubbege. Ubbego utrāso bhīrutā. Tapati, uttapati. Ottappaṃ, ottappiyaṃ dhanaṃ.
【熏、热恼】义。热恼。有热财者、热勤者。热勤者。热。熏、遍熏;于业中被热恼。被熏。于状态中:热恼、热、遍热、极热。熏。显示巴利原文
Tapa dhūpa santāpe. Tapati. Tapodhanaṃ, ātāpo. Ātāpī. Ātapaṃ. Dhūpati, sandhūpano, kamme tāpiyati. Dhūpiyati. Bhāve tāpanaṃ, tāpo, paritāpo, santāpo. Dhūpanaṃ.
以 pha 开头的词根。显示巴利原文
Phakārantadhātu
【开花】义。此词根既是不及物动词,亦是及物动词。开花。花、开花、已开花、为开花、已开花后。那些开花的树木绽放花朵。陆生、水生的花,彼时全都绽放。名为曼居萨的树,无论水中有多少花、陆上有多少花,全都绽放。显示巴利原文
Puppha vikasane. Akammako cāyaṃ sakammako ca. Pupphati. Pupphaṃ, pupphanaṃ, pupphito, pupphituṃ, pupphitvā. Pupphanti pupphino dumā. Thalajā dakajā pupphā, sabbe pupphanti tāvade. Mañjūsako nāma rukkho yattakāni udake vā thale vā pupphāni, sabbāni pupphati.
义为「伤害」。由此构成「Tophati」。显示巴利原文
Tupha hiṃsāyaṃ. Tophati.
“Dapha、daphi、vappha”,义为“行进”。由此构成“Daphati”、“Damphati”、“Vapphati”。显示巴利原文
Dapha daphi vappha gatiyaṃ. Daphati. Damphati. Vapphati.
“Dipha”,用于言说、争斗、谴责、伤害、执取等义。由此构成“Dephati”、“Depho”。显示巴利原文
Dipha kathanayuddhanindāhiṃsādānesu. Dephati. Depho.
“Tapha”,义为“满足”。“Titti”,义为“令满足”。由此构成“Taphati”。显示巴利原文
Tapha tittiyaṃ. Titti tappanaṃ, taphati.
“Dupha”意为“污染”。污染即烦恼。由此构成“Dophati”。显示巴利原文
Dupha upakkilese. Upakkilissanaṃ upakkileso. Dophati.
“Gupha”意为“结缚”。结缚即作结。由此构成“Gophati”。显示巴利原文
Gupha ganthe. Gantho ganthikaraṇaṃ. Gophati.
以『ba』为尾音的词根。显示巴利原文
Bakārantadhātu
“Bhabba”意为“伤害”。由此构成“Bhabbati”与“Bhabbo”。显示巴利原文
Bhabbahiṃsāyaṃ. Bhabbati. Bhabbo.
「Pabba、vabba、mabba、kabba、khabba、gabba、sabba、cabba」表‘行进’义,由此分别构成「Pabbati」「Vabbati」「Mabbati」「Kabbati」「Khabbati」「Gabbati」「Sabbati」「Cabbati」。显示巴利原文
Pabba vabba mabba kabba khabba gabba sabba cabba gatiyaṃ. Pabbati. Vabbati. Mabbati. Kabbati. Khabbati. Gabbati. Sabbati. Cabbati.
「Abba、sabba」也用于‘伤害’义,因与‘行进’义关联而有ca字,由此构成「Abbati」「Sabbati」。显示巴利原文
Abba sabba hiṃsāyañca. Gatyāpekkhāya cakāro. Abbati. Sabbati.
「Kubi」表‘覆盖’义,由此构成「Kubbati」。显示巴利原文
Kubi acchādane. Kubbati.
“鲁毕”与“图毕”:表伤害义。“伦巴帝”:伤害。“图巴帝”:伤害。“蓝毗尼林”。“水壶”。又有“两只水壶”。显示巴利原文
Lubi tubi addane. Lumbati. Tumbati. Lumbinīvanaṃ. Udakatumbo. Athopi dve ca tumbāni.
“库毕”:用于口的接触。如“亲吻儿子的头顶”、“亲吻嘴”。此处若问:“若‘库毕’语根用于口的接触,为何在‘被雨云之滴亲吻的山峰’中,对无口、无知觉的山峰,却说雨云之滴的亲吻?”答:确实如此。然而,那是将心中所现类似亲吻的相状安立之后而说的。正如虽然没有看的可能,却因生起类似看的相状,而说“见到哭泣的孩童”、“高大的树木耸立”,对无眼的树木也说“看”;同样地,此处也因生起类似亲吻的相状,对无口的雨云之滴也说“亲吻”。但就实相而言,无识者没有看、亲吻等,唯有有识者才有。此理也应当类推至“kamu padavikkhepa”等处。显示巴利原文
Cubi vadanasaṃyoge. Puttaṃ muddhani cumbati. Mukhe cumbati. Ettha siyā ‘‘yadi vadanasaṃyoge cubidhātu vattati, kathaṃ ambudharabinducumbitakūṭoti ettha avadane aviññāṇake pabbatakūṭe ambudharabindūnaṃ cumbanaṃ vutta’’nti? Saccaṃ, taṃ pana cumbanākārasadisenākārena sambhavaṃ cetasi ṭhapetvā vuttaṃ, yathā adassanasambhavepi dassanasadisenākārena sambhūtattā ‘‘rodante dārake disvā, ubbiddhā vipulā dumā’’ti acakkhukānampi rukkhānaṃ dassanaṃ vuttaṃ, evamidhāpi cumbanākārasadisenākārena sambhūtattā avadanānampi ambudharabindūnaṃ cumbanaṃ vuttaṃ. Sabhāvato pana aviññāṇakānaṃ dassanacumbanādīni ca natthi, saviññāṇakānaṃyeva tāni hontīti. Ayaṃ nayo kamu padavikkhepetiādīsupi netabbo.
“伍毕”、“图毕”、“图毕(送气)”、“杜毕”、“杜毕(送气)”:皆含伤害义。“伍巴帝”意为伤害,“图巴帝”意为伤害,“图巴帝(送气)”意为伤害,“杜巴帝”意为伤害,“杜巴”指达巴草,“杜巴帝(送气)”意为伤害。此处的“杜巴”即是达巴草,在圣典中称为“横生草类”。须知:“杜巴”为阴性词,“达巴”为中性词。显示巴利原文
Ubbi tubbi thubbi dubbi dhubbi hiṃsatthā. Ubbati. Tubbati. Thubbati. Dubbati. Dubbā. Dhubbati. Ettha dubbāti dabbatiṇaṃ, yaṃ ‘‘tiriyā nāma tiṇajātī’’ti pāḷiyaṃ āgataṃ. Ettha ca dubbāti itthiliṅgaṃ, dabbanti napuṃsakaliṅganti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
『姆毕』,用于束缚。『姆巴帝』(束缚)。显示巴利原文
Mubbibandhane. Mubbati.
『库毕』,用于上升。『库巴帝』(上升)。显示巴利原文
Kubbi uggame. Kubbati.
“pubba”“pabba”“sabba”词根,表充满。“pubbati”“pabbati”“sabbati”意为充满。此处若有人问:“尊者,pubba、sabba等词不是代词吗?为何将它们纳入语根考察?”答言:“于代词、无tumant等词尾的不变词及前缀中,并无语根考察;然而这些词并非代词,仅因音声相似而看似代词,故古代诸师为显示其非代词性,方将它们纳入语根考察,以表明有‘pubbati’‘sabbati’等用例。”若又问:“为何在佛语中不见这些形式?”答:“因未出现,故无;并非因不存在而无。虽佛语中无这些形式,但应视为古代所许之古语而接受。譬如‘能护故为怙主’中,‘能护’之形虽不见于佛语,亦须接受;这些亦然。因此,为使智者于世俗用语中善巧,虽不见于圣教,但凡与圣教相应的世间用例,亦应接受。”故此处收录“pubbati”“sabbati”等形式。此理于他处亦应了知。显示巴利原文
Pubba pabba sabba pūraṇe. Pubbati. Pabbati. Sabbati. Etta siyā ‘‘nanu bho pubbasabbasaddā sabbanāmāni, kasmā panete dhātucintāyaṃ gahitā’’ti? Vuccate – sabbanāmesu ca tumantādivirahitesu ca nipātesu upasaggesu ca dhātucintā nāma natthi, imāni pana sabbanāmāni na honti. Kevalaṃ sutisāmaññena sabbanāmāni viya upaṭṭhahanti, tena te tabbhāvamuttattā dhātucintāyaṃ pubbācariyehi gahitā ‘‘pubbati sabbatī’’ti payogadassanatoti. Yadi evaṃ kasmā buddhavacane etāni rūpāni na santīti? Anāgamanabhāvena na santi, na avijjamānabhāvena. Kiñcāpi buddhavacanesu etāni rūpāni na santi, tathāpi porāṇehi anumatā purāṇabhāsāti gahetabbāni, yathā ‘‘nāthatīti nātho’’ti ettha ‘‘nāthatī’’ti rūpaṃ buddhavacane avijjamānampi gahetabbaṃ hoti, evaṃ imānipi. Tasmā vohāresu viññūnaṃ kosallatthāya sāsane avijjamānāpi sāsanānurūpā lokikappayogā gahetabbāti ‘‘pubbati sabbatī’’ti rūpāni gahitāni. Esa nayo aññesupi ṭhānesu veditabbo.
“阐巴”一词表示食用的动作。“阐巴帝”即食。显示巴利原文
Camba adane. Cambati.
“咖巴、卡巴、嘎巴”等词根表示我慢。我慢即我执。动词形式为“咖巴帝”(起我慢)、“卡巴帝”(起我慢)、“嘎巴帝”(起我慢)。显示巴利原文
Kabba khabba gabba dabbe. Dabbo ahaṅkāro. Kabbati. Khabbati. Gabbati.
“阿毕、达毕”等词根表示音声。“安巴帝”指发出声音。安巴(芒果)、安布(水)。“丹巴帝”指发出声音。显示巴利原文
Abi dabi sadde. Ambati. Ambā, ambu. Dambati.
词根 labi,意为悬垂。avasaṃsana 即垂下。lambati(悬垂)、vilambati(悬垂)、byālambati(悬垂)。如“太阳低垂”中的 olambate。ālambati 意为执取。ālambana 为所缘,tadālambana、tadālambaṇa、tadālamba 皆是“彼所缘”的异形。lābu 为葫芦,alābu 亦为葫芦,前缀 a 在此表同义。显示巴利原文
Labi avasaṃsane. Avasaṃsanaṃ avalambanaṃ. Lambati, vilambati, byālambati. Nīce co’lambate sūriyo. Ālambati . Ālambanaṃ, tadālambanaṃ, tadālambaṇaṃ, tadālambaṃ vā. Lābu. Alābu vā, akāro hi tabbhāve.
以巴字为结尾的语根。显示巴利原文
Bhakārantadhātu
词根 bhā,义为照耀。月亮照耀;问题向我显现。夜晚明亮。引申词:光耀者、显现。夜晚已明亮。显示巴利原文
Bhā dittiyaṃ. Cando bhāti, pañhā maṃ paṭibhāti. Ratti vibhāti. Bhāṇu, paṭibhānaṃ. Vibhātā ratti.
词根 bhī,意为恐惧。如 bhāyati(他恐惧)。派生词有:bhaya(恐惧)、bhayānaka(令人恐惧的)、bhīma(可怖的)、bhīmasena(怖军)、bhīru(胆怯的)、bhīruka(胆小的)、bhīrukajātika(生性胆怯的)。使役形式有 bhāyeti、bhāyayati、bhāyāpeti、bhāyāpayati 等,皆表“使恐惧”等义。显示巴利原文
Bhī bhaye. Bhāyati. Bhayaṃ, bhayānako, bhīmo, bhīmaseno, bhīru, bhīruko, bhīrukajātiko. Kārite ‘‘bhāyeti, bhāyayati, bhāyāpeti, bhāyāpayatī’’ti rūpāni.
词根 sabh 与 sambh,意为“伤害”。sabhati,即伤害;sambhati,即伤害。显示巴利原文
Sabhu sambhu hiṃsāyaṃ. Sabhati. Sambhati.
词根 sumbh,意为“言说”,亦兼“伤害”义。其中“亦”(ca)字即是兼摄伤害之义。sumbhati,即言说或伤害;sumbho,即言说者;kusumbho,即红花。显示巴利原文
Sumbha bhāsane ca. Cakāro hiṃsāpekkhako. Sumbhati. Sumbho. Kusumbho.
此处 sumbho 指坑洞。“你应挖掘坑洞”(sumbhaṃ)是此处的例证。kusumbho 指小坑洞,“那些充满于山涧、岩缝、树枝间的小坑洞都充盈”是此处的例证。显示巴利原文
Ettha sumbhoti āvāṭo. ‘‘Sumbhaṃ nikkhanāhī’’ti idamettha nidassanaṃ. Kusumbhoti khuddakaāvāṭo, ‘‘pabbatakandarapadarasākhāparipūrā kusumbhe paripūrentī’’ti idamettha nidassanaṃ.
词根 abbh、vabbh、mabbh,意为行走。例如:abbhati(他行走)、abbho(云)、vabbhati(他行走)、mabbhati(他行走)。显示巴利原文
Abbha vabbha mabbha gatiyaṃ. Abbhati. Abbho. Vabbhati. Mabbhati.
此处 abbho 指云。因其以数百层之形态行走,故称为“云”。又有说为“闪电鬘、百峰”者。百峰即数百层。此处“abbha”一词应视为三性词。正如“他如云升起而行,他行走而不回转”句中为阳性;“云、雾、烟、尘、罗睺”中为阴性;“云遮蔽月轮”中为中性。显示巴利原文
Ettha abbhoti megho. So hi abbhati anekasatapaṭalo hutvā gacchatīti ‘‘abbho’’ti vuccati. ‘‘Vijjumālī satakkakū’’ti vuttaṃ. Satakkakūti ca anekasatapaṭalo. Ettha ca abbhasaddo tiliṅgiko daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hi ayaṃ ‘‘abbhuṭṭhitova sa yāti, sa gacchaṃ na nivattatī’’ti ettha pulliṅgo. ‘‘Abbhā, mahikā, dhūmo, rajo, rāhū’’ti ettha itthiliṅgo. ‘‘Abbhāni candamaṇḍalaṃ chādentī’’ti ettha napuṃsakaliṅgo.
云的诸名称如下——显示巴利原文
Imāni pana meghassa nāmāni –
云、雨云、凌空者、积云、水云、浓云;
持流者、持水者、雨神、含雹者。
显示巴利原文 Megho valāhako laṅghi, jīmūto ambudo ghano; Dhārādharo ambudharo, pajjunno himagabbhako.
词根 yabh:指淫欲。男女二者的此事名为淫欲,yabh 词根即用于此淫欲之义。他行淫。我应行淫。显示巴利原文
Yabha methune. Mithunassa janadvayassa idaṃ kammaṃ methūnaṃ, tasmiṃ methune yabhadhātu vattati. Yabhati. Yābhassaṃ.
此处,“methuna”一词是雅语,因为具足惭耻之人不说鄙俗之语。正如在“不应行淫法”与“国王非我友,国王非淫伴”中,此语用于优美的语言场合。而“yabhati”等语,则如“sikharaṇī”等语一样,是粗鄙语,因为具足惭耻的世间人也不说这些言语。即便如此,世尊悲心深切,为怜悯世间,虽然自己极为惭耻,仍在大众中为之开示。啊,如来的大悲心!显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘methuna’’nti esā sabbhivācā, lajjāsampannehi puggalehi vattabbabhāsābhāvato. Tathā hi ‘‘methuno dhammo na paṭisevitabbo’’ti ca ‘‘na me rājā sakhā hoti, na rājā hoti methuno’’ti ca sobhane vācāvisaye ayaṃ bhāsā āgatā. ‘‘Yabhatī’’tiādikā pana bhāsā ‘‘sikharaṇī’’tiādikā bhāsā viya asambhivācā. Na hi hirottappasampanno lokiyajanopi īdisiṃ vācaṃ bhāsati. Evaṃ santepi adhimattukkaṃsagatahirottappopi bhagavā mahākaruṇāya sañcoditahadayo lokānukampāya parisamajjhe abhāsi. Aho tathāgatassa mahākaruṇāti.
以下是交合法之名:显示巴利原文
Imāni pana methunadhammassa nāmāni –
苦恼、村法(粗鄙行径)、淫欲之事、迷乱、欲乐;
非正法、卑贱法,乃至粪秽之乐——
“二合”者,二种合体;二者,即交合,亦为水之尽头。
显示巴利原文 Saṃvesanaṃ niddhuvanaṃ, methunaṃ sūrataṃ rataṃ; Byathayo gāmadhammo ca, yābhassaṃ mohanaṃ rati. Asaddhammo ca vasala-dhammo mīḷhasukhampi ca; Dvayaṃdvayasamāpatti, dvando gammo’dakantiko.
“西婆”与“毗婆”的词义解释:“西婆”意为裂开,“毗婆”意为分开。显示巴利原文
Sibha vibha katthane. Sibhati. Vibhati.
“夺婆”、“阿毗”与“达婆”在声音上的释义:“夺婆”指发出声响,“阿毗”指惊叹,“达婆”指流动。显示巴利原文
Debhaabhi dabhi sadde. Debhati. Ambhati. Ambho. Dambhati.
此处的“达婆”一词指的是水。因为水虽无生命,但当它在洪水等时节流动时,会发出“达婆”的声音,故而得名“达婆”。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ambho vuccati udakaṃ. Tañhi nijjīvampi samānaṃ oghakālādīsu vissandamānaṃ ambhati saddaṃ karotīti ambhoti vuccati.
这些是它的名称:显示巴利原文
Imānissa nāmāni –
饮用水、水、水流、水、饮料与水;
水、水、流水、水、水、水,以及水。
显示巴利原文 Pānīyaṃ udakaṃ toyaṃ, jalaṃ pāto ca ambu ca; Dakaṃ kaṃ salilaṃ vāri, āpo ambho papampi ca. Nīrañca kepukaṃ pāni, amataṃ elameva ca, Āponāmāni etāni, āgatāni tato tato.
此处应列举诸如“毛端上的水珠,他们饮之颇为滋润”等用例。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca ‘‘vālaggesu ca kepuke. Pivitañca tesaṃ bhusaṃ hoti pānī’’tiādayo payogā dassetabbā.
Thabhi khabhi 系缚于柱,支撑、扩展。支撑、使支撑。柱。坚固的,支撑。支撑者。扩展。已扩展烦恼者。显示巴利原文
Thabhi khabhi paṭibaddhe thambhati, vitthambhati. Khambhati, vikkhambhati. Thambho. Thaddho, upatthambho. Upatthambhinī. Vikkhambho. Vikkhambhitakileso.
Jabha, jabhi 于身体舒展之义。Jabhati 伸展。Jambhati 打呵欠,vijambhati 伸懒腰。Vijambhanaṃ 伸懒腰,vijambhitā 已伸懒腰者。Vijambhanto, vijambhamāno 正在伸懒腰者,vijambhito 已伸懒腰者。显示巴利原文
Jabha jabhi gattavināme. Jabhati. Jambhati, vijambhati. Vijambhanaṃ, vijambhitā. Vijambhanto, vijambhamāno, vijambhito.
Sabbha 言说。Sabbhati 言说。显示巴利原文
Sabbha kathane. Sabbhati.
Vabbha 指进食。Vabbhati(他进食)。显示巴利原文
Vabbha bhojane. Vabbhati.
Gabbha 指执持、孕育。Gabbhati(他孕育)。Gabbho 指胎。显示巴利原文
Gabbha dhāraṇe. Gabbhati. Gabbho.
在此,“胎”既可指母腹,也可指腹中之子。例如,“那位青年第一夜住于胎中”的“胎”即指母腹;而“我的胎已住立,胎已堕于地”的“胎”则指腹中之子。此外,“胎”亦指一种特殊的住处,如“进入胎中”等句中,内室即称为“胎”。显示巴利原文
Ettha gabbhoti mātukucchipi vuccati kucchigataputtopi. Tathā hi ‘‘yamekarattiṃ paṭhamaṃ, gabbhe vasati māṇavo’’ti ettha mātukucchi ‘‘gabbho’’ti vuccati. ‘‘Gabbho me deva patiṭṭhito. Gabbho ca patito chamā’’ti ca ettha pana kucchigataputto. Apica gabbhoti āvāsaviseso. ‘‘Gabbhaṃ paviṭṭho’’tiādīsu hi ovarako ‘‘gabbho’’ti vuccati.
Rabha(粗暴):前缀ā的rabha,用于伤害、造作、努力等义。粗暴状态、粗暴本性。而具此性质者,在经典中出现的表述如“凶暴、瞋怒、粗暴”。显示巴利原文
Rabha rābhasse. Āpubbo rabha hiṃsākaraṇavāyamanesu. Rābhassaṃ rābhasabhāvo. Taṃsamaṅgino pana pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘caṇḍā ruddhā rabhasā’’ti evaṃ āgatā.
其中,“粗暴”指行为的极端。下面是一些相关形式:粗暴;开始;完全开始;开始;粗暴;开始;完全开始;正在开始者;正在完全开始者;我的精进已被激发;有激发的;无激发的;你无激发;以方式为开始;精进之开始;为了开始;开始之后;关于。显示巴利原文
Tattha rabhasāti karaṇuttariyā. Rabhati, ārabhati, samārabhati, ārambhati. Rabhaso. Ārambho. Samārambho, ārabhanto. Samārabhanto. Āraddhaṃ me vīriyaṃ. Sārambhaṃ. Anārambhaṃ. Sārambho te na vijjati. Pakāraṇārambho. Vīriyārambho. Ārabhituṃ. Ārabhitvā. Ārabbha.
在此,“精进之开始”即称为精进的开始。“开始”一词在业、犯戒、行为、精进、伤害、扰乱等以下义项中都有运用。显示巴利原文
Ettha vīriyārambhoti vīriyasaṅkhāto ārambho. Ārambhasaddo kamme āpattiyaṃ kriyāya vīriye hiṃsāya vikopaneti anekesu atthesu āgato.
凡有苦生,一切皆以“起始”为缘;
以诸“起始”之灭尽故,苦便无有生起。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ kiñci dukkhaṃ sambhobhi, sabbaṃ ārambhapaccayā; Ārambhānaṃ nirodhena, natthi dukkhassa sambhavo’’ti
在这里,业被称作“起始”。在“他起始且追悔”这句中,是指犯戒。在“盛大的祭祀、盛大的起始,这些并无大果报”这句中,是指竖立祭柱等行为。在“起始吧,出发吧,精勤于佛的教法”这句中,是指精进。在“为沙门乔达摩而起始生命”这句中,是指伤害。在“远离对种子类和植物类的起始”这句中,是指切割、破坏等损害。如是——显示巴利原文
Ettha hi kammaṃ ārambhoti āgataṃ. ‘‘Ārambhati ca vippaṭisārī ca hotī’’ti ettha āpatti. ‘‘Mahāyaññā mahārambhā, na te honti mahapphallā’’ti ettha yūpussāpanādikriyā. ‘‘Ārambhatha nikkamatha, yuñjatha buddhasāsane’’ti ettha vīriyaṃ. ‘‘Samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ ārambhantī’’ti ettha hiṃsā. ‘‘Bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hotī’’ti ettha chedanabhañjanādikaṃ vikopanaṃ. Iccevaṃ –
于业、犯戒、精进及伤害行为中,
于损害中,有‘起始’之声,应作如是说明。
显示巴利原文 Kamme āpattiyañceva, vīriye hiṃsākriyāsu ca; Vikopane ca ārambha-saddo hotīti niddise;
Labha(得),于获得中。labhati(他得到),labbhati(被得到)。lābho(所得),laddhaṃ(已得者),alattha(已得),alatthuṃ(已得,复数)。显示巴利原文
Labha lābhe. Labhati, labbhati. Lābho, laddhaṃ, alattha, alatthuṃ.
Subha(美),有照耀义。照耀。美、美丽、已照耀。显示巴利原文
Subha dittiyaṃ. Sobhati. Sobhā, sobhanaṃ, sobhito.
Khubha(动),有摇动义。摇动、彻底摇动。当象宝被奉献时,都城随即震动。摇动、彻底摇动。显示巴利原文
Khubha sañcalane. Khobhati, saṅkhobhati. Hatthināge padinnamhi, khubbhittha nagaraṃ tadā. Khobhā, saṅkhobho.
Nabha, tubha(害),有伤害义。伤害。伤害。显示巴利原文
Nabha tubha hiṃsāyaṃ. Nabhati. Tubhati.
Sambha(信):表‘信赖’义。有Sambhati(他信赖)、Sambhatti(信赖)、sambhatto(已信赖者)等形式。显示巴利原文
Sambha vissāse. Sambhati. Sambhatti, sambhatto.
Lubha(贪):表‘迷惑’义。有lobhati(他贪求)、palobhati(他诱惑)等形式;Thullakumārīpalobhanaṃ(对胖少女的诱惑)。而在致使句中,则出现‘lobheti(他诱惑)、palobheti(他引诱)、palobhetvā(诱惑已)’等形式。若归入divādi组,于‘贪著’义,则有‘lubbhati(他贪著)’的形式。显示巴利原文
Lubha vimohane. Lobhati, palobhati. Thullakumārīpalobhanaṃ. Kārite pana ‘‘lobheti, palobheti, palobhetvā’’ti rūpāni bhavanti. Divādigaṇaṃ pana patvā giddhiyatthe ‘‘lubbhatī’’ti rūpaṃ bhavati.
Dabhi(缚):表‘系缚’义。有dambhati(他系缚)、dambhanaṃ(系缚)等形式。显示巴利原文
Dabhi ganthane. Dambhati. Dambhanaṃ.
Rubhi(阻)意为阻挡。rumbhati 指他阻挡;sannirumbhati 指他完全阻挡。sannirumbho 指完全阻挡;sannirumbhitvā 指已完全阻挡。显示巴利原文
Rubhi nivāraṇe. Rumbhati, sannirumbhati. Sannirumbho, sannirumbhitvā.
【乌帕、乌帕、翁帕,用于充满义】。乌帕帝。乌帕帝。翁帕帝。乌帕那。乌帕那。翁帕那。欧颇。给图帕。乌帕。瓮。瓮(阴性)。使役形则有:『使充满、使充满、使充满』等诸形。显示巴利原文
Ubha ubbha umbha pūraṇe. Ubhati. Ubbhati. Umbhati. Ubhanā. Ubbhanā. Umbhanā. Obho. Keṭubhaṃ. Ubbhaṃ. Kumbho. Kumbhī. Kārite ‘‘obheti. Ubbheti. Umbhetī’’ti rūpāni bhavanti.
其中,keṭubhaṃ(给图帕)是诗人们所用的动词变化之学,为辅助诗律的论著。其词源解析如下:kiṭeti(给帝)意为引导、使人了知动作等之区分;或者,由于它无余穷尽地引导、使人了知且充满(obheti pūreti),故依 kiṭa(给图)与表充满的 ubha(乌巴)二词根而构成 keṭubhaṃ。ubbhati、ubbheti(乌巴帝)意为充满,因此 ubbhaṃ(乌巴)即是充满,其义为充满。在《所行藏》中亦见类似语词用法:“广施大施,极充溢,犹如大海。”其中 accubbhaṃ(极充溢)指极度满足乞求者之意愿。另有异读作 akkhumbha(不动摇)。kumbho(瓮),ka 指水,水当以此盛载,故称为瓮;或指在水中出生、安立。阴性形式为 kumbhī(瓮)。此处有例句:“洗瓮,俯身向下。”显示巴利原文
Tattha keṭubhanti kriyākappavikappo kavīnaṃ upakāriyasatthaṃ. Idaṃ panettha nibbacanaṃ kiṭeti gameti kriyādivibhāgaṃ, taṃ vā anavasesapariyādānato keṭento gamento obheti pūretīti keṭutaṃ kiṭaubhadhātuvasena. Ubbhati ubbheti pūretīti ubbhaṃ, pūraṇanti attho. Cariyāpiṭakepi hi īdisī saddagati dissati, taṃ yathā? ‘‘Mahādānaṃ pavattesi, accubbhaṃ sāgarūpama’’nti. Tattha ca accubbhanti ativiya yācakānaṃ ajjhāsayaṃ pūraṇaṃ. Akkhumbhantipi pāṭho. Kumbhoti kaṃ vuccati udakaṃ, tena ubbhetabboti kumbho, so eva itthiliṅgavasena kumbhī. Ettha ca ‘‘kumbhī dhovati onato’’ti payogo.
Kumbhasaddo ghaṭe hatthi-siropiṇḍe dasambaṇe; Pavattatīti viññeyyo, viññunā nayadassinā.
以ma为尾音之词根显示巴利原文
Makārantadhātu
「mā」一词,用于计量和声音之义。「māti」。「mātā」。此处「mātā」指生母、庶母或大母。显示巴利原文
Mā māne sadde ca. Māti. Mātā. Ettha mātāti janikā vā cūḷamātā vā mahāmātā vā.
“穆”(mū),用于结缚之义。若属 kiyādi 组,则其形为“穆那帝”(munāti)。显示巴利原文
Mū bandhane. Mavati. Kiyādigaṇassa panassa ‘‘munātī’’ti rūpaṃ.
“美”(me),用于交换与执取之义。美帝(meti)、美雅帝(mayati)。慧(medhā)。显示巴利原文
Me paṭidānaādānesu. Meti, mayati. Medhā.
此处,“慧”(medhā)即智慧。彼能迅速执取、持守微细的义与法,故称为“慧”。然此处“美帝”(meti)为执取。正如《阿毗达摩义广释》中所说:“犹如雷电于石山摧碎烦恼,慧能如此摧伏,故为慧;或以迅速执取、持守之义而为慧。”又,依表集合义之“美”(medha)字根,慧者,与戒、定等正法及吉祥相集合,故应取“慧”之义。此处作如是说——显示巴利原文
Ettha medhāti paññā. Sā hi sukhumampi atthaṃ dhammañca khippameva meti ca dhāreti cāti medhāti vuccati. Ettha pana metīti gaṇhāti. Tathā hi aṭṭhasāliniyaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘asani viya siluccaye kilese medhati hiṃsatīti medhā, khippaṃ gahaṇadhāraṇaṭṭhena vā medhā’’ti. Saṅgamatthavācakassa pana medhadhātussa vasena medhati sīlasamādhiādīhi saddhammehi siriyā ca saṅgacchatīti medhāti attho gahetabbo. Etthetaṃ vuccati –
由二根或一根,与二义或一义;
于善逝教中,应知‘慧’字之成就。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Dvidhātuyekadhātuyā , dviratthavatiyāpi ca; Medhāsaddassa nipphattiṃ, jaññā sugatasāsane’’ti.
‘奥玛’(omā)表能力义。能力,即具足胜任之状态。此为不省略语尾的根,其变化形为:omā、oma。显示巴利原文
Omā sāmatthiye. Sāmatthiyaṃ samatthabhāvo. Aluttantoyaṃ dhātu, omāti, omanti.
此处相关的巴利经文为:“尊者,世尊能以神通、以意所成之身前往梵天界。”其中“能”字,即有能力、堪能之义。显示巴利原文
Atrāyaṃ pāḷi ‘‘omāti bhante bhagavā iddhiyā manomayena kāyena brahmalokaṃ upasaṅkamitu’’nti. Tattha omātīti pahoti sakkoti.
“timu”为词根,表湿润义。湿润之状,即浸湿之态。由此变化出:浸湿;已湿润者、可浸湿者;欲行浸湿者,曾浸湿之。显示巴利原文
Timu addabhāve. Addabhāvo tintabhāvo. Temati. Tinto, temiyo. Temitukāmā temiṃsu.
此处“迭弥亚”者,乃迦尸国王之子、名为如此的菩萨。正因他降生时,便润泽了国王与大众之心,令其达至柔软之境、生起清凉之感,故被称为“迭弥亚”。显示巴利原文
Ettha temiyoti evaṃnāmako kāsirañño putto bodhisatto. So hi rañño ceva mahājanassa ca hadayaṃ temento addabhāvaṃ pāpento sītalabhāvaṃ janento jātoti ‘‘temiyo’’ti vuccati.
“尼达弥”(nitami),意为燃烧、灼热。心被灼烧,我感灼热。显示巴利原文
Nitami kilamane. Nitammati. Hadayaṃ dayhate nitammāmi.
『嚼、食、吞、饮』诸根,皆含摄食之义。『嚼』义,『嚼』之名词形。『嚼军』者,军队也。『食』义。『吞』义。『饮』义。『饮服』义。显示巴利原文
Camu chamu japu jhamu umu jimu adane. Camati. Camū. Camūti senā. Chamati. Jamati. Jhamati. Umati. Jemati.
“kamu”(步伐转换),即步步行走。然而这仅是世俗共称之言,故在“火、毒、刀剑不能行于其身”等语句中,亦应取其非步伐转换之义。行走;经行、超越;前进;返回;离去;精进;跨越;出离;转移;移动、转移;行走、经行;超越;前进;返回;离去;跨越;出离;已超越者;已前进之夜;出离;完全出离;于使役式,令出离。其余用法亦应配合。然因此根入curādi群后,用于愿望、喜好等义,故此处虽应依前缀差别而提取“已前进”一词之义,暂且不说,留待后文curādi群中再述。显示巴利原文
Kamu padavikkhepe. Padavikkhepo padasā gamanaṃ. Idaṃ pana vohārasīsamattaṃ vacanaṃ, tasmā ‘‘nāssa kāye aggi vā visaṃ vā satthaṃ vā kamatī’’tiādīsu apadavikkhepatthopi gahetabbo. Kamati. Caṅkamati, atikkamati. Abhikkamati. Paṭikkamati. Pakkamati. Parakkamati. Vikkamati. Nikkamati. Saṅkamati. Saṅkamanaṃ. Saṅkanti. Kamanaṃ. Caṅkamanaṃ. Atikkamo. Abhikkamo. Paṭikkamo. Pakkamo. Vikkamo. Nikkamo. Atikkanto puriso. Abhikkantā ratti. Nikkhamati. Abhinikkhamati. Kārite nikkhāmeti. Aññānipi yojetabbāni. Yasmā panāyaṃ dhātu curādigaṇaṃ patvā icchākanti yatthesu vattati, tasmā tepi atthe upasaggavisesite katvā idha abhikkantasaddassa atthuddhāraṃ vattabbampi avatvā upari curādigaṇeyeva kathessāma.
“雅摩”(yamu),意为止息。止息即停止。其复数形为“雅摩比”,单数为“雅摩”。“他人不知,我等于此止息”——此即此处之例证。其中“止息”之义,即停止、灭尽、死亡。显示巴利原文
Yamu uparame. Uparamo viramanaṃ. Yamabhi. Yamo. ‘‘Pare ca na vijānanti, mayamettha yamāmase’’ti idamettha nidassanaṃ. Tattha yamāmaseti uparamāma, nassāma, marāmāti attho.
“纳摩”(nama),表示多声、高声。高声即响亮之声。亦表称呼。显示巴利原文
Nama bahutte sadde. Bahutto saddo nāma uggatasaddo. Namati.
『阿摩、达摩、罕摩、密摩、查摩』,表行走。行走;驯服;行走;行走;行走。『查摩』(地)。显示巴利原文
Ama dama hamma mima chama gatimhi. Amati. Damati. Hammati. Mimati. Chamati. Chamā.
『查摩』者,地也。『查摩』一词应视为阴性名词,因有『不应坐于地上对坐于座上的无病者说法,应学』及『我于地上翻滚,如雨季的水生动物』等用例可见。且此词应与七或八种格变化及两种数配合使用。『查摩』者,众生行于其上,故为地。显示巴利原文
Chamāti pathavī. Chamāsaddo itthiliṅgo daṭṭhabbo, ‘‘na chamāyaṃ nisīditvā āsane nisinnassa agilānassa dhammaṃ desessāmīti sikkhā karaṇīyā’’ti ca ‘‘chamāyaṃ parivattāmi vāricarova ghamme’’ti ca payogadassanato. So ca kho sattahi aṭṭhahi vā vibhattīhi dvīsu ca vacanesu yojetabbo. Chamanti gacchanti etthāti chamā.
“达摩”(dhama),关联声音与火。词根“达摩”用于声音,亦用于以口吹气助火燃之义。其中,第一义用例:“吹海螺。吹海螺者。击鼓。击鼓者。吹吧,吹吧,不可过度吹。”第二义用例:“吹火。令自奋起,犹如微火持续吹燃。”显示巴利原文
Dhama saddaggisaṃ yogesu. Dhamadhātu sadde ca mukhavātena saddhiṃ aggisaṃyoge ca vattati. Tattha paṭhamatthe ‘‘saṅkhaṃ dhamati. Saṅkhadhamako. Bheriṃ dhamati. Bheridhamako. Dhame dhame nātidhame’’ti payogo. Dutiyatthe ‘‘aggiṃ dhamati. Samuṭṭhāpeti attānaṃ, aṇuṃ aggiṃva sandhama’’nti payogo.
“跋摩”(bhāma),于愤怒之义。如“bhāmati”(他愤怒)。显示巴利原文
Bhāma kodhe. Bhāmati.
《Namunamane》。Namati(弯曲、礼敬)。Namo(礼敬)。Nataṃ, namanaṃ(弯曲、礼敬)。Nati(弯曲、礼敬)。Namaṃ(正在弯曲)。Namamāno(正在弯曲、礼敬)。Namanto(正在弯曲、礼敬)。Namito(已被弯曲、礼敬)。Nāmaṃ(名)。Nāmitaṃ(已被弯曲、命名)。Namituṃ(为了弯曲、礼敬)。Natvā, natvāna(弯曲后、礼敬后)。Namitvā, namitvāna, namituna(弯曲后、礼敬后)。致使形式则有‘nāmeti, nāmayati’(使弯曲、命名)。Nāmetvā(使弯曲、命名后)。Nāmayitvā(使弯曲、命名后)等。其中,‘namati namitvā’一类词见于弯曲义与礼敬义,而‘namo natvā’一类词则只用于礼敬义。此处仅为示例性的用法编排。显示巴利原文
Namunamane. Namati. Namo. Nataṃ, namanaṃ. Nati. Namaṃ. Namamāno. Namanto. Namito. Nāmaṃ. Nāmitaṃ. Namituṃ. Natvā, natvāna. Namitvā, namitvāna, namituna. Kārite ‘‘nāmeti, nāmayati. Nāmetvā. Nāmayitvā’’ti rūpāni bhavanti. Tatra hi ‘‘namati namitvā’’ti evaṃpakārāni padāni namanatthe vandanāyañca daṭṭhabbāni, ‘‘namo natvā’’ti evaṃpakārāni pana vandanāyameva. Atrāyamupalakkhaṇamattā payogaracanā –
Rukkho phalī phalabhāragarutāya namitvāna bhijjati; Vuddho jarājajjaratāya namati namitvā gacchati; Saddho buddhaṃ namati namitvā gacchati; Namo buddhassa satthāraṃ natvāna agamāsīti;
此处,“namo”一词亦见于不变词中。由此,可见到不同形式的与格和业格用语,例如“天王,礼敬于你”“向大仙礼敬后”。此词亦应与前缀结合,例如“paṇamati(敬礼)、paṇāmo(敬礼)、uṇṇamati(抬起)、uṇṇati(抬起)”等。显示巴利原文
Ettha namoti padaṃ nipātesupi labbhati. Tena hi paccattopayogavacanāni abhinnarūpāni dissanti ‘‘devarāja namo tyatthu. Namo katvā mahesino’’ti. Upasaggehipi ayaṃ yojetabbā ‘‘paṇamati, paṇāmo, uṇṇamati, uṇṇati’’ iccādinā.
Khamu 表堪忍义。Khamati 为忍耐,Khanti 即忍辱,Khamo、khamanaṃ 亦为忍耐,以上为状态义。若就作者义,则有‘khantā 为忍耐者,khamitā 为忍耐者,sītassapi uṇhassapī khamo hoti 即他堪忍冷与热’等用例。显示巴利原文
Khamu sahane. Khamati. Khanti. Khamo, khamanaṃ, evaṃ bhāve. Kattari pana ‘‘khantā. Khamitā. Khamo hoti sītassapi uṇhassapī’’ti payogā.
Sama 表不显、消失义。如 Samati 为平息,vūpasamati aggi 即火熄灭了。显示巴利原文
Sama adassane. Samati, vūpasamati aggi.
Yama 表侍奉、供给义。如 Yamati 为侍奉。Yamo 即阎魔,Yamarājā 即阎魔王。显示巴利原文
Yama parivesane. Yamati. Yamo. Yamarājā.
Sama 于声中。Samati(发出声音)。显示巴利原文
Sama sadde. Samati.
Sama thama 于悬挂中。Samati(悬挂)。Thamati(悬挂)。显示巴利原文
Sama thama velambe. Samati. Thamati.
Vāyama 是“努力”之义。他努力。努力的行为。显示巴利原文
Vāyama īhāyaṃ. Vāyamati. Vāyāmo.
“Gamu”是“行走”之义。有 gacchati(他行走)、gamako(能行者)、gato(已行)、gati(行踪)、gamanaṃ(行走)。在使役形式中,则有“gameti, gamayati, gacchāpeti”等。显示巴利原文
Gamugatiyaṃ. Gacchati. Gamako. Gato. Gati. Gamanaṃ. Kārite ‘‘gameti, gamayati, gacchāpetī’’tiādīni bhavanti.
“Ramu”是“游戏、娱乐”之义。他娱乐。他远离娱乐。他完全远离娱乐。他停止娱乐。远离。离欲。完全离欲。停止。离欲。远离的行为。喜乐。娱乐。喜乐者。远离者、离欲者、完全离欲者。停止者,停止。苑园。显示巴利原文
Ramu kīḷāyaṃ. Ramati. Viramati. Paṭiviramati. Uparamati. Ārati. Virati. Paṭivirati. Uparati. Veramaṇi. Viramaṇaṃ. Rati. Ramaṇaṃ. Rato. Ārato virato paṭivirato. Uparato, uparamo. Ārāmo.
“Vamu”是“呕吐、吐出”之义。有 vamati(他呕吐)、vamathu(呕吐物)、vammiko(蚁冢)。显示巴利原文
Vamu uggiraṇe. Vamati. Vamathu. Vammiko.
已吐出之物,我决不再吞回;于我而言,死亡远胜于生命。
显示巴利原文 Dhīratthu taṃ visaṃ vantaṃ, yamahaṃ jīvitakāraṇā; Vantaṃ paccāvamissāmi, mataṃ me jīvitā varaṃ.
勇毅者是祛除怨毒者,乃我生命之根本;显示巴利原文
Tattha vammikoti vamatīti, vantakoti, vantussayoti, vantasinehasambandhoti vammiko. So hi ahinakulaundūragharagoḷikādayo nānappakāre pāṇake vamatīti vammiko. Upacikāhi vantakoti vammiko. Upacikāhi vamitvā mukhatuṇḍakena ukkhittapaṃsucuṇṇena kaṭippamāṇenapi porisappamāṇenapi ussitoti vammiko. Upacikāhi vantakheḷasinehena ābaddhatāya sattasattāhaṃ deve vassantepi na vippakirayati, nidāghepi tato paṃsumuṭṭhiṃ gahetvā tasmiṃ muṭṭhinā pīḷiyamāne sinehova nikkhamati, evaṃ vantasinehasambandhoti vammiko.
然此“世尊”、“雪山”等词,非仅依“vantu”后缀而构成,亦应依“vamu”词根而构成。是故《清净道论》作者云:“由于三有中那称为渴爱的‘行走’已被他吐出,本当说‘于诸有中已吐行走者’,乃取‘有’字之bha音、‘行走’字之ga音、‘吐出’字之va音并作长音,合为‘世尊’;犹如世间本当说‘腰带之花鬘’而唯称‘腰带’之例。”此即依词源诠释之方法,以显示词语之成立。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana ‘‘bhagavā, himavā’’tiādīni padāni na kevalaṃ vantupaccayavaseneva nipphādetabbāni, atha kho vamudhātuvasenapi nipphādetabbāni, tenāha visuddhimaggakārako ‘‘yasmā pana tīsu bhavesu taṇhāsaṅkhātaṃ gamanamanena vantaṃ, tasmā ‘‘bhavesu vantagamano’ti vattabbe bhavasaddato bhakāraṃ, gamanasaddato gakāraṃ, vantasaddato vakārañca dīghaṃ katvā ādāya bhagavāti vuccati, yathā loke ‘mehanassa khassa mālā’ti vattabbe mekhalā’’ti vadatā niruttinayena saddasiddhi dassitā.
于此,或有人问:“此例不相应,盖于‘mehanassa khassa mālā’一词中,可见依次取me音、kha音、lā音,而于‘bhavesu vantagamano’一词中,却不见依次取bha音、va音、ga音,岂非如此?”诚然。然则在此,如“aggāhito(持火者)、vijjācaraṇasampanno(具足明行者)”等词,因德义之词后置,本亦可说“bhavesu gamanavanto(于诸有中具足行者)”,却未如此说。实则于语法学中,将德义之词前置乃多数论师之所欲,为令通达语法之诸智者欢喜,遂于“世尊”一词中不顾字母次第,唯以显义为务,如“āhitaggi(已燃火者)、sampannavijjācaraṇo(具足明行者)”等词以前置方式而说“bhavesu vantagamano(于诸有中已吐行走者)”。盖于这些情形,不论“āhitaggī”或“aggāhito”,抑或“chinnahattho”或“hatthacchinno”,诸如此类……显示巴利原文
Ettha, siyā ‘‘visamamidaṃ nidassanaṃ, yena ‘mehanassa khassa mālā’ti ettha mekārakhakāralākārānaṃ kamato gahaṇaṃ dissati, ‘‘bhavesu vantagamano’ti ettha pana bhakāravakāragakārānaṃ kamato gahaṇaṃ na dissatī’’ti? Saccaṃ, idha pana ‘‘aggāhito, vijjācaraṇasampanno’’tiādīsu viya guṇasaddassa paranipātavasena ‘‘bhavesu gamanavanto’’ti vattabbepi evamavatvā saddasatthe yebhuyyena guṇasaddānaṃ pubbanipātabhvassa icchitattā saddasatthavidūnaṃ kesañca viññūnaṃ manaṃ tosetuṃ ‘‘bhagavā’’ti pade akkharakkamaṃ anapekkhitvā atthamattanidassanavasena ‘‘āhitaggi, sampannavijjācaraṇo’’tiādīni viya pubbanipātavasena ‘‘bhavesu vantagamano’’ti vuttaṃ. Īdisasmiñhi ṭhāne ‘‘āhitaggī’’ti vā ‘‘aggāhito’’ti vā ‘‘chinnahattho’’ti vā ‘‘hatthacchinno’’ti vā padesu yathā tathā ṭhitesupi atthassa ayutti nāma natthi aññamaññaṃ samānatthattā tesaṃ saddānaṃ.
然于“Vedajāto”等情形中,当知实有如是。《清净道论》中既已示明“世尊”一词亦可依“vamu”词根成立,其复注复示:“已吐出bhaga者,故为世尊。已吐出bhāga者,故为世尊。”其词源应如此了知:他已吐出、呕出称为bhaga的祥瑞、自在与名声,犹如对唾液团毫无顾念而舍,故为世尊。又或,“bhā”名为星宿,与他们一同运行、转起者称为“bhaga”,即须弥山、持双山、北俱卢洲、雪山等器世间,以其具足殊胜、所依、光辉、劫初坚固之性。世尊亦吐出他们,由超越他们所居众生之住处,由断除对他们所系缚之欲贪而舍弃,故为世尊。显示巴利原文
Vedajātotiādīsu pana ṭhānesu atthevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ visuddhimagge ‘‘bhagavā’’ti padassa vamudhātuvasenapi nipphatti dassitā, taṭṭīkāyampi ca dassitā ‘‘bhage vamīti bhagavā. Bhāge vamīti bhagavā’’ti. Nibbacanaṃ pana evaṃ veditabbaṃ – bhagasaṅkhātaṃ siriṃ issariyaṃ yasañca vami uggiri kheḷapiṇḍaṃ viya anapekkho chaḍḍayīti bhagavā. Atha vā bhāni nāma nakkhattāni, tehi samaṃ gacchanti pavattantīti bhagā, sineruyugandharauttarakuruhimavantādibhājanalokā, visesasannissayasobhākappaṭṭhiyabhāvato. Tepi bhagavā vami tannivāsisattāvāsasamatikkamanato tappaṭibaddhachandarāgappahānena pajahīti bhagavā.
因他已舍弃转轮圣王的祥瑞、名声、自在与快乐,以及世间心,故善逝为世尊。
显示巴利原文 Cakkavattisiriṃ yasmā, yasaṃ issariyaṃ sukhaṃ;
又在“Vedajātoti”等处应随文了知。因此《清净道论》也阐明:“bhagavā”一词虽同样具有“vamudhātu”(呕吐之根)的性质,而作如此终结的解释;《略释》中亦释云:“‘bhage vami’即是‘bhagavā’,‘bhāge vami’也是‘bhagavā’”,此即终结之义应如此了知。复次,“bhaga”者指“香华、加持、光辉”及“权势、荣耀”等,如同雌蚁立于壳堆,绝不依赖外物。又或“bhāni”为诸星,与它们一同运行、平等运转,故称“bhagā”,能承载诸色、声、香等无异因缘的异常显现变化而得称。正如世尊以“vami”舍弃利欲,跨越七十余载出世而住,成就无欲,并断除染心贪恋,故称“bhagavā”。显示巴利原文
Pahāsi lokacittañca, sugato bhagavā tato.
如是,在蕴、处、界等分类的诸法中,断除一切戏论、一切结、一切系缚、一切结缚之后,证得不死界,便吐出、呕出、不顾恋、舍弃、不再反刍,故称世尊。或者,对于一切善与不善、有罪与无罪、劣与胜、黑与白及相对之法,以圣道智为首,吐出、呕出、不顾恋、舍离、断除,故称世尊。显示巴利原文
Tathā khandhāyatanadhātādibhede dhammakoṭṭhāse sabbaṃ papañca sabbaṃ yogaṃ sabbaṃ ganthaṃ sabbaṃ saṃyojanaṃ samucchinditvā amataṃ dhātuṃ samadhigacchanto vami uggiri anapekkho chaḍḍayi na paccāvamīti bhagavā. Atha vā sabbepi kusalākusale sāvajjānavajje hīnappaṇīte kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāge dhamme ariyamaggañāṇamukhena vami uggiri anapekkho pariccaji pajahīti bhagavā.
Khandhāyatanadhātādī, dhammabhedā mahesinā; Kaṇhasukkā yato vantā, tatopi bagavā mato.
而在《本生经注》中,对“雪山”一词也依词根拆解的方式显示了它的构成。如《本生经注》中说:“‘雪山’者,降雪之时与雪俱在,故称雪山;热季又吐出(融化的)雪,故称雪山。”如此,《本生经注》展现了“雪山”一词依词根拆解的构成,这一理则也适用于类似的情形。然而,对于“具德者”“有众者”等词,则不应套用此理则。若套用,“具德者”“有众者”等词便会得出“无德”“德退失”等意义,所以这一理则不可在一切处套用。此处或有这样的疑问:“如果‘世尊’一词是依词根拆解而构成的,那么‘诸世尊’‘诸世尊(宾格)’等词形如何成立?”正如“世尊”一词依词源学的理则成立,那些词形也依同一理则成立。因为词源学的理则不可思议,仅与义理的契合相关;当义理契合时,即使原本无法构成的词形也能由此成立。在此,若需要引用词源之相来加以说明,我们将在上文的“词形构成”一章中连同实例一并阐明。显示巴利原文
Jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana himavāti padassa vamudhātuvasenapi nipphatti dassitā. Tathā hi sambhavajātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘himavāti himapātasamaye himayuttoti himavā. Gimhakāle himaṃ vamatīti himavā’’ti vuttaṃ. Evaṃ jātakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘himavā’’ti padassa vamudhātuvasenapi nipphatti dassitā, ayaṃ nayo īdisesu ṭhānesupi netabbo. ‘‘Guṇavāgaṇavā’’tiādīsu pana na netabbo. Yadi nayeyya, ‘‘guṇavā gaṇavā’’ti padānaṃ ‘‘nigguṇo parihīnaguṇo’’ti evamādiattho bhaveyya, tasmā ayaṃ nayo sabbatthapi na netabbo. Ettha siyā ‘‘yadi ‘‘bhagavā’tiādipadānaṃ vamudhātuvasena nipphatti hoti, kathaṃ ‘‘bhagavanto, bhagavanta’’ntiādīni sijjhantī’’ti? Yathā ‘‘bhagavā’’ti padaṃ niruttinayena sijjhati, tathā tānipi teneva sijjhanti. Acinteyyo hi niruttinayo kevalaṃ atthayuttipaṭibandhamattova, atthayuttiyaṃ sati nipphādetumasakkuṇeyyānipi rūpāni aneneva sijjhanti. Ettha ca yaṃ niruttilakkhaṇaṃ āharitvā dassetabbaṃ siyā, taṃ upari rūpanipphādanādhikāre udāharaṇehi saddhiṃ pakāsessāma.
此为牟尼王所悦意的精要,
善人所渴仰的最上精妙;
此持广大义的宝藏女,
常恒修习,能令心清净者。
显示巴利原文 Idha sāramate munirājamate, Paramaṃ paṭutaṃ sujano pihayaṃ; Vipulatthadharaṃ dhaninītimimaṃ, Satataṃ bhajataṃ matisuddhakaraṃ.